Latin For Beginners

clih
pr.
-on
All
books are subject
to recall after
two weeks
Olln/Kroch Library
DATE DUE
CORNELL UNIVERSITY LIBRARY
3 1924 079 747 485
^4-
Cornell University Library
The
tlie
original of
tliis
book
is in
Cornell University Library.
There are no known copyright
restrictions in
the United States on the use of the text.
http://www.archive.org/details/cu31924079747485
LATIN FOR BEGINNERS
BY
.BENJAMIN
PROFESSOR
IN
L.
D'OOGE, Ph.D.
THE MICHIGAN STATE NORMAL COLLEGE
GINN AND COMPANY

BOSTON
NEW YORK CHICAGO LONDON
COPYRIGHT, 1909, 1911, BY BENJAMIN L. d'OOGE ENTERED AT STATIONERS' HALL

ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
GINN AND COMPANY PROPRIETORS BOSTON U.S.A.

QUI
FILIOLO MEO ME NON SOLUM DICENDA SED ETIAM TACENDA DOCUIT HOC OPUSCULUM EST DEDICATUM
PREFACE
To make
of lessons.
the course preparatory to Caesar at the
same time
sys-
tematic, thorough, clear,
and interesting
is
the purpose of this series
The
guage,
first
its
pages are devoted to a brief discussion of the Latin
lan-
history,
and
its
educational value.
is
The body
of the book,
consisting of seventy-nine lessons,
divided into three parts.
Part I
is
devoted to pronunciation, quantity, accent, and kindred
introductory essentials.
Part II carries the work through the
first
sixty lessons,
and
is
devoted to the study of forms and vocabulary, together with some

elementary constructions, a knowledge of which
translation of the exercises
is
necessary for the

first
and reading matter. The

to
few lessons
pupils not
have been made unusually simple,

well
meet the wants of
grounded
in English
grammar.
is
Part III contains nineteen lessons, and
concerned primarily with
the study of syntax and of subjunctive and irregular verb forms.

last three of
The
and,
these lessons constitute a review of
all
the constructions
;
presented in the book.

in order to secure
There
is
abundant easy reading matter
proper concentration of effort upon syntax and
translation,
no new vocabularies are introduced, but the vocabularies

will
in Part II are reviewed.

It is
hoped that the following features
commend
themselves to
teachers
The forms
for the
are presented in their natural sequence, and are given,

part, in the
most
body of the book as well as

the verb
is
in a
grammatical
appendix.
The work on
intensive in character,
work
in
other directions being reduced to a
minimum
while this
is
going on.
The forms
of the subjunctive are studied in correlation with the
subjunctive constructions.
vi
PREFACE
The vocabulary has been selected with the greatest care, using Lodge's " Dictionary of Secondary Latin " and Browne's " Latin
Word
among
List " as a basis.
There are about

in
six
hundred words,
exclu-
sive of
proper names,
the simplest and
the special vocabularies, and these are

in the language.
commonest words
More
than ninety-five per cent of those chosen are Caesarian, and of these
more than ninety per cent are used in Csesar five or more times.. The few words not Caesarian are of such frequent occurrence in Cicero, Vergil, and other authors as to justify their appearance here. But teachers desiring to confine word study to Caesar can easily do so, as the Caesarian words are printed in the vocabularies in distinctive
type.
Concrete nouns have been preferred to abstract, root words to

derivatives,
compounds and
even when the

assist the
latter
were of more frequent

related English
occurrence in Cassar.
are added in each vocabulary. the special
words more careful preparation, vocabularies have been removed from their- respective
To
memory,
To
insure
lessons and placed by themselves.
The
general vocabulary contains
about twelve hundred words, and of these above eighty-five per cent
are found in Caesar.
The syntax has been
limited to those essentials
which recent
investi-
gations, such as those of Dr.
Lee Byrne and his collaborators, have shown to belong properly to the work of the first year. The constructions are presented, as far as possible, from the standpomt of English, the English usage being given first and the Latin compared or contrasted with
it.
Special attention has been given to the constructions
of participles, the gerund
and gerundive, and the
infinitive in indirect
statements.
Constructions having a logical connection are not sepa-
rated but are treated together.
Exercises for translation occur throughout, those for translation

into Latin being, as a rule, only half as long as those for transla-
tion into English.
In Part III a few of the commoner idioms in
Cassar are introduced and the sentences are drawn mainly from that
author.
From
first
to last a consistent effort

first
is
made
to instill a
proper regard for Latin word order, the

laid
principles of
which are
down
earl^ in the course.
PREFACE
Selections for reading are unusually abundant
vii
from the
earliest possible
moment.
and are introduced These increase in number and
length as the book progresses, and, for the most part, are
integral part of the lessons instead of being
made an
drill in
massed
at the
end of the
book. This arrangement insures a more constant and thorough
forms and vocabulary, promotes reading power, and affords a breathing

spell
between succeeding
subjects.
The
material
is
drawn from
his-
torical
and mythological sources, and the vocabulary employed includes
but few words not already learned.
The book
closes with a continued
story which recounts the chief incidents in the

last
life
of a
Roman boy. The

much
chapters record his experiences in Caesar's army, and contain

facilitate
information that will
the interpretation of the Commentaries.

structure, the
The
early emphasis placed
on word order and sentence
simplicity of the syntax,
and the
familiarity of the vocabulary,
make
the reading selections especially useful for work in sight translation.
Reviews are
called for at frequent intervals,
and to
facilitate this
branch of the work an Appendix of Reviews has been prepared, covering both the vocabulary and the grammar.
The
illustrations are
numerous, and
will, it is
hoped, do
much
to
stimulate interest in the ancient world and to create true and lasting
impressions of
Roman
life
and times.
consistent effort has been
made
to
use simple language and clear
explanation throughout.
As an
aid to teachers using this book, a " Teacher's
Manual " has
been prepared, which contains,

notes on each lesson.
in addition to general suggestions,
The author wishes to express his gratitude to the numerous teachers who tested the advance pages in their classes, and, as a result of their experience, have given much valuable aid by criticism and suggestion.
Particular
acknowledgments are due
to
Miss A. Susan Jones of the

;
Central
of the
High School, Grand Rapids, Michigan High School at Hastings, Michigan and
;
to to
Miss Clara Allison
Miss Helen B. Muir
and Mr. Orland O. Norris, teachers of Latin

Michigan State Normal College
in this institution. L.
BENJAMIN
D'OOGE
CONTENTS
LESSON
PAGE
To THE Student
By way of Introduction
I.
....
1-4
PART
THE PRONUNCIATION OF LATIN

5-11
Alphabet, Sounds of the Letters, Syllables, Quantity, Accent, How TO Read Latin
PART
ber,
II.
WORDS AND FORMS
I- VI. First Principles
Subject and Predicate, Inflection, NumSubject, Possessive Genitive,

etc.
Nominative
VII-VIII. First or ^^^Declension
IX-X.
XI.
XII.
XIII.
Gender, Agreement of Word Order Second or 0-Declension General Rules for Declension Predicate Noun, Apposition Dialogue Adjectives of the First and Second Declensions Nouns in -ius and -ium Germania Second Declension (Continued) Nouns -er and Italia Dialogue
Adjectives,
.
.
Verb, Direct Object, Indirect Object,
Dialogue
Agreement of
.
12-24
25-30
31-35'
36-37
38-39
39-41
in
-ir
XIV. Possessive Adjective Pronouns XV. Ablative denoting With Cause, Means, Accompaniment, Manner The Romans Prepare for War XVI. The Nine Irregular Adjectives XVII. The Demonstrative is, ea, id Dialogue XVIII. Conjugation Present, Imperfect, and Future of sum Dialogue XIX. Present Active Indicative of amo and moneo XX. Imperfect Active Indicative of amo and moneo Meaning of the Imperfect NiOBE AND her Children. XXI. Future Active Indicative of amo and moneo Niobe AND her Children (Concluded) XXII. Review of Verbs The Dative with Adjectives Cornelia A1W5 HER Jewels
42-43
44-46
46-47
48-50
51-53
54-56
56-57
58-59
59-6i
viii
CONTENTS
LESSON
XXIII. Present Active Indicative of rego and audio Cornelia and her Jewels {Concluded) XXIV. Imperfect Active Indicative of rego and audio
The Dative with Special Intransitive Verbs
ix PAGE
61-63
....
.
63-65
.
....
XXV. Future Active Indicative of rego and audio XXVI. Verbs in -io Present, Imperfect, and Future Active
Indicative of capio
65-66 66-68
XXVII. Passive Voice

Indicative of
Present,
The Imperative
Imperfect,
amo and moneo
and Future Perseus and An68-72
dromeda
XXVIII. Present, Imperfect, and Future Indicative Passive OF rego AND audio Perseus and Andro-
meda
(Continued)
....
T^-Ti
XXIX. Present, Imperfect, and Future Indicative

Passive of -IB Verbs
Present Passive Infini The Abla-
tive AND Imperative
73-75
XXX. Synopses
tive
in
the Four Conjugations
denoting Trom, Place from Which, Separation,
Personal Agent
7578
79-81
XXXI. Perfect, Pluperfect, and Future Perfect of sum Dialogue XXXII. Perfect Active Indicative of the Four Regular
Conjugations
seus
Meanings
of the Perfect
. .
Per-
and Andromeda {Continued) XXXIII. Pluperfect and; Future Perfect Active Indica.
81-83
84-85 86-87
tive
Perfect Active Infinitive
XXXIV. Review of the Active Voice Perseus and Andromeda {Concluded)
XXXV.
Passive Perfects of the Indicative Perfect Passive and Future Active Infinitive
.
. .
88-90 90-93
XXXVI. Review of Principal Parts Prepositions, Yes-orNo Questions XXXVII. Conjugation of possum The Infinitive used as in
. .
English
Accusative
Subject of
an
Infinitive
93-96
The Faithless Tarpeia XXXVIII. The Relative Pronoun and the Interrogative Pronoun Agreement ofthe Relative The Faithless
Tarpeia {Concluded)
. . .
97-101
XXXIX-XLI. The Third Declension Consonant Stems

Terror Cimbricus XLII. Review Lesson /-Stems XLIII. Third Declension
101-106
107
108-110
X
LESSON
CONTENTS
Gender XLIV. Irregular Nouns of the Third Declension The First Bridge over IN the Third Declension THE Rhine XLV. Adjectives of the Third Declension The Romans ... Invade the Enemy's Country XLVI. The Fourth OR ^/-Declension XLVII. Expressions of Place Place to Which, Place from Which, Plcu:e at or in Which, the Locative Declension of domus D^DALUs AND Icarus Ablative of Time XLVIII. The Fifth or .S-Declension D^DALUS AND ICARUS [Continued) XLIX. Pronouns Personal and Reflexive Pronouns D.daLus AND Icarus (Concluded) L. The Intensive Pronoun ipse and the Demonstrative idem How Horatius Held the Bridge LI. The Demonstratives hie, iste, ille A German ChiefHow Horatius tain Addresses his Followers Held the Bridge (Continued) How Horatius Held the LII. The Indefinite Pronouns
PAGE
....
111-112 113-115
116-117
117-121
121-123
123-126
126-127
128-130
130-132
Bridge (Concluded)
LIII.
...
Regular Comparison of Adjectives LIV. Irregular Comparison of Adjectives

Comparatives
. .
Ablative
133-135
tvith
...
LV. Irregular Comparison of Adjectives (Continued)

Declension of
pliis
I3S~I36
137-138
...
.'
....
. .
LVI. Irregular Comparison of Adjectives (Concluded) Ablative of the Measure of Difference 138-139 LVII. Formation and Comparison of Adverbs 140-142 Partitive Genitive LVIII. Numerals 142-144 Accusative of Extent LIX. Numerals (C(;<;'^^) C/ESAR IN
....
.
Gaul
....
PART
III.
LX. Deponent Veres
Prepositions with the Accusative

CONSTRUCTIONS
Mood
....
144-146
.
.
146147
LXI. The Subjunctive

Indicative
Inflection of the Present

. . . .
.
and Subjunctive Compared LXII. The Subjunctive OF Purpose LXIII. Inflection of the Imperfect Subjunctive
of Tenses
148-151
1
Sequence
.
51-153
....
Clauses of Purpose
... ...
'53-155 156-159
LXIV. Inflection of the Perfect and Pluperfect Subjunctive
Substantive
CONTENTS
LESSON
XI PAGE
. . .
160-161 LXV. Subjunctive OF possum Verbs of Fearing 161-164 LXVI. The Participles Tenses and Declension .... LXVII. The Irregular Verbs volo, nolo, malo Ablative
Absolute
...
Subjunctive of Result 167-168 LXVIII. The Irregular Verb fio LXIX. Subjunctive of Characteristic Predicate Accusative 169-171 LXX. Constructions vifiTH cum Ablative of Specification 1 71-173 Gerund and Gerundive Predi./JyXXI. Vocabulary Review
164-166
cate Genitive
LXXII. The Irregular Verb LXXIII. Vocabulary Review
eo
The
Indirect Statements
Irregular Verb
fero
173-177 177-180
Dative with Compounds
LXXIV. Vocabulary Review LXXV. Vocabulary Review

Which
.
Subjunctive in Indirect Questions Dative of Purpose or End for

.
.
.
181 183
183-185
LXXVI. Vocabulary Review

.
LXXVII.
Genitive and Ablative of Quality or Description .... Review of Agreement Review of the Genitive, Dative,
. .
185-186
186-188 189-190 191-192 192-193
and Accusative LXXVIII. Review of the Ablative LXXIX. Review of the Syntax of Verbs
.
...
.
.
""reading
.
matter
194-195
Introductory Suggestions The Labors of Hercules The Story of a Roman Boy P. Cornelius Lentulus
. . :
...
.
196-203
204-225
APPENDIXES AND VOCABULARIES

Appendix I. Tables of Declensions, Conjugations, Numerals, etc. Appendix II. Rules of Syntax Appendix III. Reviews Special Vocabularies Latin-English Vocabulary English-Latin Vocabulary
...
....
.
.... ...
.
226-260
261-264
265-282
283-298
.
299-331
332-343 344-348
INDEX
ILLUSTRATIONS
Plate
I
IN
COLOR
page
.
. .
"LENTULUS AD VILLAM SUAM MATURAVIT"

By
E. Forti,
Frontispiece
Rome. From a
artist.
facsimile colored under the
direction of the
Plate
II
"STABIANA PORTA URBEM INGRESSI SUNT"
53
under the
By
E. Forti,
Rome. From
a facsimile colored
direction of the artist.
Plate
III
CAPTIVI INTERROGANTUR
49
By Edmund H.
in
oil.
Garrett, Boston.
From an
original painting
Plate IV
"ECCE CAESAR NUNC TRIUMPHAT"
By Edmund H.
in
oil.
. .
213
Garrett, Boston.
From an
original painting
Map
ITALIA ANTIQUA
j
LATIN FOR BEGINNERS

TO THE STUDENT BY WAY OF INTRODUCTION
What
site
is
Latin ?
If
you
will
look at the
map
of Italy on the oppo-
page, you will find near the middle of the peninsula and facing the
district called Latium,-'
west coast a
and
Rome
its capital.
The
Latin
language, meaning the language of Latium, was spoken by the ancient
Romans and
applied to
it
other inhabitants of Latium, and Latin was the

after the armies of
its
name
Rome had
carried the
knowledge of
her language far beyond

to-day
is
original boundaries.
As
the English of
not quite the same as that spoken two or three hundred

all
years ago, so Latin was not always the same at
times, but
changed
more or
less in the
course of centuries.
The
sort of Latin
you are
that
its
going to learn was in use about two thousand years ago.
And
period has been selected because the language was then at
best
and the greatest works of

This period, because of
its
Roman
supreme
literature
were being produced.

is
excellence,
called the
Golden
Age
of
Roman
letters.
The Spread of Latin. For some centuries after Rome was founded, Romans were a feeble and insignificant people, their territory was limited to Latium, and their existence constantly threatened by warlike
the
neighbors.
But
after the third century before Christ,

all Italy,
Rome's power
over the whole
grew
rapidly.
She conquered
then reached out for the lands

finally ruled
across the sea
and beyond the Alps, and
ancient world.
The empire
1
thus established lasted for more than four
Pronounce La' shi-H-m.

I
TO THE STUDENT
hundred years. The importance of Latin increased with the growth of
Roman
power, and what had been a dialect spoken by a single tribe became the universal language. Gradually the language changed
somewhat, developing
differently in different countries.
In Italy
it
has
become
Italian, in
Spain Spanish, and in France French.
All these
nations, therefore, are speaking a
modernized form of Latin.
The Romans and the Greeks. In their career of conquest the Romans came into conflict with the Greeks. The Greeks were inferior to the Romans in military power, but far superior to them in
culture.
They
excelled in art, literature, music, science,
and philosophy.
Of
all
these pursuits the
Romans were
ignorant until contact with

filled
Greece revealed to them the value of education and

the thirst for knowledge.
them with
And
so
it
came about
that while
Rome
It
conquered Greece by force of arms, Greece conquered

of her intellectual superiority
Rome
go
to
by force
and became her schoolmaster.
was
soon the established custom for young
Romans
to
Athens and the
and to other centers of Greek learning

universal.
orators,
to finish their training,
knowledge of the Greek language among the educated classes became
At the same time many cultured Greeks poets, artists, flocked to Rome, opened schools, and taught their arts. Indeed, the preeminence of Greek culture became
and philosophers
so great that
Rome
in
almost lost her ambition to be original, and her
writers vied with each other in their efforts to reproduce in Latin
what was choicest

to
Greek
literature.
life
As
a consequence of
all this,
the civilization and national
of
Rome became
and her
art.
largely Grecian,
and
Greece she owed her
literature
Rome and
thinking
the Modern World.
After conquering the world,

living,
Rome
;
impressed her language, laws, customs of
and modes of
upon the
subject nations, and they
became Roman
and
the world has remained largely

to live,
Roman
ever since.
Latin continued
and the knowledge of Latin was the only

Empire.
Latin was the
light of learning that
burned steadily through the dark ages that followed the downfall of
the
Roman
common
language of scholars and
remained so eyen down to the days of Shakespeare.
Even
yet
it
is
TO THE STUDENT
more nearly than any other tongue the
learned.
universal language of the

life
The
lijfe
of to-day
is
much
nearer the
of ancient
Rome
I are
than the lapse of centuries would lead one to suppose.
You and
Romans still in many ways, and if Ceesar and Cicero should appear among us, we should not find them, except for dress and language, much unlike men of to-day.
Latin and English.
Do you know
?
that
more than
half of the
words
in the English dictionary are Latin,
and that you are speaking more

this
or less Latin every day
How
has
come about ? In
the year
1066 William the Conqueror invaded England with an army of Normans.
The Normans spoke French
descended from Latin and spread

extent over England, and so
which,
you remember,
is
their
language to a considerable
Norman-French played an important
part in the formation of English and forms a large proportion of our
vocabulary.
Furthermore, great numbers of almost pure Latin words
have been brought into English through the writings of scholars, and
every
new
scientific
discovery
is
marked by the
addition of
new terms
of Latin derivation.
Hence, while the simpler and commoner words
of our mother tongue are Anglo-Saxon,
and Anglo-Saxon forms the
staple of our colloquial language, yet in the realms of literature,

especially in poetry,
and words of Latin derivation are very abundant.

necessary for the successful interpretation of
Also in the learned professions, as in law, medicine, and engineering,

a knowledge of Latin
technical
is
and
scientific
terms.
it
Why
study Latin ? The foregoing paragraphs make
clear
why
Latin forms so important a part of modern education.

that our civilization rests
We
have seen
upon
if
that of Greece
and Rome, and that

the present.
It is
we must
look to the past
we would understand own
obvious, too, that the knowledge of Latin not only leads to a
more
exact and effective use of our
language, but that
it is
of vital
importance and of great practical value to any one preparing for a

literary or professional career.
To
this
it
may be added
all
that the
study of Latin throws a flood of light upon the structure of language

in general
and
lays an excellent foundation for
grammatical study.
'
TO THE STUDENT
Finally, it has been abundantly proved that there is no more effective means of strengthening the mind than by the earnest pursuit of this
branch of learning.
Review Questions. Whence does Latin get its name ? Where is Latium ? is Rome ? Was Latin always the same What sort of Latin are we to study ? Describe the growth of Rome's power and the spread of Latin. What can you say of the origin of Italian, French, and Spanish ? How did the ancient Greeks and Romans compare How did Greece influence Rome? How did Rome influence the world? In what sense are we Romans still?
Where
.?
.''
What
did Latin have to do with the formation of English
What
propor-
tion of English
words are of Latin

study Latin
?
origin,
and what kind of words are they ?
Why
should
we
PART
THE PRONUNCIATION OF LATIN

THE ALPHABET
1.
The Latin
it
alphabet contains the same letters as the English
except that
2.
has no
and no
/.
e,
i,
The
vowels, as in English, are a,
o, u,
y.
The
other letters
are consonants.
3.
/ is
used both as a vowel and as a consonant.

syllable
it
Before a vowel
is
in the
same
has the value of a consonant and
called
consonant.
Thus
in lu-li-us the first i
is
a consonant, the second a vowel.
SOUNDS OF THE LETTERS i

4. Latin
was not pronounced
like English.
The Romans
at the
beginning of the Christian era pronounced their language substantially

as described below.
5.
The vowels have

Vowels
a as a
va.
the following sounds
Latin Examples
hac, stas
father
like the first
in aha', never as in
hat
a'-mat, ca'-nas
te'-la,
as in they
6 as in
i
me'-tS
as in
met machine
te'-nSt, mer'-ces
ser'-ti, pra'-ti
: 1 N.B. The sounds of the letters are best learned by hearing them correctly pronounced. The matter in this section is, therefore, intended for reference rather than for assignment as a lesson. As a first step it is suggested that the teacher pronounce the examples in class, the pupils following. 2 Long vowels are marked - short ones ^
,
6
Vowels
i
PRONUNCIATION
Latin Examples
si'-tis, bi'-bi
as in bit
as in holy
Ro'-ma,
5'-ris
8 as in wholly, never as in hot

ii
m8'-d8, b8'-nos
u'-m8r, tu'-ber
ut, tu'-tus
as in rude, or as oo in boot
ti
as mfull, or as oo in foot
Note. It is to be observed that there is a decided difference in sound, except in the case of a, between the long and the short vowels. It is not merely a matter of qiiantity but also of quality.
6.
In diphthongs (two-vowel sounds) both vowels are heard in a
single syllable.
Diphthongs
ae as ai in aisle
Latin Examples
tae'-dae
au as ou
in
out
gau'-det
dein'-de
ei as ei in eight
eu as e'So (a short e followed by a short u

in
one
syllable)
seu
foe'-dus
ti
06 like oi in toil ui like ob't (a short

in
followed by a short
one
syllable.
Cf. English
we)
cut, huic
slur over
Note. Give all the vowels and diphthongs their proper sounds and do not them in unaccented syllables, as is done in English.
7.
Consonants are pronounced as in English, except that
Consonants
c is
Latin Examples
ca'-do, ci'-biis, ce'-nS
always like c in cat, never as in cent

always like
is
g
i
is
g in get,
like
never as in gem
ge'-mo, gig'-no
consonant
c,
always like
in
yes
iSm,
ifi'-ciis
n before
qu,
or^ is
ng in sing (coman'-c6-ra (ang'-ko-ra)
pare the sound of n in anchor)

qu, gu, and sometimes su before a vowel
have the sound of qw, gw, and sw. Here u has the value of consonant v and is not counted a vowel
s is like j in sea, t is
in'-quit, qui, lin'-guS,

'
sSn'-guis, sua'-dS-o
never as in ease
t in
r8'-sa, is
always like
native, never as in
rS'-ti-o, na'-ti-o
SYLLABLES
Consonants
V
is like
7
Latin Examples
w in
wine, never as in vine not as in exact
vi'-num, vir
X has
and
bs
tlie
value of two consonants ( or _ifj)
is like
x in extract,
like c,
ex'-tra, 6x-ac'-tfis
firbs, 8b-ti'-n6-6
is like
ps and
bt like pt
ch, ph,
a.
and th are
p, i
piil'-cher, Plioe'-be,the-a'-tnim
In combinations of consonants give each
its
distinct sound.
Doubled
consonants should be pronounced with a slight pause between the two

sounds.
Thus pronounce
//
as in rat-trap, not as in rattle;
pp
as in
hop-pole, not as in upper.
Examples, mit'-to,
Ap'pi-iis, b61'-lfim.
SYLLABLES
8.
Latin word has as
many
syllables as
it
has vowels and diph-
thongs.
a.
Thus
ae-sta'-t6 has three syllables, au-di-gn'-diis has four.

syllable,
Two
vowels with a consonant between them never make one
as is so often the case in English.

in-si'-de.
Compare English
inside with Latin
9.
1.
Words
are divided into syllables as follows
single consonant
between two vowels goes with the
sfecond.
Thus
2.
a-ma'-bi-lis, mS-mfi'-ri-a, in-t'-rg-a, S'-bgst, pg-re'-git.^
Combinations of two or more consonants
^^
a.
A consonant followed by /or r goes with the /or
r.
Thus
pii'-bli-cus,
a'-gri.
follow rule
b.
Exception. Prepositional compounds of this nature, b. Thus ab'-lii-6, ab-rttm'-po, il'-le, fer'-rtim.
In
all
as also // and rr,
other combinations of consonants the
first
consonant goes with

vic-to'-ri-a,
the preceding vowel.^

Sn'-nfis, stt-bac'-tiis.
Thus mag'-nus,
e-g6s'-tas,
hSs'-pes,
3.
The
last syllable of
a word
is
called the ul'-ti-ma; the
one next
to the last, the. pe-nult' ; the

1
one before the penult, the an' -te-pe-nuW

customary to divide the parts of a compound,
nc-t, as func-tiSs, sanc-tus.
In writing and printing
it is
as inter-ea, ab-est, sub-actus, per-egit, contrary to the correct phonetic rule.

^jjl'''
The combination
net
is
divided
8
10.
QUANTITY
EXERCISE
Divide the words in the following passage into syllables and pronounce
them, placing the accent as indicated
Vade ad formicam,
tiam
:
piger, et considera vias eius et disce sapien-
quae ciim non habeat diicem nee praeceptorem nee principem,
parat in aestate album sibi et congregat
messe quod comedat.
[Go
to the ant, thou sluggard
consider her ways, and be wise
which, having no guide, overseer, or ruler, provideth her meat in the
summer and
gathereth her food in the harvest.]
QUANTITY
11.
The
quantity of a vowel or a syllable

it.
is
the time
it
takes to
pronounce
Correct pronunciation and accent depend upon the
proper- observance of quantity.

12. Quantity of Vowels.
Vowels are
either long (-) or short {y).

to
In
this
book the long vowels are marked. Unmarked vowels are

short.
;
be considered
1.
2.
A vowel is short before another vowel or h as p8-e'-ta, trfi'-ho. A vowel is short before nt and nd, before final m or and,
/,
except in words of one
syllable,
before final / or
r.
Thus a'-mSnt, Thus

in'-fe-ro,
a-mSn'-dus, a-ma'-bSm, a-ma'-bSt, a'-ni-mai, a'-mbr.

3.
vowel
is
long before nf, ns, nx, and net
re'-gens, san'-xi, sanc'-tus.

4.
Diphthongs are always long, and are not marked.

Syllables are either long or short,
13. Quantity of Syllables.

their quantity
I.
must be
carefully distinguished
and from that of vowels.
A
If
syllable is short,
it
a.
ends in a short vowel; as S'-mo,
pi'-gri.
Note. In final syllables the short vowel may be followed by a final consoThus the word mS-mS'-ri-Sm contains four short syllables. In the first three a shor| vowel ends the syllable, in the last the short vowel is followed by a final consonant.
nant.
. .
ACCENT
2.
A
If
syllable is long,
it
a.
contains a long vowel or a diphthong, as cu'-ro, poe'-nae,
ae-sta'-te.
b.
If
it
ends in a consonant which
is
followed by another consonant,
as cor'-pus, mag'-nus.
Note. The vowel in a long syllable may be either long or short, and should be pronounced accordingly. Thus in ter'-ra, in'-ter, the first syllable is long, but the vowel in each case is short and should be giveh the short sound. In words like saxum the first syllable is long because x has the value of two consonants [cs ox gs).
3.
In determining quantity h
is
not counted a consonant.
as much time to the long syllables as to the short about as long to pronounce a short vowel plus a consonant as it does to pronounce a long vowel or a diphthong, and so these quantities are considered equally long. For example, it takes about as long to say cflr'-ro as Compare mSl'-lis and it does cu'-ro, and so each of these first syllables is long.
Note. Give about twice

It takes
ones.
mo'-lis, a-mis'-si
and
a-mi'-si.
ACCENT
14.
Words
of
two
syllables are accented
on the
first,
as
men -sa,
Cae'-sar.
15..
if
Words
of
is
more than two

long.
syllables are accented
on the penult
the penult
If the penult is short, accent the antepenult..
Thus mo-ne'-mus,
re'-gi-tur, a-gri'-co-la, a-man'-dus.

is
of the syllable and not
Note. Observe that the position of the accent by the length of the vowel
determined by the length

(Cf. 13. 2,
in the syllable.
Note.)
16. Certain
existence, are
little
words
to
called endit'ics}-
which have no separate

-ne, the question sign.
its
added
and pronounced with a preceding word. The
most common are
-que,
and ;
enclitic
-ve, or ;
~
and
The
syllable
before an
takes the accent, regardless of
quantity.
Thus
populus'que, dea'que, regna've, audit'ne.
1 Enclitic means leaning back, and that is, as you see, just what these little words do. They cannot stand alone and so they lean back for support upon
the preceding word.
! !
! ! !
; ;
;!
lO
EXERCISE IN PRONUNCIATION
HOW
17.
TO READ LATIN
not so
difficult, if
To
read Latin well
is
you begin
right.
Cor-
rect habits of reading should
be formed now.
Notice the quantities
carefully, especially the quantity of the penult, to insure
your getting
its
the accent on the right syllable.
(Cf. 15-)
its
Give every vowel
proper sound and every syllable
proper length.
Then bear
in
mind
than
that
we should
read Latin as
we read
English, in phrases rather

that are closely con-
in separate
words.
Group together words
nected in thought.
18.
No good
reader halts at the end of each word.
Read
the stanzas of the following
time, first the English

in parentheses are to
poem by Longfellow, one at a and then the Latin version. The syllables inclosed be slurred or omitted to secure smoothness of meter.
EXCELSIOR [HIGHER]
The shades of night were falling fast. As through an Alpine village passed A youth, who bore, 'mid snow and ice,
1
!
banner with the strange device.

Excelsior
Cadebant noctis umbrae, dum I bat per vicum Alpicum Gelu nivequ(e) adolescens, Vexillum cum signo ferens,
Excelsior
His brow was sad

Flashed
his eye beneath.
Frons
tristis,
micat oculus
like a falchion
And
The
like
a silver
from its sheath. clarion rung
Velut e vagina gladius
Sonantque similes tubae

Accentus lingu(ae) incognitae,
Excelsior
accents of that
unknown
tongue.
Excelsior
In happy homes he saw the light
In domibus videt claras
Of household
fires
gleam warm and bright
Focorum
luces calidas
acris,
Above, the spectral glaciers shone, And from his lips escaped a groan.
Excelsior
"
Relucet glacies
Et rumpit gemitus
Excelsior
DIcit senex, "
labrls.
"
Try not the Pass " the old man said Dark lowers the tempest overhead.
1
Ne
transeas
Supra nigrescit tempestas
Translafion by C.
W. Goodchild
in Praeco Latiniis, October,
! ! ! !
! !
EXERCISE IN PRONUNCIATION
The
roaring torrent
is
II
deep and wide "

!
Latus et altus est torrens."

Clara venit vox respondens.
Excelsior
And
loud that clarion voice replied,

Excelsior
At break of day, as heavenward The pious monks of Saint Bernard

Uttered the oft-repeated prayer,
lam
lucescebat, et fratres
Sancti Bernard! vigiles
Orabant preces
air,
solitas.
A voice
cried through the startled
Cum vox
clamavit per auras.
Excelsior
Excelsior
A traveler,
Still
by the
faithful
hound.
Semi-sepultus viator
Can(e) a fido reperitur,
Half-buried in the
grasping in
snow was found, his hand of ice

device.
Comprendens pugno
Excelsior
!
gelido
That banner with the strange

Excelsior
lUud vexillum cum signo.
There
in the twilight cold
and gray.
lay,
lacet corpus
exanimum
Lifeless,
but beautiful, he
And from
the sky, serene and far,

like a falling star,
Sed liice frigida pulchrum Et caelo procul exiens

Cadit vox, ut stella cadens.
Excelsior
A voice
fell,
Excelsior
PART
II
WORDS AND FORMS

LESSON
19. Subject and Predicate,
I
FIRST PRINCIPLES
i.
Latin, like English, expresses thoughts

is
by means of sentences.
single fact.
sentence
its
a combination of words that

is
expresses a thought, and in
simplest form
the statement of a
Thus,
Galba
is
a farmer
Galba est agricola
The sailor fights Nauta pugnat
In each of these sentences there are two parts

'
Galba
Galba
'is
a farmer
est agricola
Subject
Predicate
The sailor Nauta
fights
.
pugnat
2.
The
subject
is is
that person, place, or thing about
which some-
thing
the
is said,
and
therefore a
noun or some word which can serve
same purpose.
Pronouns, as their name implies {pro,
is
a.
" instead of,"
take the place of nouns, usually to save repeating the
and noun\ often same noun, as,
Galba
3.
a farmer j he
predicate
is
is
a sturdy fellow.
is
The
that which
said about the subject,
and con-
sists of
a.
a verb with or without modifiers.

verbis a word which asserts something (usually an
12
act)
concerning
a person, place, or thing.
FIRST PRINCIPLES
20.
13
The
Object.
In the two sentences, The boy hit the ball and
The
ball hit the boy, the
same words are

is
used, but the
meaning
is
different,
act, that
and depends upon the order of the words. The doer of the
about which something
said,
is
is,
as
we have
is
seen above,
the subject. the verb.
That
to
which something
done
the direct object of
The boy
hit the ball is therefore analyzed as follows
Subject
,
Pkedicate
^
>
The boy
a.
hit the ball

(verb) (direct object)
verb whose action passes over to the object directly, as in the senis
is
tence above,
direct object
called a transitive verb. called intransitive, as,
verb which does not admit of a
/ walk,
he comes.
different
21.
The Copula. The verb
to be in its
was,
it
etc.
does not
forms
;
are,
is,
tell
us anything about the subject
neither -does
govern an object.
It
simply connects the subject with the word or
words
in the predicate that possess a distinct

is, \he.
meaning.
Hence
it is
called the copula, that
joiner or link.
22. In the following sentences pronounce the Latin and
name
the
nouns, verbs, subjects,

I.
objects, predicates,
2.
copulas
America
est patria
mea
Agricola filiam
amat
America
3.
is fatherland
my
4.
(The) farmer (his) daughter loves

lulia et agricola sunt in insula Julia and(the)farm.er are on (the) island
Filia est lulia
(His) daughter is Julia

5.
Klia aquam portat Julia water carries

Klia est puella pulchra Julia is (a) girl pretty
6.
Rosam
in comis habet
(A) rose in (her) hair (she) has

8.
7.
Domina
filiam pulchram habet
(The) lady (a) daiighter beautiful has
a. The sentences above show that Latin does not express some words which are necessary in English. First of all, Latin has no article the or a; thus agricola may mean the farmer, u farmer, or sivtvpiy farmer. Then, too, the personal pronouns, /, you, he, she, etc., and the possessive pronouns, my, your, his, her, etc., are not expressed if the meaning of the sentence
is
clear without them.
14
FIRST PRINCIPLES
LESSON
FIRST PRINCIPLES
23. Inflection.
II
(Continued)
their
Words may change

is,
forms to indicate some
change
in sense or use, as,
are; was, were; who, whose,
whom
The
in-
farmer, farmer's ; woman, women.

flection of
This
is
called inflection.
a noun, adjective, or pronoun

its
is
called its declension, that
of a verb
conjugation.
Latin, like English, has
24. Number.
plural.
two numbers, singular and

plural
In English
we
"usually
form the
by adding
-s
or
-es to
the singular.
So Latin changes the singular
to the plural
by changing
the ending of the word.
Compare
The sailor fights The sailors fight
in -a in the singular
Naut-a pugnat
Naut-ae pugnant
25.
Rule. Nouns that end
end
in -ae
in the plural.
26. Learn the following nouns so that you can give the English for the
Latin or the Latin for the English.

agri'cola, farm,er (agriculture)
^
Write the plural of each.

fuga, flight (fugitive) iniu'ria,
aqua, wa^^r (aquarium)

causa, cause, reason
wrong, injury
(lunar)
luna,
moon
do'mina, lady of the house, mistress (dominate)

filia,
nauta, jazyo?" (nautical)

puel'la, girl
daughter
{^\2!i)
silva,yorj^ (silvan)
terra,
fortv.'na.,
fortune
the sentences
land (terrace)
27.
Compare again
Nauta pugna-t Nautae pugna-nt

In the
first
The sailor fights The sailors fight

is in
sentence the verb pugna-t

is
the third person singular, in

plural.
the second sentence pugna-nt
in the third
person
^ The words in parentheses are English words related to the Latin. When the words are practically identical, as causa, cause, no comparison is needed.
FIRST PRINCIPLES
28. in the 29.
Rule. Agreement of Verb. A finite verb must always be same person and number as its subject. Rule. In the conjugation of the Latin verb the third per-t,
son singular active ends in
the third person plural in -nt.
The endings which show

are called personal endings.
the person
and num.ber of
the verb
30. Learn the following verbs and write the plural of each.
sonal pronouns he, she,
it, etc.,
The
per-
which are necessary

the verb's subject
;
in the inflection of the
English verb, are not needed in the Latin, because the personal endings
take their place.
Of
course,
if
is
expressed
we do not
is
ending by a pronoun the sailor fights, not the sailor he fights.

translate the personal
thus nauta pugnat
translated
ama-t
labo'ra-t
he
"
(she, it) loves, is loving, does love (amity, amiable)
"
" " "
labors, is laboring, does labor
nuntia-t^"
porta-t
" "
"
announces,
is
announcing, does announce
"
"
carries, is carrying, does carry (porter)
pugna-t
" fights, is fighting, does fight (pugnacious)
31.
I. 1.
EXERCISES
The daughter
4.
loves,
the daughters love.
2.
The
sailor
is
carrying, the sailors carry.

labor.
3.
The farmer does

girls
labor, the
farmers
5.
The
girl is
announcing, the
do announce.
Puella
4.
The
ladies are carrying, the lady carries.

II.
I.
Nauta pugnat, nautae pugnant.

3.
2.
amat, puellae
amant.
Agricola portat, agricolae portant.

5.
Filia laborat, filiae
laborant.
Nauta
nuntiat,
nautae nuntiant.
6.
Dominae amant,
domina amat.
^
The u
in nuntio is
long by exception. (Cf.
12. 2.)
FIRST PRINCIPLES
LESSON
We
III
(Continued)
FIRST PRINCIPLES
32. Declension of Nouns.
learned above ( 19, 20) the differin
ence between the subject and object, and that
English they
may
be distinguished by the order of the words.

order
is
Sometimes, however, the
such that
we
are
loves
left in
doubt.
For example, the sentence
TAe lady her daughter

If the sentence
might mean either that the lady loves her
daughter, or that the daughter loves the lady.

I
.
were
in Latin,
no doubt could
arise,
because the
subject and the object are distinguished, not by the order of the words,
but by the endings of the words themselves. Compare the following

sentences
Domina
filiam
amat
The lady loves her daughter
Filiam domina amat
Amat
domina Domina amat filiam

filiam
Filia dominam amat Dominam fnia amat Amat dominam filia Filia amat dominam
The daughter loves the lady
a. Observe that in each case the subject of the sentence ends in -a and the object in -am. T\i&form of the noun shows how it is used in the sentence, and the order of the words has no effect on the essential
meaning.
2.
As
stated above ( 23), this change of ending

different ending
is
called declen-
sion,
and each
produces what
is
called a case.
When
we decline
In English
tive
;
a noun,
we give
all its
we have
three cases,
nominative,
different cases, or
changes of endings.
possessive,
and objec-
and objective have the same form, and only the possessive case shows a change of ending, by adding 's
but, in nouns, the nominative
or the apostrophe.
declension,
The
interrogative pronoun, however, has the fuller
who
whose 1
whom
FIRST PRINCIPLES
33.
-17
The
following table shows a comparison between English and

:
Latin declension forms, and should be thoroughly memorized

English Cases
FIRST PRINCIPLES
LESSON IV
FIRST PRINCIPLES
35.
(Continued)
We
learned from the table ( 33) that the Latin nominative,
genitive,
sessive,
and accusative correspond, in general, to the nominative, posand objective in English, and that they are used in the same
will
way.
This
be made even clearer by the following sentence

nautam amat, iAe farmer'' s daughter (or the daughter of the farmer) loves the sailor
Filia agricolae
What
case
is
the subject? the direct object?
What
case
is
used for the sub-
ject? for the direct object?

is it?
What word
denotes the possessor?
In what
36.
in the
37.
Rule. Nominative Subject. The subject of a finite verb is Nominative and answers the question Who ? or What ? Rule. Accusative Object. The direct object of a transitive
in the Accusative
verb
is
and answers
the question
Whom ?
or
What?
38. Rule. Genitive of the Possessor. The word de^toting the owner or possessor of something is in the Genitive and answers the question Whose ?
DIANA SAGITTAS PORTAT ET FERAS NECAT
FIRST PRINCIPLES
39.
19
EXERCISES
First learn the special vocabulary, p. 283.

I.
I.
Diana
est dea. est

7.
2.
Latona
5.
est dea.
3.
Diana
et
Latona sunt
6.
deae.
4.
Diana
dea lunae.
Diana
est
filia
Latonae.
Latona
Ferae
Dianam amat.
9.
Diana
portat.
est 10.
dea silvarum.
8.
Diana silvam amat.

necat.
11.
Diana
sa|;ittas
Diana feras
silvae
terrarum pugnant.
For the order of words imitate the Latin above.
II.
I.
The daughter
of
Latona does love the

3.
forests.
2.
Latona's
4.
daughter carries arrows.
The
6.
farmers' daughters do labor.

5.
The
farmer's daughter loves the waters of the forest.
The
sailor is
announcing the
7.
girls' flight.
The
girls
8.
announce the
sailors'
wrongs.
The
farmer's daughter labors.
Diana's arrows are killing the
wild beasts of the land.
40.
CONVERSATION The answers may be

in the exercises preceding.
Translate the questions and answer them in Latin.
found
1
Quis est Diana

Cuius
filia
4. 5.
6.
Quis silvam amat

Cuius
2.
est
Diana?
?
Quis sagittas portat?

filiae
3.
Quis Dianam amat
laborant
LESSON V
FIRST PRINCIPLES
41. The Dative Case.
(Continued)
In addition to the relationships between
words expressed by the nominative, genitive (possessive), and accusative (objective) cases, there are other relationships, to express
which
in English
we use such words s&from,

makes frequent use
with, by,
to,
for, in, at}

;
Latin, too,
of such prepositions
but often
it
expresses these relations without them by means of case forms which

^ Words like to, for, by, from, in, words, are called prepositions.
etc.,
which define the relationship between
20
FIRST PRINCIPLES
One
is
English does not possess.

sion
of the cases found in the Latin declencalled the dative.
and lacking
in English
42.
When
the nominative singular ends in -a, the dative singular

-is.
ends in -ae and the dative plural in
Note. Observe that the genitive singular, the dative singular, and the nominative plural all have the same ending, -ae but the usej of the three
;
cases are entirely different.
The general meaning
of the sentence usually
makes
a.
clear
which case
is
intended.
Form
the dative singular and plural of the following nouns: fuga,
causa, fortuna, terra, aqua, puella, agricola, nauta, domina.
43.
The Dative Relation. The dative case
is
used to express the

^(7,
relations, conveyed in English
by the prepositions
towards, for.
These prepositions are often used in English in expressions of motion, He ran towards the horse, Columbus sailed for America. In such cases the dative is not used in Latin, as motion through space is foreign to the dative relation. But the dative is used to denote that to or towards wJiich a benefit, injury, purpose, feeling, or quality is directed, or XhsVfor which something serves or exists.
such as She went to town,
a.
What
dative relations do
you discover
in the foUoviring
The
teacher gave a prize to John because he replied so promptly to
her questions
a good example
Latin
is
all
for the rest of us.

it
It is
a pleasure to us to
hear him
recite.
easy for him, but
is
very hard for me.
Some
are fitted for one thing
and others
for another.
44.
The
Indirect Object.
Examine the sentence

announces the flight
Nauta fugam
niintiat, the sailor
Here
the verb, nuntiat, governs the direct object, fugam, in the

If,
accusative case.
however,
we wish
to
mention the persons to
whom
the sailor announces the
flight, as,
The
sailor announces the flight to

:
the farmers, the verb will have two objects

1.
Its direct ohiect,
fight (fugam)
2.
Its indirect ohiect,
farmers
section, to the farmers
is
According to the preceding

ered by the dative case, and
a relation cov:
we
are prepared for the following rule
FIRST PRINCIPLES
45.
21
indirect object of
Rule.
Dative Indirect Object.
The
verb
a.
is in the
Dative.
The
indirect object usually stands before the direct object.
46.
We may now
complete the translation of the sentence The
sailor announces the flight to the farmers,
and we have
Nauta
agricolis fugatn nuntiat
47.
EXERCISES
Point out the direct and indirect objects

possessor.
and
the genitive
of the
7I. 'i.
Quis nautis pecuniam dat?

3.
2. Filiae
agricolae nautis pecu4.
niam dant.
agricolae
8.
Quis fortunam pugnae nuntiat?

5.
Galba
agricolis
6. Filiae
?
fortunam pugnae nuntiat.
Cui domina'%bulam narrat?

7.
domina fabulam
narrat.
Quis Dianae coronam dat

9.
Puella Dianae coronam dat quia
Dianam amat.
\ko.
Dea
lunae
sagittas portat et feras silvarum necat.

nijntiat
1
Cuius victoriam Galba
11.
Nautae victoriam Galba
nuntiat.
exercise.
2. The girls give a The sailors tell the 4. The farmer gives
Imitate the
II.
I.
word order of the preceding
To whom do
Julia,
the girls give a wreath?

3.
wreath to
because Julia loves wreaths.
ladies^ a story, because the ladies love stories.

his ( 22. a)
daughter water.
6.
5.
Galba announces the cause of the

of the
battle to the sailor.
The goddess
is
moon
loves the waters of
the forest.
1
7.
Whose wreath
in
Latona carrying? Diana's.
Observe that
sition to to
mark
it,
especially
English the indirect object often stands without a prepowhen it precedes the direct object.
22
FIRST PRINCIPLES
LESSON VI
FIRST PRINCIPLES
48. The Ablative Case.
{Continued)
Another
is
case, lacking in English but
found
in the fuller Latin declension,
the ab'la-tive.
-a,
49.
When
the nominative singular ends in the ablative plural in -is.

final -a of the
the ablative singular
ends in -a and
a.
Observe that the

is
nominative
is
short, while the final -a
of the ablative
long, as,
Nom.
b.
c.
fnia
is
Abl.
filia
Observe that the ablative plural
like the dative plural.

:
Form
the ablative singular and plural of the following nouns
fuga,
causa, fortuna, terra, aqua, puella, agricola, nauta, domina.
50.
The Ablative Relation. The

It
ablative case
is
used to express
the relations conveyed in English by the prepositions yh^w, with, by,

at, in.
1.
denotes
is
That from which something

it is
or of which
2.
it is
deprived
separated, from which
it
starts,
generally translated hy from.

is
done
That with which something translated by with or
associated or by
means of which
by.
3.
The
by
place where or the time
when something happens
trans-
lated
a.
in or at.
What
ablative relations
do you discover
girls.
in the following
In our class there are twenty boys and
Daily at eight o'clock they
and while they are at school they study Latin with great zeal. In a short time they will be able to read with ease the books written by the Romans. By patience and perseverance all things in this world can be overcome.
their books,
come from home with
51. Prepositions.
While, as stated above ( 41),
many
relations
expressed in English by prepositions are in Latin expressed by case

forms,
still
prepositions are of frequent occurrence, but only with the
accusative or ablative.
"
FIRST PRINCIPLES
Rule. Object preposition must be
52.
of a Preposition.
23
noun governed by a
in the Accusative or Ablative case.
53. Prepositions denoting the ablative rehtions from, with, in, on, are naturally followed
a.1
by the
ablative case.
Among
these are
or ab,
Sie,from,
e
I.
-^
from, away from down from

from, out from., out of
cum, with
in, in,
on
or ex,
Translate into Latin, using prepositions.
In the water, on the
land,
down from
the forest, with the fortune, out of the forests, from
the victory, out of the waters, with the sailors,
down from
the
moon.
54. Adjectives.
Puella parva
Examine the sentence

the little girl loves the good goddess
bonam deam amat,

(little)
In
this
sentence parva
and bonam {good) are not nouns, but Such words are
called adjec-
are descriptive, words expressing quality.

tives,^
and they are said
to
belong to the noun which they describe.
You can tell by its ending to which noun an adjective belongs. The ending of parva shows that it belongs to puella, and the ending of bonam that it belongs to deam. Words that belong together are said to agree, and the belonging-together is called agreement. Observe that the adjective and
its
noun agree
55.
in
number and case.
Examine the sentences

is little
Puella est parva, the girl

Puella parva
bonam deam amat,
the little girl loves the

is
good goddess
its
In the
first
sentence the adjective parva

in the
separated from
noun
a
by the verb and stands

predicate adjective.
^
predicate.
It is therefore called
In the second sentence the adjectives parva and

;
a and e are used only before words beginning with a consonant ab and ex
Pick out the adjectives in the following : "
that
are used before either vowels or consonants.

2
remember
one cold winter's morning

'
When I was a little boy, I was accosted by a smiUng man

"
My pretty boy,' said he, has your father a with an ax on his shoulder.' 'Yes, sir,' said I. 'You are a fine little fellow,' said he. grindstone?' " Will you let me grind my ax on it ?
'
24
bonam
and
a.
FIRST PRINCIPLES
are closely attached to the nouns puella and
deam
respectively,
are called attributive adjectives. Pick out the attributive and the predicate adjectives in the following
Do
you think Latin
is
hard? Hard studies make strong brains.
Lazy
students dislike hard studies.
We
are not lazy.
56.
DIALOGUE
Julia
and Galea

I.
Quis, Galba, est Diana

iQlia, est
G. Diana,
I.
pulchra dea liinae et silvarum.

?
Cuius
filia,
Galba, est Diana
G. Latonae
I.
filia, lulia,
?
est Diana.
Quid Diana portat

Ciir
G. Sagittas Diana portat.

I.
Diana
sagittas portat
G. Diana sagittas portat,

I.
lulia,
quod malas f eras
silvae
magnae necat.
Amatne Latona filiam ? G. Amat, et filia Latonam amat.

I.
Quid
Cui
filia
tua parva portat

filia
G. Coronas pulchras
I.
filia
mea parva
?
portat.
tua coronas pulchras dat
G. Dianae coronas dat.

I.
Quis
est
cum
;
filia
tua
Estne sola
est
G. Sola non est

a.
filia
mea parva
cum
ancilla
mea.
used
is
is
When
a person
is
called or addressed, the case

call ").
called the
voc'ative (Latin vocdre, " to

the nominative.
in the sentence.
In form the vocative
regularly like
In English the
name
of the person addressed usually
stands
first
The Latin vocative rarely stands first.
Point
out five examples of the vocative in this dialogue.
Observe that questions answered by yes or no in English are answered by repeating the verb. Thus, if you wished to answer in Latin the question Is the sailor fighting ? Pugnatne nauta ? you would say Pugnat, he is fighting, or Non pugnat, he is not fighting.
b.
in Latin
THE FIRST DECLENSION
25
LESSON
VII
THE FIRST OR A-DECLENSION

57. In the preceding lessons
singular and plural, of nouns
All Latin
we have now gone
over
all
the cases,
in -a.
whose nominative singular ends

in -a
nouns whose nominative singular ends

It is also called
belong to the
First Declension.
the ^-Declension because of the

in the formation of the cases.
prominent part which the vowel a plays
We
have
also learned
what
relations are expressed

in the following table
by each
case.
These
Case
results are
summarized
26
GENDER'
Also give them
orally.
59. Write the declension of the following nouns, separating the
base from the termination by a hyphen.

pugna, terra, luna,
60. Gender.
ancil'la, coro'na, in'sula, silya
In English, names of living beings are either masculine
or feminine, and
names
Yet
of things without
life
are neuter.
This
is
called
some names of things to which we refer as if they were feminine as, " Have you seen my yacht ? She is a beauty." And there are some names of living beings to which we refer as if they were neuter as, " Is the baby here ? No,
natural gender.
in English there are
; ;
the nurse has taken
it
home." Some words, then, have a gender quite

is
apart from sex or real gender, and this
called
grammatical gender.
of males are usually
Latin, like English, has three genders.
Names
masculine and of females feminine, but names of things have grammatical gender and fnay be either masculine^ fem.inine, or neuter. Thus
we have
saxum, a
in Latin the three words, lapis,

rock.
a stone ; rupes, a
cliff;
and
Lapis
is
masculine, rupes feminine, and
saxum
it is
neuter.
The gender can

must always be
usually be determined by the ending of the word, and

learned, for without
knowing the gender
impos-
sible to write correct Latin.
61. Gender of First-Declension Nouns.
sion are feminine unless they denote males.
Nouns of the Thus silva
first
is
declen-
feminine,
but nauta,
sailor,
and
agricola, farmer, are masculine.
62.
EXERCISES

I.
I.
Agricola
parat.
4.
cum
Cena
filia
filia
in casa habitat.
2.
Bona
fllia
agricolae
filiam
cenam
laudat.
filiam
7. Filia
3.
est grata agricolae^ et agricola
bonam
5.
Deinde
agricolae gallinas ad
6.
cenam
vocat.
Gallinae
agricolae
amant.
Make
flliae
bonas cenas non parant.
agricolae est grata dominae.

9.
8.
Domina
pecuniam
in insula
dat.
to
magna
habitat.
1
Domina bonae
(Cf. 43.)
puellae parvae
Note that the

is dfrected,
relation expressed
by the dative case covers that
which a
feeling
EXERCISES
II.
I.
27
The farmer
?
Where does
3.
the farmer live?

lives
5.
2.
lives
in the
small cottage.
lives
Who
with the farmer
4.
(His)
little
daughter
with the farmer.

farmer.
(His) daughter
6.
is
getting (parat) a
good
dinner for the

7.
The farmer
is
praises
the good
dinner.
The
daughter's good dinner
pleasing to the farmer.
What
Latin words are suggested by this picture
63.
COWVERSATIOW
questions in Latin.
Answer the
1
Quis
cum
agricola in casa habitat

filia
2.
Quid bona
agricolae parat
?
3. 4.
Quem
Cuius
agricola laudat
fIlia
Vocatne
agricolae gallinas ad
cenam
5
6.
filia
est grata
dominae
?
Cui domina pecuniam dat
28
NOUNS AND ADJECTIVES
LESSON
64.
VIII
(Continued)
FIRST DECLENSION
We
together,
have for some time now been using adjectives and nouns and you have noticed an agreement between them in case
( 54).
and
silva
in
number
in -a.
They agree
also in gender.
In the phrase a fem-
magna, we have a feminine adjective
in -a agreeing with
inine
noun
65.
Rule. Agreement
of
Adjectives.
Adjectives agree with
their
nouns in gender, number, and
case.
66. Feminine adjectives in -a are declined like feminine nouns in

-a,
and you should learn
to decline
them together
as follows
ORDER OF WORDS
Singular
Norn,
Gen.
IN LATIN
29
dea bona (bases de- bon-)
Plural
deae bonae
dea bona
deae bonae deae bonae
dea'rum bona'nim
dea'bus bonis
Dat.
Ace.
deam bonam
dea bona
deas bonas
dea'bus bonis
Abl.
a.
In the same
way
decline together filia parva.
68. Latin
Word
Order.
The order
of words in English and in Latin
sentences
is
not the same.

fairly fixed order.
In English we arrange words in a

sentence
Thus,
in the
My
daughter
is
getting dinner
for the farmers, we cannot
alter the order of the
words without spoiling the sentence.
We
can,
however, throw emphasis on different words by speaking them with
more
force
Try the effect of reading the sentence by putting on my, daughter, dinner, farmers.
force.
office of the
special
In Latin, where the

its
word
its
in the sentence is
shown by
words
is
ending
(cf.
32.
i),
and not by
is
position, the order of
more
can
free,
is
and position
used
to secure the
same
effect that in
English
secured by emphasis of voice.
To
a limited extent
we
alter the order of
words
in English, too, for the
same purpose.
Compare
the sentences
order)
/ saw a game offootball at Chicago last November (normal I saw a game offootball at Chicago At Chicago, last November, I saw a game offootbaVL
hast November
I.
In a Latin sentence the most emphatic place

is
is
the^fn-^y next in
Generally the
is
importance
subject
is
the lastj the weakest point

is
'
is
the middle.
the most important word, and

is
placed yfrj^y usually the verb
the next in importance, and
placed last.
The
other words of the sentence
stand between these two in the order of their importance.
normal order of words

is
HSnce the
is
that
is,
where no unusual emphasis
expressed
as follows
subject
modifiers of the subject
indirect object
direct object
adverb verb
Changes from the normal order are frequent, and are due to the desire for throwing emphasis upon some word or phrase. Notice the order of the
30
Ijitin
ORDER OF WORDS
IN LATIN
it
words when you are translating, and imitate
when you are
turning English into Latin. 2. Possessive pronouns and modifying genitives normally stand after their nouns. When placed before their nouns they are emphatic, as filia mea, my daughter; mea filia, my daughter; casa Galbae, Galba^s cottage
Galbae casa, Galba's cottage. Notice the variety of emphasis produced by writing the following
sentence in different ways
Filia
mea
agricolis
cenam parat (normal order)

parat cenam (mea and cenam emphatic)
(agricolis
Mea
filia agricolis
Agricolis filia
mea cenam parat

its
emphatic)
it
3.
An
adjective placed before
noun
is
more emphatic than when

is
follows.
its
When
Filia Filia
great emphasis
is
desired, the adjective
separated from
noun by other words.
mea casam parvam non amat (parvam not emphatic) mea parvam casam non amat (parvam more emphatic) Parvam filia mea casam non amat (parvaiji very emphatic)
4.
5.
Interrogative words usually stand
first,
the same as in English.
The
copula (as est, sunt)

last,
is
of so
little
does not stand
but
may be
placed wherever
importance that it frequently it sounds well.
69.
EXERCISE
Note the order of the words in

are emphatic.
I.
these sentences
and pick out
those that
Longae non sunt tuae
viae.
2.
Suntne tubae novae in mea

Diana, liinae clarae
altas
casa?
Non
sunt.
3.
Quia
lata in silva habitat?

4.
pulchra dea, lata in silva habitat.

5.
Boni nautae
amant aquas.
6.
Quidl ancilla tua portat?

?
Ancilla
mea tubam novam

est Italia,
portat.
Ubi
mea.
sunt Lesbia et lulia

7.
In tua casa est Lesbia
et Itilia est in
Estne
Italia lata terra?
Longa
narrat
?
agricola fabulam
novam
Filiabus
Sicilia.
novam
Latona
narrat.
9.
Clara est insula
non lata. 8. Cui Galba dominae clarae fabulam 10. Quern laudat Latona?
filiam laudat.
THE SECOND DECLENSION

First
31
Review
of
Vocabulary and Grammar, 502-505
LESSON
nouns are divided
.IX
THE SECOND OR 0-DECLENSION

70. Latin
into five declensions.
The
declension to which a
genitive singular.
noun belongs is shown by the ending of the This should .always be learned along with the nominative
and the gender.

71.
The nominative
Nouns
singular of nouns of the Second or C-Declen-
sion ends in -us, -er, 72. Gender.
-ir,
or -um.
The
genitive singular ends in
-i.
in
-um
are neuter.
The
others are regularly
masculine.
73. Declension of nouns in -us and -um.
Masculines in -us and
neuters in
-um
are decKned as foUovirs
dominus (base domin-), m., master
pilum (base
pil-), n.,
spear
32
a.
THE PREDICATE NOUN

Observe that the masculines and the neuters have the same terminaand the nominative and accusavocative singular of words of the second declension in -us ends
tions excepting in the nominative singular

tive plural.
b.
The
in -S, as domine,
masters
serve,
slave.
This
is
the single exception
to the rule in 56. a.
74. Write
side
by
side the declension of domina,
dominus, and
the
pilum.
rules,
comparison of
the
forms
will
lead
to
following
all
which are of great importance because they apply to
five
declensions
a.
The
native.
That
vocative, with a single exception (see 73. b), is like the nomiis, the vocative singular is like the nominative singular, and
is
the vocative plural

b.
like the
nominative
plural.
The The
The
nominative, accusative, and vocative of neuter nouns are alike,
and
c.
in the plural
end in
-a.
accusative singular of masculines

-s.
and feminines ends
in
-m and
the accusative plural in

d.
e.
dative
-i
Final
and ablative plural are always alike. and -0 are always long; final -a is short, except in the
abla-
tive singular of the first declension.
75. Observe the sentences
Lesbia est bona, Lesbia
is
good
is
Lesbia est ancilla, Lesbia
a maidservant
used, as here, in the prediSimilarly a
We
have learned
( 55) that bona,

is
when
3.
cate to describe the subject,

nou?i, as ancilla,
called
predicate adjective.
used
in the predicate to define the subject is called
a predicate noun. 76.
Rule.
Predicate Noun.
predicate noun agrees in case
with the subject of the verb.
-*=-
THE SECOND DECLENSION

77.
33
dialogue
Galea and Marcus

G. Quis,
legatus
Marce, est
pilo et
cum
tuba ?
M. Legatus,
est Sextus.
Galba,
G. Ubi Sextus habitat
?i
M. In oppido Sextus
cum
filiabus habitat.
G. Amantne oppidani
Sextum
M. Amant oppidani Sextum et laudant, quod magna cum constantia

pugnat.
G. Ubi,
anciUa
Marce,
est
tua?
Cur non
cenam parat ? M. Ancillamea, Galba, equo legati aquam et LEGATUS CUM PILO ET TUBA frumentum dat. G. Cur non servus Sexti equum domini curat ? M. Sextus et servus ad murum oppidi maturant. Oppidani beUum
parant.^
^
habitat
is
here translated does
live.
Note the
lives
is
three possible translations
of the Latin present tense

r
he
habitat \ he
I
living
he does live
Always choose the translation which makes the best sense. 2 Observe that the verb paro means not only to prepare but for, and governs the accusative case.
also to prepare
34
78.
NOUNS AND ADJECTIVES

CONVERSATION
Translate the questions and answer them in Latin.

1.
Ubi
flliae
Sexti habitant?
4. 5.
Cuius equum
ancilla curat?
2.
Quem
Quid
oppidani amant et lau-
Quis ad
mattirat
murum cum
?
Sexto
dant?
3.
ancilla
equo
legatl dat
6.
Quid oppidani parant
LESSON X
SECOND DECLENSION
79.
(Continued)
like bona, in
We
have been freely using feminine adjectives,

first
agreement with feminine nouns of the

like
declension and declined
them. Masculine adjectives of

like
this class are declined like
dominus,
neuter,
and neuters
pUum. The
adjective
:
and noun, masculine and
are therefore declined as follows
Masculine Noun and Adjective

dominus bonus, the good master
Bases domin- bon-
Neuter Noun and Adjective

pilum bonum, the good spear
Bases
pil-
bon-
APPOSITION
altus,
35
Decline together bellum longum, equus parvus, servus malus, murus
frumentum novum.

Lesbia ancilla est bona, Lesbia, the maidservant,
Filia Lesbiae ancillae est bona, the
is
good
daughter of Lesbia, the maid-
servant,
is
good
Servus Lesbiam ancillam amat, the slave loves Lesbia, the maidservant
In these sentences ancilla, ancillae, and ancillam denote the class of
persons to which Lesbia belongs and explain
that the second
to
is
who
first
she
is.
Nouns
so related
only another
name
for the
and explains
it
are said
be in apposition, and are always in the same
case.
Rule. Apposition. noun which it explains.

81.
82.
An appositive
EXERCISES
agrees in case with the

I. I.
Patria servl boni, vicus
servorum bonorum, bone popule.
2. 3.
Populus oppidl
magni, in oppido
magno,
in
oppidis
4.
magnis.
Cum
pilTs longis,
ad
pila longa,
ad muros
latos.
Legate male,
est in Ger8.
amici legati mali, cena grata domino bono.
5. 6.
Frflmentum equorum
parvorum, domine bone, ad legates

mania, patria mea.
7.
claros.
Rhenus
Sextus legatus pilum longum portat.

9.
Oppi-
dan! boni Sexto legato claro pecuniam dant.
Mali servl
equum
bona
bonum Marci domini necant

laborant.
II.
I
.
10.
Galba agricola
et lulia filia
1 1
Marcus nauta
slave,
?
in insula Sicilia habitat.

is
Wicked
who
your friend
is
.'
Why
does he not praise
Galba, your master
2.
My
friend
from
(ex)
a village of Germany,
my fatherland. 4. Who is caring

where
is
^
3.
My
^
friend does not love the people of Italy.

?
for
the good horse of Galba, the farmer

?
5.
Mark,
little
Lesbia, the maidservant
6.
She
is
hastening
'
to the
cottage
1
of Julia, the farmer's daughter.

i, p.
See footnote
33.
Remember
^
that curat
dative.
is
transitive
and governs a
direct object.
Not the
(Cf. 43.)
36
ADJECTIVES
LESSON XI
ADJECTIVES OF THE FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS
83. Adjectives of the
first
:
and second declensions are declined
in
the three genders as follows
EXERCISES
2,7
38
NOUNS IN -lUS AND -lUM
LESSON
NOUNS IN
87.
XII
-laS
AND -lUM
and -ium end
rests
in -i in
Nouns
from
of the second declension in -ius

-ii,
the genitive singular, not in

as, fill
and the accent
on the penult
filius {son), praesi'di
from praesi'dium
{garrison).
names of persons in -ius, and filius, end in -i in the vocative singular, not in -6, and the accent rests on the penult; as,
88. Proper
Vergi'li,
a.
Vergil ;
fill,
son.
Observe that
in these
words the vocative and the genitive are

n.,
alike.
89. praesidium (base praesidi-),
garrison
filius (base fili-), m.,
son
Singular
Norn.
NOUNS IN -ER AND -IR

Germania
II.
39
Germania, patria Germanorum, est clara

fluvii multi.
sunt
silvis latis
terra. In Germania Rhenus magnus et latus fluvius Germaniae est. In Germaniae sunt ferae multae. Multi German! in oppidis
magnis
proelia
et in vicis parvis habitant et multi sunt agricolae bonl.
Bella
5
Germanorum
amat
sunt
et
magna et clara. Populus Germaniae bellum et saepe cum finitimis pugnat. Fluvius Rhenus est
finitimus oppidis^ multis et claris.
LESSON
91. Declension of
XIII
(Continued)
-ir.
SECOND DECLENSION
Nouns
like
in
-er
and
In early Latin
-os.
all
the
masculine nouns of the second declension ended in
This -os later
became -us
in
words
serms, and was dropped

puer, ioy
;
entirely in
words
with bases ending in
-r, like
ager, Jield;
and
vir,
man.
These words are therefore declined as follows

92.
puer, m., 6oy
ager,
m..,
field
vir, m.,
man
Base puer-
Base agr-
Base
vir-
40
a.
ADJECTIVES IN -ER
The
vocative case of these words
is
like the nominative, following the
general rule ( 74. a). b. The declension differs from that of servus only in the nominative and
vocative singular.
all the way through, while in ager it is In puer the e belongs to the base, but in ager (base agr-) it does not, and was inserted in the nominative to make it" easier to pronounce. Most words in -er are declined like ager. The genitive
c.
Note
that in puer the e remains
present only in the nominative.
shows whether you are
to follow
puer or ager.
93. Masculine adjectives in -er of the second declension are declined like
nouns
in -er.
few of them are declined
like puer, but
most of them
like ager.
The feminine and
neuter nominatives show
which form to follow, thus,

Masc.
ADJECTIVES IN -ER
96.
41
dialogue
Marcus and Cornelius

C. Ubi
est,
Marce,
filius
tuus
Estne in pulchra terra
Italia
M. Non
copiis
est,
Cornell, in Italia.
est'
Ad
fluvium
Rhenum
maturat
cum
Romanis quia
fama
Liber
novi
belli
cum Germanis.
Germaniae populus Romanos
non amat.
C. Estne
filius
tuus copiarum
?
Romanarum
apud
C.
legatus
M. Legatus non
legionarios.
est,
sed est
Quae ^ arma portat ? M. Scutum magnum et loricam duram et galeam pulchram

portat.
C. Quae tela portat ? M. Gladium et pilum longum

portat.
filium C. Amatne legatus tuum? M. Amat, et saepe filio meo praemia pulchra et praedam
LEGIONARIUS
multam dat. C. Ubi est terra Germanorum ? M. Terra Germanorum, Cornell,

et alto.
1 est,
est finitima
Rheno,
fluvio
magno
before
its
subject, there
is ;
an interrogative adjective pronoun.

lations of the present tense
?
^ Quae, what kind of, so sunt, there are. ^ What are the three possible trans-
42
POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE PRONOUNS
LESSON XIV
THE POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE PRONOUNS
This is my shield This shield is m.ine

In the
is
first
sentence
my
is
a possessive adjective
it
in the second
mine
is
a possessive pronoun, for
takes the place of a noun, this shield
mine being equivalent
to this shield is
my
shield.
Similarly, in Latin the
possessives are sometimes adjectives and sometimes pronouns.
98.
The
possessives my, mine, your, yours,
etc.
are declined like
adjectives of the first
and second declensions.

Singular
1st Pers. meus, mea,
meum
my, mine
your, yours
his (own), her (own), its (own)
2d Pers.
tuus, tua, suus, sua,
3d Pers.
tuum suum
Plural
1st Pers. noster, nostra, nostrum
our, ours
2d Pers.
vester, vestra,
vestrum
your, yours
their (own), theirs
fill,
3d Pers.
O
viy son.
a.
suus, sua,
suum
Note. Meus has the irregular vocative singular masculine ml, as mi
The
possessives agree with the

case.
name
of the thing possessed in gender,
number, and
Compare
,,.
.
the English
and Latin
"I
in
Sextus
r Julia
,.
is callins: his
,
boy
IS
calling her boy
Sextus ,-,
lulia
^
J
suum puerum
is
vocat
Observe that suum agrees with puerum, and

of Sextus or Julia.
b. When your, yours, refers than one, Tester ; as,
unaffected by the gender
to
one person, use tuus
when
to
more
Lesbia,
Girls,
your wreaths are pretty your wreaths are pretty
Coronae tuae, Lesbia, sunt pulchrae Coronae yestrae, puellae, sunt pulchrae
EXERCISES
c.
43
Suus
subject.
slaves.
is a reflexive possessive, that is, it always refers back to the Thus, Vir suos servos vocat means The man calls his (own) Here his (suos) refers to man (vir), and could not refer to any
one
d.
else.
Possessives are used
much
less frequently
than in English, being
omitted whenever the meaning

is
especially true of suus, -a,
without them. (Cf. 22. a.) This -um, which, when inserted, is more or less
is clear
emphatic, like our his own, her own,
etc.
99.
EXERCISES
Marcus amico Sexto consilium suum nuntiat. 2. Est copia 3. Amici mei bonam cenam ancillae vestrae laudant. 4. Tua lorica, mi fill, est dura. 5. Scuta nostra et tela, mi amice, in castrls Romanis sunt. 6. Suntne viri patriae tuae llberi ?
I. 1.
friimenti in agrls nostris.
Sunt.
7.
Ubi, Cornell, est tua galea pulchra?
8.
Mea
galea, Sexte,
est in casa
mea.
9.
Pilum longum
est
tuum, sed gladius est meus.
10. iQlia galllnas suas pulchras

1 1
.
amat
1
et galllnae
dominam suam amant.

saepe dant.
Nostra castra sunt vestra.
Est copia praedae in castris vestrls.

et peciiniam
2.
13.
Amid
I.
tui miseris et aegris
cibum
II.
Our
teacher praises Mark's industry.
My
son Sextus
girls are
is
carrying his booty to the

aid to the sick
villages.
5.
Roman
is
camp.^
3.
Your good
'
giving
and wretched.^
son,
4.
There are
frequent battles in our

6.
My
where
the lieutenant's food?
The camp
is
mine, but the -weapons are yours.

^
Not the
dative.
^
Why
Here the
adjectives sick and wretched are used

?
like nouns.
Where
should sunt stand
Cf.
I.
2 above.
AGRICOLA ARAT
44
THE ABLATIVE DENOTING WITH
LESSON XV
100.
there
is
Of
the various relations denoted by the ablative case ( 50) none more important than that expressed in English by the
preposition with.
This
little
word
is
not so simple as
is it
it
looks.
It
does
not always convey the same meaning, nor
always to be translated
by cum.
This
a.
b.
c.
will
become
feeble
clear
from the following sentences
Mark
Diana
Julia
is
with {for or because of) want of food
kills
the beasts with (or by) her arrows
is
d.
The men
a,
with Sextus fight with great steadiness
a.
In sentence
ness.
This idea
is
with want {offood) gives the cause of Mark's feebleexpressed in Latin by the ablative without a preposition,
is
and the construction
called the ablative of cause
Marcus
b.
est inflrmus inopia cibi
In sentence
the beasts.
kills
b, with (or by) her arrows tells by means of what Diana This idea is expressed in Latin by the ablative without a is
preposition,
and the construction

Diana
called the ablative of
means
sagittis suis feras necat
c.
In sentence c
we
is
Sextus.
tion
This idea
are told that Julia is not alone, but in company with expressed in Latin by the ablative with the preposiis
cum, and the construction

lulia est
accompaniment
'
cum Sexto
d. In sentence d we are told how the men fight. The idea is one of manner. This is expressed in Latin by the ablative with cum, unless there is a modifying adjective present, in which case cum may be omitted. This
construction
is
manner
Viri
(cum) constantia magna pugnant

able to
101.
You
are
now
form four important
rules for the ablative
denoting
iSith

102.
tive
45
Rule.
Ablative of Cause.
Cause
is
denoted by the abla-
without a preposition.
This anszvers the question Because
of what ?
103.
tive
Rule.
Ablative of Means.
Means
is
denoted by the abla-
zvhat ?
This answers the question
By means
of what f With
N.B.
means.
Cum must
Rule.
?
never be used with the ablative expressing cause or

<
104.
Ablative
of
Accompaniment.
Accompaniment
is
denoted by the ablative with cum.
With
to
whom
105.
Rule.
Ablative of Manner.
action.
The ablative with cum
is
used
denote the
manner of an
Cum may
be omitted, if an
adjective is used with the ablative.
How f
106.
In what m,anner ?
What
uses of the ablative do you discover in the following

?
passage, and what question does each answer
The
soldiers
marched
to the fort with great
speed and broke down the
gate with blows of their muskets.
The
inhabitants, terrified
by the
din,
attempted to cross the river with their wives and children, but the stream was swollen with [or by) the rain. Because of this many were swept away
by the waters and only a few, almost overcome with

difficulty
fatigue,
with great
succeeded in gaining the farther shore.
107.
EXERCISES

I.
The Romans prepare for War. Romani,
clarus Italiae populus,
bellum parant.
Ex
agrls suis, vicis, oppidisque

legati
magno
studio viri valid!
ad arma maturant. lam
cum
legionariis ex Italia
ad Rhenum,
fluvium Germaniae altum et latum, properant, et servi equis et earns
cibum frumentumque ad castra Romana portant.

scutis, gladiis, pilisque
Inopia
bonorum
loricis,
telorum infirmi sunt German!, sed Roman! armat!

sunt
valid!.
galeis,
46
II.
I.
THE NINE IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES

The
2.
diligence.
sturdy farmers of Italy labor in the fields with great Sextus, the lieutenant, and (his) son Mark are fighting
3.
is
with the Germans.

spears.
4.
The Roman
5.
legionaries are
?
armed with long

is
Where
Lesbia, your maid, Sextus
Lesbia
with
my
friends in Galba's cottage.
Many
are sick because of

(their)
bad water
and for lack of food.
6.
The Germans, with
sons and daughters,
are hastening to the river Rhine.
LESSON XVI
THE NINE IKREGULAR ADJECTIVES
108. There are nine irregular adjectives of the
first
and second
declensions which have a peculiar termination in the genitive and

dative singular of
all
genders
Masc.
Fem.
-lUS
-i
Neut.
-lUS
-i
Gen.
-ius
-i
Dat.
Otherwise they are declined
like bonus, -a,
-um.
Learn the
list
and the meaning of each

alius, alia, aliud,
THE NINE IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES

a.
47
The
genitive
Note the
peculiar neuter singular ending in -d of alias.

it
alius is rare.
Instead of
use alterius, the genitive of alter.
b. These peculiar case endings are found also in the declension of pronouns (see 114). For this reason these adjectives are sometimes called the pronominal adjectives.
110. Learn the following idioms

alter, -era,
-erum
. .
alter, -era,
-erum,
M
.
(7
the ofher {oi tvio)
alius, -a, -ud

alii, -ae,
alius, -a, -ud,
one
.
another
(of
any number)
-a
"alii, -ae, -a,
some
others
EXAMPLES
Alterum oppldum est magnum, alterum parvimi, the one town is small (of two towns). 2. Aliud oppidum est validum, aliud infirmum, one town is strong, another weak (of towns in general).
1.
large, the other
3.
Alii gladios, alii scuta portant,
some carry swords,
others shields.
111.
I.
EXERCISES
In utra casa
est liilia?
iQlia est in neutra casa.
3.
2.
I.
Null!
malo puero praemium dat magister.

agricola.
4. Alii viri
Alter puer est nauta, alter

5.
aquam,
alii
terram amant.
Galba'iinus {or
in
8.
solus)
7.
cum
parat.
studio
laborat.
6.
Estne uUus carrus

alterius.
agro
meo
Lesbia est ancilla alterius domini, Tullia

9. Cena nuUius cenam dat.
Lesbia sola
10. Lesbia
cenam
nuUl
alterius ancillae est bona.
alii
viro
Note. The pronominal adjectives, as you observe, regularly stand before and not after their nouns.
II.
I.
The men
4.
of
all
Germany
are preparing for war.

3.
2.
Some
fort.
towns are great and others are

another horses.
5. 6.
small.
One boy
likes chickens,
is
Already the booty of one town

(i.e.
in
our
Our whole village is suffering for The people are already hastening to the Romans (there) is no lack of grain.
weak
because of) lack of food.

7.
the other town.
Among
48
THE DEMONSTRATIVE
IS,
EA, ID
LESSON XVII
THE DEMONSTRATIVE
112.
IS,
EA,
A demonstrative
hear
these
?
as this, that, these, those.
Do you
a word that points out an object definitely, Sometimes these words are pronouns, as, and sometimes adjectives, as. Do you hear these
is
meni In
the former case they are called demonstrative pronouns,
in the latter
demonstrative adjectives.
113. Demonstratives are similarly used in Latin both as pronouns
and as
adjectives.
The one used most

masculine
this
;
is
is,
ea,
feminine
id,
neuter
these
Singular
f"
_ Plural
.
\ that
114. Is
is
\
l_
those
declined as follows.
Compare
e-
its
declension with that
of alius, log.
Base
COMPARISON BETWEEN SUUS AND

'
IS
49
of
it
Nom.
Gen.
is,
he J ea, she;
or
z'/j
id, it
eius,
of him or his j
or for
eius,
of her.,
her, or ^^rj/ eius,
Sing.
/Pa/.
ei,
/(?
him y
ei, /o
or for her y
ei, /o
or for
it
Ace.
^(5/.
.eum, ^z'wzy earn, ^^ry id, zV

eo,
wzM, from,
with, from,
ii,
etc.,
^zzy ea,
wzM,
yr<7z, etc.,
her;
eo,
etc., zV
'
yV(7/.
ei or
eae, ea, they
Gen.
Plur.
-
eorum, earum, eorum, of them, their

eis or iis, eis or iis, eis or iis, to or for
Dat.
Ace.
them
etc.,
eos, eas, ea,
them
with, from,
Abl.
eis or iis, eis or iis, eis or iis,
them
c)
116. Comparison between suus and

that suus
is
is.
We
his,
learned above ( 98.
a reflexive possessive.
When
ea,
her (poss.),
its,
their,
its
do by
not refer to the subject of the sentence,

eius,
we
express his, her,

their
the genitive singular of
is,
id
and
by the genitive
plural,
using eorum to refer to a masculine or neuter antecedent noun

to refer to a feminine one.
and earum
EXAMPLES
Galba calls his (own) son, Galba suum f ilium vocat Galba calls his son (not his own, but another's), Galba Julia calls her (own) children, Mlia suos itberos vocat Julia calls her children (not her own, but another's),
vocat
eius filium vocat
lulia eius liberos
The men praise their (own) boys, virl suos pueros laudant The men praise their boys (not their own, but Others'), viri eorum pueros
laudant
117.
EXERCISES

I.
He
praises her, him,
it,
them.
2.
This
cart, that report,
these
teachers, garrison,
women, that abode, these abodes. 3. That strong among those weak and sick women, that want of firmness,
thpse
other
those frequent plans.

4.
The
is
woman
is
calling her chickens (her own).
5.
Another
praises
woman
calling her chickens (not
her own).
6.
The Gaul
50
his
8.
EXERCISES
arms
{his.
own).
7.
The Gaul
praises his
fields.
This farmer often plows their
9.
arms (not his own). Those wretched slaves

slaves long
long for their master (their own).

for their master (not their own).
land.
12.
11.
10.
Those wretched
Free
men
love their
own
father-
They
love
its
villages
and towns.
118.
dialogue 1
Cornelius and Marcus
M. Quis est vir, Cornell, cum puero parvo ? Estne Romanus et liber ? C. Romanus non est, Marce. Is vir est servus et eius domicilium
est in silvls Galliae.
M. Estne puer
C. Neutrlus
Alius eius servi
an
alterius
filius est
puer.
Is est Alius legatl Sexti.
M. Quo puer cum eo servo -properat ? C. Is cum servo properat ad latos Sexti agros.^ Totum frumentum est iam maturum et magnus servorum numerus in Italiae ^ agrls laborat. M. Agricolaene sunt Galli et patriae suae agros arant ?
C.
Non
eos
agricolae sunt.
viri
Bellum amant
Galli,
non
agri culturam.
Apud
pugnant
et
feminae auxilio liberorum agros arant
parantque cibum.
M. Magister noster
pueris puellisque gratas Gallorum fabulas saepe
narrat et laudat eos saepe.
C. Mala est fortuna
eorum
et
saepe miseri servi multls
cum
lacri-
mis patriam suam desiderant.

1 There are a number of departures from the normal order in this dialogue. ^ When a noun is modified by both a Find them, and give the reason. genitive and an adjective, a favorite order of words is adjective, crenitive, noun, 3 A modifying genitive often stands between a preposition and its object.
Second Review, Lessons IX-XVII, 506-509
CONJUGATION
LESSON
XVIII
CONJUGATION
THE PRESENT, IMPERFECT, AND FUTURE TENSES OF SUM

119.
The
inflection of a verb is called its conjugation (cf. 23).
In
English the verb has but few changes in form, the different meanings
being expressed by the use of personal pronouns and
auxiliaries, as,
I am
carried,
we have
carried, they shall
have
carried, etc.
In Latin,
on the other hand, instead of using personal pronouns and auxiliary verbs, the form changes with the meaning. In this way the Romans
expressed differences in
120. The Tenses.
ent times are called
present, past,
1.
te7ise,
mood,
voice,
person, and number.

to differ-
The
its
:
different
tenses.
forms of a verb referring
The
chief distinctions of time are
and future
is,
The
present, that
what
is
happening
is
"1
now, or what usually happens, pressed by

2.
ex- I
J l
the Present Tense
The
or
past, that
to
is,
what was happening,

is
used
happen, happened, has happened, jrjr -^-^ j-^

;
I
J
^
^jjjj
Imperfect, Perfect,
had happened,
future, that
is
is,
Pluperfect Tenses
expressed by
is
3.
The
what
going
to
hap-
\
J
pen,
expressed by
the Future and Future Perfect Tenses

to indicate the
121. The Moods.
Verbs have
inflection of
manner
in
which they express
action.
mood The moods of
the Latin verb
are the indicative, subjunctive, imperative, and injinitive.

a. verb is in the indicative mood when it makes a statement or asks a question about something assumed as a fact. All the verbs we have used
thus far are in the present indicative.
122. The Persons.

first
There are three persons, as

;
in English.
The
person
is
the person speaking (/ sing)

;
the second person the
person spoken to (^you sing)
the third person the person spoken of
52
{he sings).
CONJUGATION
Instead of using personal pronouns for the different persons in the two numbers, singular and plural, the Latin verb uses the
personal endings
(cf.
22 a
29).
We
have already learned that
-t is
the ending of the third person singular in the active voice and -nt of
the third person plural.
active voice
is
The complete
hst of personal endings of the
as follows
Singular
1st Pers.
Plural
I
thou or you
he, she, it
-m
-s
-t
or -o
2d Pers. J d Pers.
123.
we you
they
-mus
-tis
-nt
Most verbs form
their
and are
called regular verbs.
moods and tenses after a regular plan Verbs that depart- from this plan are
in
called irregular.
The verb
to be is irregular
Latin as in English.
indicative
The
present,
imperfect,
and future tenses of the
are
inflected as follows
EXERCISES
124.
53
DIALOGUE
The Boys Sextus and Marcus

First learn the special vocabulary, p. 287. S.
Ubi
es,
Marce
puerl.
Ubi
est
Qumtus
Ubi
estis,
amici
M.
Cum
Quinto, Sexte, in silva sum.
Non
soli
sumus
sunt in
silva multl
alii
S. Nunc laetus es, sed nuper non laetus eras. Cur miser eras ? M. Miser eram quia amici mei erant in alio vico et eram solus. Nunc sum apud socios meos. Nunc laeti sumus et erimus. S.
Eratisne in liido hodie
M. Hodie non eramus

S.
in liido,
?
quod magister
erat aeger.
Eritisne
mox
in lUdo
M. Amici mei ibi erunt, sed ego (/) non ero. 5. CQr non ibi eris ? Magister, saepe iratus, inopiam tuam
diligentiaeque
studi
non
laudat.
et
M. NiJper aeger eram

125.
I.
nunc infirmus sum.
EXERCISE
are,
You
you were, you

3.
will be, {sing,
and J>lur.).
4.
2. I
am,
was, I shall be.
He
is,
he was, he
will be.
We
sick.
are,
we
were,
we
shall be.
6.
5.
They
are, they
were, they will be.

I
Why
were you not
in school to-day?
was
7.
Lately he
8.
was a
I
sailor,
now he
is
a farmer, soon he
will 9.
be a teacher.
To-day
am
happy, but
lately I
was wretched.
The
teachers were
happy
because of the boys' industry.
PUERI ROMANI IN LUDO
54
PRESENT ACTIVE INDICATIVE
LESSON XIX
THE FOUR REGULAR CONJUGATIONS PRESENT ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF AMO AND MONEO
126. There are four conjugations of the regular verbs. These conjugations are distinguished from each other by the final vowel of the
present conjugation-stem.^
vowel,
This vowel
is
called the
distinguishing
and
is
is
best seen in the present infinitive.
Below
given the prese?it infinitive of a verb of each conjugation,

distinguishing
the present stem, and the distinguishing vowel.
Conjugation
I.
Pres. t Infin.
t.
c Pres. Stem
t>
vowel
a
e
e
i
ama're, to love
mone're, to advise
re'gere, to rule
II.
amamonerege-
III.
IV.
a.
-re,
audi're, to
hear
audiis
Note
that the present stem of each conjugation
found by dropping
the ending of the present infinitive.

infinitive of
Note. The present

127.
sum
is
esse,
and
es- is the present stem.
From
The
the present stem are formed the present, imperfect, and
future tenses.
128.
inflection of the
Present Active Indicative of the

is
first
and of the second conjugation

a'mo, ama're {love)
Pres. Stem
3.'mo,
as follows mo'neo, mone're (advise)

Pres.
ama-
Stem mone-
êndings^
-o
-s
I love
mo'-ato,
I advise
you advise
it)
2. II. a'mas, you love
mo'nes,
3-
a'mat, he {she, it) loves
mo'net, he {she,
advises
-t
ama'mus, we love
2. ii. 3.
1
mone'mus, we advise
mone'tis,
-mus
-tis
ama'tis,
you
love
you advise
a'mant, they love

is
mo'nent, they advise
-nt
the body of a word to which the terminations are attached. with the base (cf. 58). If, however, the stem ends in a vowel, the latter does not appear in the base, but is variously combined with the inflectiontl terminations. This point is further explained in 230.
The
stem
It is often identical

1.
55
by adding the personal endings to the -o and not -m. The form amo is for ama-6, the two vowels a-6 contracting to o. In moneo there is no contraction. Nearly all regular verbs ending in -ea belong to the second conjugation. 2. Note that the long final vowel of the stem is shortened before another vowel (mone-o = mo'n6o), and before final -t (amat, monet) and -nt
present tense
is
The
inflected
present stem, and
its first
person uses
(amSnt, monent).
Compare
12. 2.
129. Like
amS and moneo

^
inflect the
present active indicative of the
following verbs
Indicative Present
Infinitive Present
ara're, to
I plow cii'ro, I care for *ae1eo, / destroy desi'dero, I longfor t do,2 1 give *ha'beo, / have ha'bito, / live, I dwell
a'ro,
plow
care for
ciira're, to
dele're, to destroy
desidera're, to
long for
da 're,
to
give
habe're, to
have
dwell
order
habita're, to live, to
iube're, to
*iu'beo,
labo'ro,
/ order
I labor I praise matii'ro, / hasten *mo'Yeo, / move nar'ro, / tell ne'co, / kill nun'tio, / announce pa'ro, I prepare
lau'do,
por'to,
labora're, to labor
lauda're, to praise
matiira're, to hasten
move're, to
move
narra're, to tell
neca're, to kill
nuntia're, to
announce
para're, to prepare
porta're, to carry
I carry
/ hasten pug'no, Ifight *vi'deo, I see vo'co, I call

pro'pero,
propera're, to hasten
pugna're, to fight
vide're, to see
voca're, to call
130. The Translation of the Present.
In English there are three

say, for example,
ways
of expressing present action.

living, or
We may
I live,
I am
all
I do
live.
In Latin the one expression habito covers
three of these expressions.
1 The only new verbs in this list are the five of the second conjugation ^ Observe that in do, dSre, the a which are starred. Learn their meanings. is short, and that the present stem is dS- and not da-. The only forms of do that have a long are das (pres. indie.), da (pres. imv.), and dans (pres. part.).
56
131.
IMPERFECT ACTIVE INDICATIVE

EXERCISES
tense,
Give the voice, mood,

I. I.
person, and
2
.
number
of each form.
3.
Vocamus,
6.
properatis, iubent.
4.
Movetis, laudas, vides.
De-
letis,
habetis, dant.
Maturas, desiderat, videmus.
5. lubet,
mo-
vent, necat.
Narramus,
moves,
vident.
7.
Laboratis, properant,
portas, parant.
8. Delet, habetis,
iubemus, das.
in trans-
lating a Latin verb form.

II.
I.
N.B. Observe that the personal ending is of prime importance Give that your first attention.
We
plow,
for,
we
4.
are plowing,
they are caring
they do care
for.
we do plow. 2. They care for, 3. You give, you are having,

.living.
you do have
5.
is
(sing?).
We
7.
destroy, I do long for, they are

6.
He
calls,
they see,
we
are telling.
We
do
fight,
kill,
we
order, he
moving, he prepares.
They
are laboring,
we
you announce.
LESSON XX
IMPERFECT ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF AMO AND MONEO
132. Tense Signs.
Instead of using auxiliary verbs to express Latin adds to the
differences in tense, like was, shall, will, etc.,
verb stem certain elements that have the force of auxiliary verbs.
These are
called tense signs.
133. Formation and Inflection of the Imperfect.

of the imperfect
is
The
tense sign
-ba-,
which
is
added
to the present stem.
The
imperfect consists, therefore, of three parts
Present Stem
Tense Sign
ba-
personal ending
amaloving
m
I
was
is
The
inflection
as follows
I
Conjugation
1.
Conjugation SINGULAR
mone'ha.m,
II
PERSONAL ENDINGS
-in.
ama'ba.m,
/ Tvas
loving
2. 3.
you were loving ama'bat, %e was loving

ama'bas,
I was advising mone'bas, you were advising mone'bat, he was advising
-s
-t
'

PLURAL
1.
57
PERSONAL ENDINGS
2. 3.
amaba'mus, we were loving amaba'tis, you were loving ama'bant, they were loving
a.
moneba'mus, we were advising -mus moneba'tis, you were advising -tis mone'bant, they were advising -nt
-bais
before
Note that the a of the tense sign m and t when final. (Cf. 12. 2.)
inflect the
shortened before -nt, and
In a similar manner
verbs given in
129.
134. Meaning of the Imperfect.
The
Latin imperfect describes

time, like the English past-
an act as going on or progressing in past

progressive tense
(as,
/ was
walking^.
It is the regular tense
used
to describe a past situation or condition of affairs.
135.
I. I.
EXERCISES
Videbamus, desiderabat, maturabas.
3. 2. Dabant',
4.
vocabatis,
delebamus.
batis,
Pugnant, laudabas, movebatis.

5.
lubebant, propera6.
portabamus.
Dabas, narrabant, laborabatis.

,
Videbant,
movebas, nuntiabamus.
II.
I.
7.
Necabat, movebam, habebat, parabatis.
{sing, and plur.), we were killing, they was moving, we were ordering, we were fighting. 3. We were telling, they were seeing, he was calling. 4. They were living, I was longing for, we were destroying. 5. You were giving, you were moving, you were announcing, (sing, and plur.y 6. They were caring for, he was plowing, we were praising.
You were having

2.
were laboring.
He
136.
Nl'OBE AND HER CHILDREN
Niobe, reglna Thebanorum,
erat
pulchra femina sed
superba.
Erat superba non
solum forma-' sua marltique potentia-' sed etiam
magno
filias.
liberorum numero."^
Nam
habebat^ septem
'
filios
et
septem
Sed
ea superbia erat reginae
causa magnae
tristitiae et liberis
causa durae poenae.

vocabulary.
1
Note. The words Niobe, Thebanorum, and mariti will be found in the general Translate the selection without looking up any other words.
Ablative of cause.
8 ^
Translate had;
it
denotes a past situation.
(See
134.)
Dative,
cf.
43.
. .
58
FUTURE ACTIVE INDICATIVE
LESSON XXI
FUTURE ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF AMO AND MONEO
137.
The
tense sign of the Future Indicative in the

is -bi-.
first
and second
conjugations
This
is
joined to the present stem of the verb
and followed by the personal ending, as follows

Present Stem amalove
Tense Sign
bi-
personal ending
s
will
you
is
138.
The Future
I
Active Indicative
Conjugation
1
Conjugation
SINGULAR
mone'bo,
mone'bis,
II
ama'bo,
ama'bis,
/ shall love
you will
love
/ shall advise
you will advise
2.
3.
ama'bit, he will love
mone'bit, he will advise
PLURAL
1
ama'bimus,
we
shall love
mone'bimus, we shall advise

raont''bi\.is,
2. 3.
^m^'\i\\x&, you
will love
you will advise
ama'bunt, ihey will love
mone'bunt, they will advise
a.
first
The
personal endings are as in the present.

is
The ending
-bi-
-bo in the
person singular
contracted from -bi-o.
The
appears as -bu- in
the third person plural.

future of sum.
Note that the
inflection is like that of ero, the
Pay
especial attention to the accent.

inflect the
In a similar manner
verbs given in 129.
139.
I. I.
EXERCISES
Movebitis, laudabis,
arabo.
2.
Delebitis,
vocabitis,
dabunt.
3.
Maturabis, deslderabit, videbimus.
4. 6.
Habebit, movebunt, necabit.

curabunt, dabis.
5.
7.
Narrabimus, monebis, videbunt.
Laborabitis,
8.
Habitabimus, properabitis, iubebunt, parabit.
Nuntiabo, porta-
bimus, iubebo.
II.
I.
We
wiil
shall
announce,
we
shall see, I shall hasten.

3.
2. I
shall
will
carry,
he
plow, they will care for.
You
will
announce, you
THE DATIVE WITH ADJECTIVES

move, you
{flur^.
will give,
59 we
7.
{sing,
and plur.).
5.
4.
We
shall fight,
shall
destroy, I shall long for.

6.
He
will call,
they will see, you
will tell
will labor,
They will dwell, we shall order, he will praise. we shall kill, you will have {sing, and plur?)^ he will
Ni'oBE AND HER CHILDREN {Concluded')
They
destroy.
140.
Apollo et Diana erant

parabant.^
liberi
Latonae.
lis
Thebani sacra crebra

eius.
Oppidani amabant Latonam et liberos
Id superbae
liberis
reginae erat molestum.

paratis
?
" Cur,'' inquit, " Latonae et
sacra
Duos
liberos
habet Latona
quattuordecim habeo ego.

^
Ubi sunt mea
sacra
"
Latona
lis
verbis
irata liberos suos vocat. 5

'
Ad
earn volant Apollo Dianaque et sagittis
suis miseros
liberos
reginae superbae delent.
Niobe,
nuper
laeta,
nunc misera, sedet
apud
decim.
liberos interfectos et
cum
perpetuis lacrimis^ eos desiderat.
Note. Consult the general vocabulary for Apollo, inquit, duos, and quattuorTry to remember the meaning of all the other words.
LESSON XXII
REVIEW OF VERBS

sum and
141. Review the present, imperfect, and future active indicative,
both orally and

142.
in writing, of
the verbs in 129.
We
learned in
expect the dative, and in
43 for what sort of expressions we may 44 that one of its commonest uses is with
It is also
verbs to express the indirect object.

adjectives to express the object
very
common
with
toward which the quality denoted by

have already had a number of cases
the adjective
is
directed.
We
1 Observe the force of the imperfect here, used to frepare, were in the habit ^ Ablapreparing; so amabant denotes a past situation of affairs. (See 134.) of ^ This may be either manner or ac^ Ablative of means. tive of cause. companiment. It is often impossible to draw a sharp line between means, manner, and accompaniment. The Romans themselves drew no sharp distinc-
tion.
It
was enough for them
if
the general idea
demanded the
ablative case.
6o

to,
where gratus, agreeable

last lesson
was so followed by a
to,
dative
and
in the
we had
molestus, annoying
followed by that case.
The
usage
may be more
Rule.
explicitly stated by the following rule
143.
Dative with Adjectives.
The dative
ineaning
is
used with
adjectives to denote the object

is directed.
toward which the given quality

near,
Such
are, especially, those
also
fit,
friendly, pleasing, like,
and
their opposites.
144.
Among
such adjectives memorize the following

molestus, -a, -um, annoying
(to),
idoneus, -a, -Mm., fit, suitable (for)
amicus,
-a, -mvo., friendly (to)
troublesome
(to)
inimicus, -a, -um, hostile (to)

gratus, -a, -um, pleasing
(to),
finitimus, -a, -um, neighboring {Xa) agree-
proximus,
(to)
-a,
-um, nearest, next
able
(to)
145.
EXERCISES
I. I. Roman! terram idoneam agri culturae habent. 2. Galli copiis Romanis inimici erant. 3. Cui dea Latona arnica non erat? 4. Dea
Latona superbae reginae arnica non

armatis
viris gratus. 6.
erat.
5.
Cibus noster, Marce,

Italiae
?
erit
Quid
erat
molestum populis
7. Bella
longa
fluvio
cum Gallis erant molesta populis Italiae. 8. Agri Germanorum Rheno finitimi erant. 9. Roman! ad silvam oppido proximam castra movebant. 10. Non solum forma sed etiam superbia reginae
erat
magna.
11.
Mox
regina pulchra
laeta
?
erit
aegra
tristitia.
12. Ciir
filiis
erat Niobe, regina

et filiabus.
II.
I
.
Thebanorum,
Laeta erat Niobe multis
queen.
to
2.
The sacrifices of the people will be annoying to the haughty The sacrifices were pleasing not only to Latona but also
3.
Diana.
Diana
will
destroy those hostile to Latona.
4.
The
punishment of the haughty queen was pleasing to the goddess Diana.

5.
camp.
The Romans 6. Some

,
will
move
their forces to a large field
suitable for a
to
of the allies
were friendly
not
tlie
to the
Romans, others
the Gauls.
Why
dative

146.
Cornelia and her Jewels
Apud
Filii
antlquas dominas, Cornelia, Africani
filia,
erat
'
maxime
Ii
clara.
eius erant Tiberius
Gracchus
et
Gaius Gracchus.
pueri
cum
Roma, claro Italiae oppido, habitabant. Ibi eos curabat Cornelia et ibi magno cum studio eos docebat. Bona femina erat Cornelia et bonam disciplinam maxime amabat.
Cornelia in oppido
Note. Can you
translate the paragraph above
There are no new words.
LESSON XXIII
PRESENT ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF REGO AND AUDIO
147.
As we
learned in 126, the present stem of the third con-6,

is
jugation ends in
and of the fourth

as follows
III
:
in
-i.
The
inflection of the
Present Indicative
Conjugation
Pres.
Conjugation IV
au'dio, audi're (hear)
re'go, re'gere [rule)
Stem reg6SINGULAR
Pres. Stem audi-
1.
2.
/ rule re'gis, you rule

re'go,
re'git,
au'dio, au'dis,
au'dit,
/ hear
you hear
he
(she, if)
3.
he
(she, it) rules
hears
PLURAL
1
2.
3.
we rule re'gitis, you rule

re'gimus,
re'gunt, they rule
audl'mus,
audi'tis,
we hear
hear
you hear
au'diunt, they
final short -e- of the stem rege- combines with the -0 in the first person, becomes -u- in the third person plural, and becomes -i- elsewhere. The inflection is like that of ero, the future of sum.
2.
The The
personal endings are the same as before.
Observe that
all
the imperfects denote continued or progressive action,

(Cf- 134-)
or describe a jStatfiaOLaî^-
"
62
3. In audio the personal endings are added regularly to the stem audi-. In the third person plural -u- is inserted between the stem and the personal
ending, as audi-u-nt.
before final
Note
that the long vowel of the stem

(Cf.
is
shortened
-t just as in
-i- is
amo and moneo.
12.
2.)
Note
that
fourth, excepting
always short in the third conjugation and long in the where long vowels are regularly shortened. (Cf. 12. 1,2.)
148. Like rego and audio infiect the present active indicative of
the following verbs
Ini>icative Present
Infinitive Present
agere, to drive
dicere, to
/ drive dico, / say diico, / lead mitto, / send miiiiio, Ifortify reperio, Ifind venio, / come
ago,
say
ducere, to lead
mittere, to
send
munire, to fortify
reperire, to find
venire, to
come
149.
I.
EXERCISES
Quis agit? Ctir venit? Quern mittit? Quern
?
I.
duels.'
3.
2.
Quid
?
mittunt
Ad quem veniunt
Quid puer
5.
Cuius castra muniunt

?
Quem
agunt
Venlmus.
citis?
reperit
4.
Quem
mittimus
Cuius equum du-
Quid dicunt?
7.
I.
Munimus,
dicis.
venitis, dicit.
8. Agitis,
6.
Agimus,
reperitis,
munis.
II.
Reperls, ducitis,
audimus, regimus.
What do they find? Whom do they hear? Why does he Whose camp are we fortifying? To whom does he say? What are we saying? 3. I am driving, you are leading, they are hearing. 4. You send, he says, you fortify {sing, and plur.). 5. I am coming, we find, they send. 6. They lead, you drive, he does fortify. 7. You lead, you find, you rule, (all plur.).
come?
2.
150.
Cornelia and her Jewels (Concluded)
Proximum domicilio Corneliae erat pulchrae Campanae domicilium. Campana erat superba non solum forma sua sed maxime ornamentis
suTs.
Eai laudabat semper.

'
"'
Habesne
tu
uUa ornamenta, Cornelia ?
ea,
accusative plural neuter.

inquit.
63
filios
" Ubi sunt tua ornamenta

et
"
Deinde Cornelia
suos
Tiberium
Gaium
vocat.
" Pueri mei," inquit, " sunt
mea ornamenta.
maxime
tu.
Nam boni liberi
sunt semper bonae feminae ornamenta
clara."
Note. The only new words here are Campana, semper, and
"
PUERI MEI SUNT MEA ORNAMENTA"
LESSON XXIV
IMPERFECT ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF REGO AND AUDIO DATIVE WITH SPECIAL INTRANSITIVE VERBS
151.
*
THE
PARADIGMS
Conjugation IV
SINGULAR
audie'bam,
audie'bas,
audie'bat,
Conjugation III
1
rege'bam,
rege'bas,
rege'bat,
2.
3.
/ was ruling you were ruling he was ruling

PLURAL
/ was hearing you were hearing he was hearing

we were hearing
were hearing
1.
regeba'mus,
regehSi't^,
2.
3.
we were ruling you were ruling
audieba'mus,
aMdieha'tis, you
rege'bant, ihey were ruling
audie'bant, they were hearing
64
1.
DATIVE WITH SPECIAL VERBS

The
tense sign is -ba-, as in the first two conjugations. Observe that the final -e- of the stem is lengthened before the tense sign -ba-. This_ makes the imperfect of th e thir d conju g ation just like the irgperfect of the sec ond_{cf monebam and regebam). 3. In the fourth conjugation -e- is Inserted between the stem and the
2.
.
tense sign -ba- (audi-e-ba-m).

4.
In a similar manner inflect the verbs given in 148.
152.
I. I.
EXERCISES
Agebat, veniebat, mittebat, ducebant.
3.
2.
Agebant, mittebant,
4.
dQcebas, muniebant.
Mittebamus,
5.
diicebatis, dicebant.
Munie-
bamus,
6.
veniebatis,
dicebas.
Mittebas,
7.
veniebamus,
reperiebat.
Reperiebas, veniebas, audiebatis.

8.
I.
Agebamus,
reperiebatis, muni-
ebat.
II.
Agebatis, dicebam, muniebam.
They were leading, you were driving {sing, and plur.), he 2. They were sending, we were finding, I was coming. 3. You were sending, you were fortifying, (sing, and plur!), he was saying. 4. They were hearing, you were leading (sing, and plur.), I was driving. 5. We were saying, he was sending, I was fortifying. 6. They were coming, he was hearing, I was finding. 7. You were ruling (sing, and plur.), we were coming, they were ruling.
was
fortifying.
153. The Dative with Special Intransitive Verbs.
We
learned
above ( 20. a) that a verb which does not admit of a direct object is called an intransitive verb. Many such verbs, however, are of
such meaning that they can govern an indirect object, which
of course, be in the dative case ( 45).
intransitive
will,
Learn the following
list
of
verbs with their

is
meanings.
In each case the dative

a benefit, injury, or feeling
indirect object
is
the person to
whom
directed.
(Cf. 43.)
credo, credere, believe (give belief to)
faveo, favere,
noceo, nocere, injure (do
favor (show favor to) harm to)
pareo, parere, obey (give obedience to) persuadeo, persuadere, persuade (offer persuasion to)
resists, resistere, resist (offer resistance to)
studeo, studere, be eager for (give attention to)
. .
FUTURE ACTIVE INDICATIVE

154.
65
the
Rule.
Dative with Intransitive Verbs.
The dative of
indirect object is used with the intransitive verbs credo, faveo,

noceo, pared, persuaded, resisto, studeo,
and others of like meaning.
155.
I
.
EXERCISE
? Multi verbis eorum non credunt. non favebunt, quod bello student. 3. Tibedurae non resistebant et Corneliae parebant.
Credisne verbis sociorum

finitimi consilio tuo
2.
Mei
rius et
4.
Gaius disciplinae
erat inimica
Dea
septem
filiabus reglnae.
6.
petua
tristitia
reginae non persuadebunt.

7.
5. Dura poena et perNuper ea resistebat et
nunc
resistit
potentiae Latonae.
Mox
sagittae volabunt et llberis
miseris nocebunt.
LESSON XXV
FUTURE ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF SEGO AND AUDIO
156. In the future tense of the third and fourth conjugations
we
and
-e-
meet with a new tense

second conjugations,
in the rest of the tense.
sign.
Instead of using
first
-bi-,
as in the
first
we
use -a-^ in the
person singular and
In the third conjugation the

this tense sign
;
final -6- of the
stem
is
dropped before
the stem
is
in the fourth conjugation the
final -i- of
retained.^
157.
PARADIGMS
Conjugation
1
III
Conjugation IV
SINGULAR
au'diam,
au'dies,
au'diet,
re'gam,
re'ges, re'get,
/ shall rule
rule
/ shall hear
he will hear
2.
you will
you will hear
3.
he will rule
PLURAL
1
rege'mus,
rege'tis,
we
shall rule
rule
audie'mus,
audie'tis,
2. 3.
1
you will
we shall hear you will hear

hear
-nt.
re'gent, they will rule
au'dient, they will

final,
The
-a- is
shortened before -m
2
and
-e-
before
-t final
and before
(Cf. 12. 2.) (Of. 12.

I.)
xhe
-5- is,
of course, shortened, being before another vowel,
66
1
VERBS IN -10 OF THE THIRD CONJUGATION

Observe that the future of the third conjugation
first
is like
the present of
the second, excepting in the

2.
person singular.
verbs given in 148.
In the same manner
inflect the
158.
I.
EXERCISES
Dicet,
ducetis,
I.
muniemus.
2.
Dicent,
dicetis,
mittemus.
3.
5.
Munient, venient, mittent, agent.

Muniet,
reperietis,
4.
Ducet, mittes, veniet, aget.

7.
agemus.
6.
Mittam, veniemus, regent.
Au-
dietis, venies, reperies.

bitis,
8. Reperiet,
agam, dOcemus,
come.
mittet.
9. Vide-
sedebo, vocabimus.
II.
I.I
shall find,
he
will hear,
they
will
2.
I shall fortify,
he
will send,
4.
we
shall say.
3. I shall drive,
fortify, {sing,
you
will lead,
they
will
hear.
You
will send,
you win
and plur.), he
will say.
5. I shall 6.
come,
we
shall find,
they
I
will send.
^
Who ^ will believe the story ?

you favor?
shall believe the story.

8.
7.
Whose
friends do
weapons?
They
will
Who will resist our Sextus will resist your weapons. 9. Who will persuade him? persuade him. 10. Why were you injuring my horse? I
favor our friends.
11. 12.
We
was not injuring your horse. A good slave obeys his master.
battle.
Whom
does a good slave obey?

for another
Our men were eager
LESSON XXVI
VERBS IN
-70
OF THE THIRD CONJUGATION TIVE MOOD
THE IMPERAwhich do not

third.
159. There are a few
common
verbs ending in
-io
belong to the fourth conjugation, as you might
infer,
but to the
is
The
fact that they
belong to the third conjugation

(Cf. 126.)
shown by
the
ending of the
infinitive.
Compare
audio, audi're {hear), fourth conjugation

capio, ca'pere {take), third conjugation
Rememl}pr that
it is
quis, who, is singular in
number.
Express by
ego,
because
emphatic.
PRESENT ACTIVE IMPERATIVE

160.
67
The
present, imperfect,
and future
active indicative of capio
are inflected as follows

capio, capere, take
Pres.
Stem cape-
Present
Imperfect
Future
68
2.
THE PASSIVE VOICE

The verbs
die, due,
forms
3-
dico, say j duco, leadj and and fae in the singular.
facio,
make, have the
irregular
Give the present active imperative, singular and
plural, of venio,
diieo, yoeo, doceo, laudo, dico, sedeo,
ago, faeio, miinio, mitto, rapio.
162.
I. I.
EXERCISES
Fugient, faciunt, iaciebat.
facietis.
6.
2.
Dele, niintiate, fugiunt.

fugiebant.
7. 5.
3.
Ve-
nite,
die,
4. Dflcite,
iaciam,
Fac, iaciebamus,
iacient, rapies.
fugimus, rapite.
8.
Sedete, reperl, docete.

9.
Fugiemus,
Reperient, rapiebatis, nocent.

10.
Favete, resiste, parebitis.

11.
Vola ad multas terras

12.
et
da auxilium.
Ego
tela
mea capiam
et
multas feras delebo.
Quis fabulae tuae credet? 13. Esteboni,

her arms and
puerl, et audita
II.
2.
I.
verba grata magistri.

will seize
The goddess
4.
will hurl
her weapons.
With her weapons she

She
will
destroy
aid to the weak.^

flee.
5.
will fly to
many beasts. 3. She will give many lands and the beasts will
Romans, telP the famous
story to your children.
Third Review, Lessons XVIII-XXVI, 510-512
LESSON XXVII
THE PASSIVE VOICE
163.
voice
;
PRESENT, IMPERFECT, AND FUTURE
INDICATIVE OF
The Voices. Thus
that
is,
AMO AND MONEO

forms have been
in the active
far the verb
they have represented the subject as performing an
action; as,
The lion^ /&z7/^rf-^

said to
the hunter
verb
is
be
in the passive voice

;
when
it
represents
its
sub-
ject as receiving
an action
lion -e
as.
The
Note the
1
was
killed
-c
by
(Cf.
the hunter
direction of the arrows.
Plural.
An
adjective used as a noun.

first,
99.
II. 3.)
Imperative.
The
imperaliive generally stands
as in English.
PASSIVE INDICATIVE OF
164. Passive Personal Endings.
different set of personal endings.
1.
AMO AND MONEO

are as follows
I.
I
69
In the passive voice we use a
They
-r,
/
you
Plur.
a
-mur,
-mini,
we
you
Sing.
2. 3.
-ris, -re,
2.
-tur, he, she, it
[ 3.
-ntur, they
in
all
a.
endings.
Observe that the letter -r appears somewhere This is sometimes called the passive sign.
but one of the
165.
PARADIGMS
amo, amare Pres. Stem amamoneo, monere
Pres. Stem mone-
Present Indicative
a'mor,
Sing.
,
PERSONAL ENDINGS
I am
loved
Tno'nsor,
I am
advised
-or^
-ris
ama'ris or ama're,
you are
mone'risormone're,_)'(?
or
-re
loved
ama'tur, he is loved
are advised
mone'tur, he
is
advised
-tur
ama'mur, we are loved

ama'mini, you are loved
aman'tur, they are loved
mone'mur, we are advised
-mur
-mini
Plur.
mone'mini, you are advised

monen'tur, they are ad-
-ntur
vised
Imperfect Indicative (Tense Sign

ama'bar,
-ba-)
/ was
being loved
mone'bar, /
was
advised
amaba'ris or amaba're,
Sing.
you
were being loved

amaba'tur,
moneba'ris or moneba're, you were being

advised
moneba'tur, he
-ris
or -re
he was being
was
be-
-tur
loved
'
ing advised
amaba'mur, we were being

loved
amaba'mini, you were
be-
Plur.
ing loved
amaban'tur, they were be-
ing loved
1
moneba'mur, we were being advised moneba'mini, you were being advised moneban'tur, they were being advised
first
-mur
-mini
-ntur
In the present the personal ending of the
person singular
is -or.
EXERCISES
Future (Tense Sign
ama'bor,
-bi-)
PERSONAL ENDINGS
-r
/ shall
be loved
mone'bor, / shall be ad-
vised
ama'beris or ama'bere,
Sing.
you
mone'beris or mone'bere,
will be loved
ama'bitur, he will be loved
you will
be ad-
-ris
or
-re
vised
mone'bitur, he will be
-tur
advised
'
ama'bimur, we shall be
loved
mone'hitnMr,
we shall be
-mur
-mini
advised
monebi'mini, you will
be advised
Plur.
amabi'mini, you will be

loved
amabun'tur, they
will be
monebun'tur, they will

be advised
-ntur
loved
The
tense sign and the personal endings are added as in the

-bi-
active.
2.
In the future the tense sign

Inflect laudo, neco, porto,
appears as -bo- in the
first
person,
-be- in the second, singular

3.
and future
indicative,
number, and as -bu- in the third person plural. moveo, deleo, iubeo, in the present, imperfect, active and passive.
166. Intransitive verbs, such as matiiro,
I hasten;
habito,
I dwell,
do not have a passive voice with a personal subject.
167.
I.
I.
EXERCISES
Laudaris
3.
<7r
laudare, laudas, datur, dat.
2.
Dabitur, dabit, videdelebimini.

4.
mini, videtis.
Vocabat, vocabatur,
delebitis,
5.
Para-
batur, parabat, curas,
curaris or curare.
6.
Portabantur, portabant,
videbimur, videbimus.
bare, laudabas.
8.
7
.
luberis or iubere, iubes, laudabaris or lauda-
Moveberis or movebere, movebis, dabantur, dabant.
Delentur, delent, parabamur, parabamus.

II.
I.
We
prepare,
we
are prepared, I shall be called, I shall

carried.
2. I
call,
it
you were carrying, you were being
see, I
am
seen,
was being announced, he was announcing, they will order, they will be ordered. 3. You will be killed, you will kill, you move, you are moved, we^re praising, we are being praised. 4. I am called, I call.
EXERCISES
you
will have,
71
are seen, they see,
you are cared
for.
They
will
we were
teaching,
we were
being taught, they
move, they
will
be moved.
PERSEUS
ANDROMEDAM SERVAT
168.
Per'seus and Androm'eda
Perseus Alius erat

narrant poetae.
lovis,^
Ei favent
armatus
et alls fretus
maximi ^ deorum. De eo multas fabulas magica arma et alas dant. Eis telis ad multas terras volabat et monstra saeva deledei, ei
bat et miseris infirmisque auxilium dabat.

1
lovis,
1.
below,
4,
^ Used substantively, the greatest. the genitive of luppiter. miseris and infirmis are used substantively.
So
72
PASSIVE INDICATIVE OF
REGO AND AUDIO

Ei^
Aethiopia est terra Africae.
Earn terram Cepheus^ regebat.

deus, erat iratus et mittit^
latls
Neptunus, maximus aquarum
monstrum
et
saevum ad Aethiopiam.
multos
et
Ibi
monstrum non solum
pulchrisque
Aethiopiae agris nocebat sed etiam domicilia agricolarum delebat,

5
viros, fgminas, liberosque necabat.

validis
Populus ex agrls fugiebat
oppida muris
muniebat.
motus ad lovis oraculum maturat

agri
Turn Cepheus magna tristitia comet ita dicit "Amici mei necantur
:
mei vastantur.
Audi verba mea,
luppiter.
Da
miseris auxi-
lium.
Age monstrum saevum
ex patria."
LESSON XXVIII
PRESENT, IMPERFECT, AND FUTURE INDICATIVE PASSIVE OF BEGO AND AUDIO
169. Review the present, imperfect, and future indicative active of rego and audio, and learn the passive of the
a.
same tenses ( 490,
491).
as in the active voice,
Observe that the tense signs of the imperfect and future are the same and that the passive personal endings ( 164) are
added instead of the active ones. b. Note the slight irregularity in the second person singular present of the third conjugation. There the final -e- of the stem is not changed to -i-, as it is in the active. We therefore have re'geris or re'gere, not re'giris, re'gire. c. Inflect ago, dico, duco, munio, reperio, in the present, imperfect, and future indicative, active and passive".
170.
I. I.
EXERCISES
Agebat, agebatur, mittebat, mittebatur, ducebat.
3. Mittor, mittar,
2.
Agunt,
aguntur, mittuntur, mittunt, muniunt.

cere,
5.
mittam, du-
ducere.
4.
Dicemur, dicimus, dicemus, dicimur, muniebamini.

reperimur,
reperiar,
7.
Ducitur,
ducimini,
reperlris,
agitur.
6.
Agebamus,
agebamur,
1
8
reperiemini.
Muniminl, veniebam, ducebar,
Pronounce
present
The
order to
make
2 gi, at him, dative with iratus. two syllables, Cepheus. often used, as in English, in speaking of a past action, in the story more vivid and exciting.
in
is
PASSIVE INDICATIVE OF CAPIO

dicetur.
dicit,
7)
8. MittiminI, mittitis, mittens, mitteris,
agebamini.
9. Dicitur,
muniuntur, reperient, audientur.
II.
I.I was being driven,

led,
was
driving,
we were
leading,
we were
you
will
being
find,
he says,
will
it is
said.
2. I shall
send, I shall be sent,

3. I
you
be found, they
lead, they are led.
am
found,
4.
we
are led, they are driven, you were being led {sing,
shall drive,
and plur.).
led,
We
we
shall
be driven, he
5.
leads,
he
is
being
they will come,
they will be
fortified.
They were
sent,
ruling, they
were being ruled;

6.
you
will send,
led,
you
he
will will
be
you are
sent, (sing,
(sing,
was being
171.
come, you are said
and plur.y and plur.).
He
Perseus and Andromeda (Continued)
Tum
oraculum
ita
respondet
"
Mala
et
est fortuna tua.
Neptunus,
magnus aquarum
Sed para
irato
deus, terrae Aethiopiae inimicus, eas poenas mittit.
monstrum saevum ex patria Da eam monstro. Serva caram patriam et vitam populi tui." Andromeda autem erat puella pulchra. Eam amabat Cepheus maxime.
deo sacrum idoneum
filia
tua agetur.
Andromeda
tua est monstro grata.
LESSON XXIX
PRESENT, IMPERFECT, AND FUTURE INDICATIVE PASSIVE OF -16 VERBS PRESENT PASSIVE INFINITIVE AND IMPERATIVE
172. Review the active voice of capio, present, imperfect, and
future,
a.
and learn the passive of the same tenses
( 492).
The
present forms capior and capiuntur are like audior, audiuntur,

is like
and the
b.
rest of the tense
regor.
In like manner
inflect the passive of iacio
and
tapio.
173.
The
Infinitive.
The
infinitive
mood
;
gives the general mean-
ing of the verb without person or
number
as,
amare,
to love.
Infinitive
means
unlimited.
The forms
of the other moods, being limited by
person and number, are called th&Jinite, or limited, verb forms.
: :
74
174.
as follows
THE INFINITIVE AND IMPERATIVE

The forms
of the Present Infinitive, active and passive, are
CoNj.
I.
Pres.
Stem
Pres. Infinitive
Pres. Infinitive
Active
ama're, to love
Passive
ama'ri, to be loved
II.
amamonerege-
mone're, to advise
re'gere, to rule
mone'ri, to be advised
re'gi, to be
III.
ruled
taken
cape-
ca'pere, to take
audi're, to
ca'pi, to be
IV.
audi-
hear
audi'ri, to be
heard
-re to the
1.
Observe that
to
form the present
active infinitive
we add
passive.
present stem.
u.
2.
The
present infinitive of
sum
is
esse.
There
is
no
Observe that the present passive infinitive is formed from the active by changing final -e to -i, except in the third conjugation, which changes final
-ere to
3.
-i.
Give the active and passive present infinitives of doceo, sedeo, euro, mitto, duc5, munio, reperio, iacio, rapio.
175.
volo,
The forms
of the Present Imperative, active and passive, are
as follows
Active 1
conj. sing.
I.
Passive
sing.
plur.
plur.
'
a'ma
re'ge
ama'te
ama're, be thou loved
ama'mini, be ye loved
regi'mini, be ye ruled
II.
mo'ne mone'te
re'gite
mone're, be thou advised mone'mini, be ye advised

re'gere, be
III.
thou ruled thou taken thou heard
ca'pe
ca'pite
ca'pere, be
audi're, be
capi'mini, be ye taken
IV.
au'di
audi'te
audi'mini, be ye heard
perative
Observe that the second person singular of the present passive imis like the present active infinitive, and that both singular and plural are like the second person singular ^ and plural, respectively, of the
1.
present passive indicative.

2. Give the present imperative, both active and passive, of the verbs i74-3-
in
^ That For the sake of comparison the active is repeated from i6i. using the personal ending -re. A form like amare may be either indicative, infinitive, or operative.
1
is,
THE ABLATIVE DENOTING FROM

176.
75
EXERCISES

I. I.
Turn Perseus
alis
ad terras multas
volabit.
2.
Monstrum
3. Si
4.
sae-
vum
telis
per aquas properat et
mox
agros nostros vastabit.

ita
autem
Quis
Cepheus ad oraculum maturabit, oraculum

Persei superabitur?
cOris
6.
respondebit.
eius
Multa monstra
telis
superabuntur.
5.
Cum
magnis
et lacrimis multis agricolae et
ex domiciliis carTs
aguntur.
7.
Multa loca vastabantur

est validum,
multa oppida delebantur.
Monstrum
?
verbis oraculi?
Ego
lis
oraculo
Verba
oraculi
tamen superabitur. 8. Credesne semper non semper credam. g.'Parebitne Cepheus ei persuadebunt. 10. Si non fugiemus, oppi11.
dum
II.
capietur et oppidani necabuntur.
Vocate pueros
et narrate
fabulam claram de monstro saevo.

I.
Fly thou, to be cared
for,
be ye
3.
sent, lead thou.
2.
To
5.
lead,
to
to
be
led,
be ye
4.
seized, fortify thou.
To
be hurled, to
fly,
send thou, Find
be found.
To be
sent,
be ye
led, to hurl, to
be taken.
thou, hear ye, be ye ruled, to be fortified.
LESSON XXX
SYNOPSES IN THE FOUR CONJUGATIONS DENOTING FROM
177.
THE ABLATIVE
You
should learn to give rapidly synopses of the verbs you

^
:
have had, as follows
Conjugation
Conjugation
Indicative
II
ACTIVE
Pres.
PASSIVE
ACTIVE
PASSIVE
a'mo
a'mor
mo'neo
mo'neor
Imperf.
Fut.
ama'bam
ama'bo
ama'bar
ama'bor
mone'bam
mone'bo
mone'bar
mone'bor
1 Synopses should be given not only in the first person, but in other persons as well, particularly in the third singular and plural.
76
SYNOPSES OF VERBS
THE ABLATIVE DENOTING FROM

179.
is
'j'j
Rule.
Ablative of the Place From.
The place from which

ab, de,
expressed by the ablative with the prepositions a or
e or ex.
Agricolae ex agris veniunt, the farmers come from the fields
a.
from
a or ab denotes yrow near a place or ex, out from it. This may be represented graphically as follows
;
it
and
de,
down
<
a or ab
Place
e or ex
^>
de
V
180.
Rule.
Ablative of Separation.
Words expressing
to
sepa-
ration or deprivation
require
an ablative
complete their
meailing.
a. If
the separation
is
actual and literal of one material thing from

is
another, the preposition a or ab, e or ex, or de

actual
generally used.
If
no
is
motion takes place of one thing from another, no preposition
necessary.
(a)
Perseus terram a monstrfe liberat
Perseus frees the landfrom, monsters (literal, separation actual motion is expressed)
{b)
Perseus terram
tristitia liberat
Perseusfrees the landfrom j^J^roze/ (figurative separation no actual motion is expressed)
181.
Rule.
Ablative of the Personal Agent.
The word
ab.
express-
ing the person from

is
whom an action starts, when not the subject,
put
a.
in the ablative with the preposition a or
from. This ablative person by whom the
In this construction the English translation of a, ab is iy rather than is regularly used with passive verbs to indicate the
act
was performed.
the monster is being slain
Monstrum a Perse5 necatiir, by Qitfrom) Perseus
78
EXERCISES
b. Note that the active form of the above sentence would be Perseus monstrum necat, Perseus is slaying the monster. In the passive the object
becomes the subject, and the subject of the active verb becomes the ablative of the personal agent, with a or ab. c. Distinguish carefully between the ablative of means and the ablative of the personal agent. Both are often translated into English by the preposition by. (Cf. 100. b) Means is a thing; the agent or actor is a person. The ablative of means has no preposition. The ablative of the personal
of the active verb
agent has a or ab.
Compare
is
Fera sagitta necatur, the wild beast
killed by
Fera a Diana necatur, the wild beast

Sagitta, in the
first
is
killed by
an arrow Diana
sentence,
is
the ablative of means; a Diana, in the

,
second,
is
the ablative of the personal agent.
182.
EXERCISES

I.
I.
Viri inopia cibi
defessi
ab eo loco discedent.
2.
Germani
proelio
4.
Romanis adpropinquabant, tamen legatus copias a continebat. 3. Multa Gallorum oppida ab Romanis capientur.
castris
Tum
Romani totum populum eorum oppidorum gladiis pilisque interficient 5. Oppidani Romanis resistent, sed defessi longo proelio fugient. 6. Multl ex Gallia fugiebant et in Germanorum vicis habitabant.
7.
Miseri nautae vulnerantur ab inimicis
saevis et cibo egent.

vini.
8. Dis-
cedite et date viris
frumentum
et
copiam
10.
9.
Copiae nostrae a
proelio continebantur ab Sexto legato.
Id oppidum ab provincia
Romana
II.
I.
longe aberat.
dess Diana.
The weary sailors were approaching a place dear to 2. They were without food and without wine.
the god3.
Then
Galba and seven other

4.
men
5.
are sent to the ancient island
by Sextus.
Already they are not far away from the land, and they see armed
a high place.
men on
with spears and arrows.
They are kept from the land by the men 6. The men kept hurling their weapons
down from
the high place with great eagerness.

1
inimicis,
here used as a noun.
See vocabulary.
PERFECT TENSES OF
SUM
79
LESSON XXXI
PERFECT, PLUPERFECT, AND FUTURE PERFECT OF SUM.
183. Principal Parts.
are of so
There are
certain parts of the verb that
much consequence
in tense formation that
we
call
them the
principal parts.
In English the principal parts are the present, the past, and the
past participle
;
as, go,
went, gone ;
see,
saw,
seen, etc.
The
principal parts of the Latin verb are the first person singular
indicative, ihi present infinitive, th& first person singular
of the present
of the perfect indicative,
and
\!ix.
perfect passive participle.
184. Conjugation Stems.
From
the principal parts
we
is
get three
conjugation stems, from which are formed the entire conjugation.
We
have already learned about the present stem, which

(cf.
found from
the present infinitive

perfect
126.
).
The
other two stems are the
stem and the
participial stem.
185. The Perfect Stem.

in various ways, but
The
perfect stem of the verb

-I
is
formed
the
may
always he found by dropping
from
first person singular
of the perfect, the third of the principal parts.
From
the perfect stem are formed the following tenses
The Perfect Active Indicative The Pluperfect Active Indicative (English Past Perfect) The Future Perfect Active Indicative
All these tenses express completed
action in present, past,
or
future time respectively.
186. The Endings of the Perfect.

inflected
The
perfect active indicative
is
by adding the endings of the perfect to the perfect stem. These endings are different from those found in any other tense, and
are as follows
r I.
-i,
/
you
Plur.
he, she, it
I.
-imus,
-istis,
ive
Sing.
\
\
2. 3.
-isti,
-it,
<
2.
you
[ 3.
-erunt or -ere, they
8o
PERFECT TENSES OF
sum
SUM
and future perfect
187. Inflection of
indicative
in the perfect, pluperfect,
Pres. Indic.
Prin. Parts
Pres. Infin.
esse
Perf. Indic.
fui
sum
Perfect Stem fu-
siNGULAR
fu'i,
Perfect
fu'imus,
fuis'tis,
plural
/ have
been^
I was
been,
we have
you have
been, been,
fuis'ti,
fu'it,
you have
he has been,
you were he was
we were you were

have
been,
fue'runt or fue're, they
they were
Pluperfect (Tense Sign
-era-)
/ had been fu'eras, you had been fu'erat, he had been

fu'eram,
fue'ramus,
fuera'tis,
fu'erant,
we had been you had been they had been

-eri-)
Future Perfect (Tense Sign

fu'ero,
fu'eris,
fu'erit,
1
/ shall have
been been
you will have
we shall have been fue'ritis, you will have been

fue'rimus,
fu'erint, they
he will have been
will have been
Note carefully the changing accent in the perfect. Observe that the pluperfect may be formed by adding eram, the imperfect of sum, to the perfect stem. The tense sign is -era-. 3. Observe that the future perfect may be formed by adding ero, the future of sum, to the perfect stem. But the third person plural ends in
2.
-erint,
4.
not in -erunt.
The
tense sign
is -eri-.
All active perfects, pluperfects, and future perfects are formed on
the perfect stem
and
inflected in the
same way.
188.
dialogue
The Boys
Titus, Marcus,
and Quintus
T.
M. Ubi Ego
fuistis,
Tite et Quinte
in
meo
ludo fui et Quintus in suo ludo

?
fuit.
Boni pueri
fuimus.
Fuitne Sextus in vico hodie
M.
Fuit.
Nuper per agros proximos
fluvio maturabat.
Ibi
is
et
Cornelius halbent navigium.
THE PERFECT ACTIVE INDICATIVE

Navigium dicis ? Alii ^ narra earn fabulam M. Vero ( Yes, truly), pulchrum et novum navigium
T.
I I
iis
Q. Cuius pecunia ^ Sextus pecuniam dat ?
et Cornelius id
navigium parant
Quis
M. Amici
T.
Cornell
multum habent aurum

?
et
puer pecunia non eget.

?
Quo
pueri navigabunt
consilia
Navigabuntne longe a terra Sed hodie, credo,

si
M. Dubia sunt
neus, ad
eorum.
ventus
erit ido-
maximam
insulam navigabunt.
autem ventus
Q.
erat perfidus et pueri
lam antea ibi magno in periculo

si
fuerunt.
erant.
Turn
Aqua
vento commota est inimica nautis semper, et saepe per-
fidus ventus navigia rapit, agit, deletque. li pueri,

attenti, irata
non
fuerint
maxime
aqua
et valido vento
superabuntur et
ita interficientur.
189.
EXERCISE
2.
I. Where had the boys been before? They had been in school. Where had Sextus been ? He had been in a field next to the river.
3.
4.
Who Who
has been with Sextus to-day

says so
?
Cornelius has been with him.

suitable, the
7.
Marcus.
6.
5. If the
wind has been
boys
have been
will
in the toat.
if
Soon we
shall sail with the boys.
There
be no danger,
we
are (shall have been) careful.*
LESSON XXXII
THE PERFECT ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF THE FOUR REGULAR
CONJUGATIONS
190. Meanings of the Perfect.
The
perfect tense has two distinct
meanings.
The
first
of these
is
equivalent to the English present
perfect, or perfect with have,

is
complete at the time of speaking

this
and denotes that the action of the verb as, / have finished my work.
;
As
denotes completed action at a definite time,
it is
called the
perfect definite.
^ Ablative of means. ^ Tiie expletive there 1 Dative case. (Cf. log.) ^ This not expressed, but the verb will precede tlie subject, as in English. predicate adjective must be nominative plural to agree with we.
is
82 The

perfect
is
also
used to denote an action that happened some-
time in the past ; as,

fied, this is called
Ifinished my work. As
no
definite time
is
speci-
the perfect indefinite. It corresponds to the ordinary
use of the English past tense.

a.
Note
carefully the difference

, r
between the following tenses

^'"'^ (imperfect, .34)
,
,.
-was finishing
"1
>
^t
used
to finish
'"^
Ifinished my work (perfect indefinite) / have finished my work (perfect definite)

telling a story the Latin uses the perfect indefinite to mark the forward steps of the narrative, and the imperfect to describe If the following situations and circumstances that attend these steps.
When
different
sentences were Latin, what tenses would be used?

" Last
week
went
to Boston.
city.
was trying
I
to find
an old friend
of
mine, but he was out of the
Yesterday
returned home."
191. Inflection of the Perfect.

fect
is
We
learned in
186 that any
per-
inflected
by adding the endings of the perfect

in the four regular conjugations is
to the perfect
stem.
The inflection
I
then as follows
CONJ. IV
CONJ.
CONJ. II
CONJ. Ill
rexi
amavi
monui
cepi
audlvi
/ haue loved T have advised
I have
ruled I have taken

/ took or
I have heard
I heard or
I loved or did love
I advised or
did advise
/ ruled or did rule
did take
did hear

'
83
always given as the third of the This shows the absolute necessity of learning the principal parts thoroughly. 2. Nearly all perfects of the first conjugation are formed by adding -vi
1
.
The
first
person of the perfect
is
principal parts.
From
this
we
get the perfect stem.
to the present stem.

3.
Like amayl
inflect paravi, vocavi, curavi, laudavi.
Note
carefully the
changing accent in the perfect.
Drill
on
it.
192. Learn the principal parts and inflect the perfects

Pres. Indic. Pres. Infin.
Perf. Indic.
do
84
PLUPERFECT, FUTURE PERFECT, INDICATIVE
LESSON XXXIII
PLUPERFECT AND FUTURE PERFECT ACTIVE INDICATIVE PERFECT ACTIVE INFINITIVE
;.
CONJ. I
PERFECT ACTIVE INFINITIVE

195.
85
is
The Perfect Active
Infinitive.
The
perfect active infinitive
formed by adding
CONJ.
-isse to the perfect stem.
86
REVIEW OF THE ACTIVE VOICE
LESSON XXXIV
197.
review of the tenses of the indicative active shows the
following formation
Present
First of the principal parts
Imperfect
^"^"''^
Present stem
"''"'
-ba-m
Coni.
I
'"TmirTivr
" Perfect =
'"" ^
f -bo,
and
II
^-^-'"' Co"J. Ill and
IV
Third of the principal parts
Pluperfect
Perfect stem
-era-m
Future Perfect
198.
Perfect stem
-ero
The
synopsis of the active voice of amo, as far as

is
we
have
learned the conjugation,
as follows
Principal Parts amo, amare, amavi

Pres. Stem
r
ama-
Perf. Stem amavI"
Pres.
amo
Perf.
amavi
Indic.
-!
[^
Imperf. amabam Fut. amabo
Indic. \ Pluperf.
[^
amaveram
Fut. perf. amavero

Perf. Infin. amavisse
parts
dico,
Pres. Imv.
ama
amare
Pres. Infin.
I Learn to write in the same form and to give rapidly the principal and synopsis of paro, do, laudo, deleo, habeo, moved, pared, video,
.
discedo, diic5, mitto, capio, munio, venio.^
199. Learn the following principal parts

Pres. Indic.
^
:
Irregular Verbs
1 Learn to give synopses rapidly, and not only in the first person singular 2 These are all verbs that you have but in any person of either number. had before, nd the perfect is the only new form to be learned.

contineS
continere
87
doceo
docere egere favere

iubere
egeS
faveo
iube5
Conjugation
II
noceo
nocere
persuadeo
respondeo
sedeo
persuadere
respondere
sedere
studeo
studere
ago
Conjugation
III
Conjugation ( IV I
"^^P^
""
88
THE PASSIVE PERFECTS
LESSON XXXV
THE PASSIVE PERFECTS OF THE INDICATIVE THE PERFECT PASSIVE AND FUTURE ACTIVE INFINITIVE
201.
The
fourth and last of the principal parts ( 183)
is
the perfect
passive participle.
From
it
we
get the participial stem on which are
formed
1
theficture active infinitive
and all the passive perfects.

parts,
Learn the following principal
which are for the
first
time given
in full
CoNj.
I.
Pres. Indic.
Pres. Infin.
Perf. Indic.
Perf. Pass. Part.

ama't-us
conjugation.
amo
is
ama'-re
all
ama'v-i
first
This
II.
the model for
regular verbs of the
mo'neo
rego
ca'pio
mone'-re
re'ge-re
mo'nu-i
rex-i cep-i
,
mo'nit-us
rect-us
III.
ca'pe-re
audi'-re
is
capt-us
audi't-us
IV.
2.
au'dio
audi'v-i
The
base of the participial stem
found by dropping -us from the
perfect passive participle.
202. In English the perfect, past perfect, and future perfect tenses
of the indicative passive are
to be
made up
;
of forms of the auxihary verb

been loved,
and the past
participle
as,
I have
I had been
loved,
I shall have
Very
been loved.
similarly, in Latin, the perfect, pluperfect,
and future
perfect
passive tenses use respectively the present, imperfect, and future of
sum
as an auxiliary verb with the perfect passive participle, as

Perfect passive, ama'tus sum,
Pluperfect passive, ama'tus eram,
Future perfect passive,
/ have been or was loved / had been loved ama'tus ero, / shall have beeti loved
I. In the same way give the synopsis of the corresponding tenses of moneo, rego, capio, and audio, and give the English meanings.
203. Nature of the Participle.

adjective.
A participle is partly verb and

As an
partly
it
At
a verb
it
possesses tense and voice.
adjective
THE FUTURE ACTIVE INFINITIVE

is
89
declined and agrees with the

case.
word
it
modifies in gender, number,
and
204.
The
perfect passive participle

in the
is
declined like bonus, bona,

it
bonum, and
compound
tenses ( 202)
agrees as a predicate
adjective with the subject of the verb.

'
Vir laudatus est, the
man was praised,

est,
or has been praised
KxAMPLES IN Singular
Puella laudata est, the girl

J
|
Consilium laudatum
was praised, or has been praised the plan was praised, or has been
Viri laudati sunt, the
men werepraised, or have been praised
Puellae laudatae sunt, the girls were praised, or have been
Examples in Plural
j. j praised
Consilia laudata sunt, the plans
were praised, or have been
praised
I.
Inflect the perfect, pluperfect,
amo, moneo,
rego, capio,
and future perfect and audio ( 488-492).

is
indicative passive of
205. The perfect passive infinitive
formed by adding
;
esse, the
present infinitive of sum, to the perfect passive participle

(-a, -urn) esse, to
as,
ama't-us
have been loved; mo'nit-us
(-a,
-um)
esse, to
have
been advised.
I
.
Form
the perfect passive infinitive of rego, capio, audio, and give the
English meanings.
206.
The
future active infinitive
is
formed by adding
esse,
the
present infinitive of sum, to the future active participle.

ciple is
This
parti-
stem.
made by adding -iirus, -a, -um to the base of the participial Thus the future active infinitive of amo is amat-u'rus (-a, -um)
in forming the three tenses of the active infinitive
esse, to be about to love.

a.
all
Note that
we
use
three conjugation stems: Present, amare (present stem), to love

Perfect,
amavisse (perfect stem),
to
have loved
Future, amaturus esse (participial stem), to be about to love

I.
Give the three tenses of the active
infinitive of laudo,
moneo, rego,
capio, audio, with the English meanings.
go
207.
I.
I.
REVIEW OF PRINCIPAL PARTS

EXERCISES
Fabula Andromedae narrata
sunt.
3.
est.
2.
Multae fabulae a magis4.
tro narratae
Ager ab
erit.
?
agricola valido aratus erat.

5.
Agri
ab
agricolis validis arati erant.
Aurum
a servo perfido ad domisunt.
cilium
suum portatum
8.
6.
Nostra arma a legato laudata

.
Quis vestra arma laudavit

sumus. Perseo necatum
II.
I.
Ab
ancilla
tua ad cenara vocatae

est,
Andromeda monstro non data

erat.
quia monstrum a
The
provinces were laid waste, the

2.
field
had been
laid waste,
the towns will have been laid waste.

oracle
The
oracles
3.
were heard, the

oracle will have
was heard, the
oracles
had been heard.

laid waste, the
5.
The
been heard, the province had been captured, the boats have been
captured.
girls will
4.
The
fields
were
will
have been advised.
man was advised, the The towns had been ruled, we shall
have been captured, you
have been heard.
LESSON XXXVI
PREPOSITIONS
YES-OR-NO QUESTIONS
208. The following list shows the principal parts of all the verbs you have had excepting those used in the paradigms. The parts you have had before are given for review, and the perfect participle is the only new form for you to learn. Sometimes one or more of the principal parts are lacking, which means that the verb has no forms based on that stem. A few verbs lack the perfect passive participle but have the future active participle in -urus, which appears in the principal parts instead.
Irregular Verbs
sum
91
92
PREPOSITIONS
i.
YES-O^-NO QUESTIONS
learned in 52, 53 that only the accu-
209. Prepositions,
sative
We
tions
and the ablative are used with prepositions, and that preposiexpressing ablative relations govern the ablative case.' Those
are here summarized.
we have had
learned.
The
table
foUowing should be
a or ah, from, by cum, with de, down from, concerning

2.
e or ex, out from, out
of
pro, before, in front of; for, in behalf of

sine,
without
Prepositions not expressing ablative relations
must govern
the
accusative ( 52).
Of
these
we have had
amongj
the following:
ad, to J apud,
per, through
There are many others which you will meet as we proceed. 3. The preposition in when meaning in or on governs the ablative;
when meaning
to, into,
against (relations foreign to the ablative) in
governs the accusative.

210.
Yes-or-No Questions.
Questions not introduced by some

etc.,
in-
terrogative
word
like
who, why, when,
but expecting the answer
yes or no,
1.
may
take one of three forms
Is he com,ingf (Asking for information.

the answer expected.)
Implying nothing as
to
2.
Is he not
3.
He isnH coming,
coming? (Expecting the answer ^^j.) is he? (Expecting the answer(7.)

in Latin as follows
These three forms are rendered

1
Venitne ?
is
2.
Wonne venit?
he coming ? is he not coming ?

is
3.
Num
venit? he isn't coming,

is
he?
a. -ne,
the question sign,
usually added to the verb, which then
stands
first.
b. We learned in 56. b that yes-or-no questions are usually answered by repeating the verb, with or without a negative. Instead of this, ita, vero, certe, etc, (so, truly, certainly, etc.) may be used for yes, and non, minime, etc. for no if the denial is emphatic, as, by no means, not at all.
CONJUGATION OF POSSUM
211.
93
EXERCISES
First learn the spedal vocabulary, p. 290.

I.
I.
Nonne habebat
Cornelia ornamenta
aun? Habebat.
?
2.
Num
Sextus legatus scutum in dextro bracchio gerebat

sed sinistro in bracchio Sextus scutum gerebat.
3.
Non
in dextro,
Frustra bella multa
ab Gallis gesta erant.

est,
4.
Ubi oppidum a
perfido Sexto
5.
occupatum
ple?
oppidani miseri gladio interfecti sunt.

frumenti.
ii
Id oppidum erat
num
6.
Nonne Sextus ab
oppidanis frumentum postulavit

7.
Vero, sed
recusaverunt frumentum dare.
deletum est?
dubia
erat. 9.
Cur oppidum ab Sexto Quia frumentum recusatum est. 8. Ea victoria non

Oppidani erant defessi
et armis egebant.
10.
Num
fugam temptaverunt ? Minime. II. I. Where was Julia standing ? She was standing where you had
ordered.
2.
Was
3
.
Julia
wearing any ornaments
She had many orna-
Did she not attempt flight when she saw the danger ? She did. 4. Who captured her? Galba captured her without delay and held her by the left arm. 5. She didn't have the lady's gold, did she ? No, the gold had been taken by a faithless maid and has been
ments of
gold.
brought back.
Fourth Review, Lessons XXVn-XXXVI, 513-516
LESSON XXXVII
CONJUGATION OF POSSUM THE INFINITIVE USED AS IN ENGLISH
212. Learn the principal parts of possum,

inflection in the indicative
a.
lam
able,
I can, and
/ am.
its
and
infinitive.
(Cf. 495-)
Possum,
/ can,
is
a compound of potis, able, and sum,
213. The Infinitive with Subject Accusative.
The
infinitive (cf.
173) a noui).
is
a verbal noun.
Used
as a noun,
it
has the constructions of
As a verb
it
can govern a case and be modified by an adverb.
The
uses of the infinitive are
much
the
same
in Latin as in English.
94
1.
THE INFINITIVE USED AS

like are
IN ENGLISH
In English certain verbs of wishing, commanding, forbidding,
and the
used with an object clause consisting of a substantive
in the objective case

flee.
and an
infinitive, as,
he commanded the men
to
Such object clauses are

is
called infinitive clauses,
and the sub-
stantive
said to be the subject of the infinitive.
Similarly in Latin,
some verbs
of wishing,
commanding, forbidding,
infinitive
and the
like are
used with an object clause consisting of an

as. Is viros
with a subject in the accusative case,
fugere iussit, he
commanded the men

214.
to flee.
Rule.
Subject of the Infinitive.
The
subject of the infini-
tive is in the accusative
215. The Complementary Infinitive.

followed by an infinitive to complete
able to conquer the Gauls.
its
In English a verb
is
often are
meaning,
as, the
Romans
This
is
called the complementary infinitive,

infinitive.
as the predicate
Similarly in
is
not complete without the added
Latin, verbs of incomplete predication are completed
by the
infinitive.
Among
such verbs are possum,

as
/ am
able,
I can
propero, maturo,
I hasten ; tempto, I attempt;

conquer the Gauls
to
Somani
GallSs superare possunt, the
Romans
are able to
(or can)
Bellum gerere temptant, they attempt

a.
wage war
predicate adjective completing a complementary infinitive agrees
in gender,
number, and case with the subject of the main verb.
Mall pueri esse boni non possunt, bad boys are not able
to (or
cannot) be good
pueri.
Observe that boni agrees with
216. The Infinitive used as a Noun.
In English the
infinitive is
often used as a pure noun, as the subject of a sentence, or as a predicate nominative.
For example, To conquer

seeing)
is to believe
(=
conquering)
is
pleas-
ing; To see
(=
is
(=
believing).
The same use
of
the infinitive
found
in Latin, especially with est, as

is
Superare est gratum, to conquer
pleasing
Videre est credere, to see is to believe
EXERCISES
a.
95
In the construction above, the infinitive often has a subject, which must then be in the accusative case, as
Galbam superare inimicos

to
b.
est
is
conquer his enemies
gratum multis,yr Galba pleasing to many

neuter singular.
An
infinitive
used as a noun
is
Thus, in the senis
tence superare est gratum, the predicate adjective gratum
in the neuter
nominative singular to agree with superare the subject.
217.
EXERCISES

I.
I.
Magister ludi liberos
cum
diligentia laborare iussit.
2.
Egere
cibo et vino est viris molestum.

ibi
3. Viri
armati vetuerunt Gallos castra
ponere.
4.
Estne legatus in
castello
an in mOro
Is est pro porta.

est.
5.
Ubi
nostri^ fugere inceperunt, legatus
ab vestris' captus
6. Galli
7. Alii
castellum
ibi
oppugnaverant ubi praesidium erat infirm um.

alii
pugnare temptabant,
portas petebant.
8.
Feminae pro
9.
domiciliis sedebant
neque
resistere validis Gallis poterant.
Bellum
postu-
est saevum, nee Infirmis nee miseris favet.
10.
Sed
viri
arma
labant et studebant Gallos de muris agere.
n.
Id castellum ab Gallis
occupari
Romanis non gratum
erit.
12. Galll ubi a
Romanis
victi
sunt, esse liberi^ cessaverunt.

II.
I.
13. Diii sine
aqua vivere non
potestis.
gates.
2.
The girl began daily to carry water from the river to The Gauls had pitched their camp in a place suitable
3.
.
the
for
a battle.
4.
For a long time they tried in vain to seize the redoubt. Neither did they cease to hurl weapons against the walls. 5 But
they were not able to (could not) take the town.
218.
Sabinl olim
portaverant.
The
Faithless Tarpe'ia
pinquabant.
1
cum Romanis bellum gerebant et multas victorias relam agros proximos miiris vastabant, iam oppido adproRoman! autem in Capitolium fugerant et longe periculo
nostri, vestri,
Supply men.
children.
Not
The Romans used

meaning
and sui are often used as nouns in this way. liberi either as an adjective, meaning^r^^,
^ in
or as a noun,
the free, thereby signifying their free-bom children.
The word was never
applied to children of slaves.
with the accusative.
96
aberant.
iaciebant,
EXERCISES
Muris
validis et saxis altis credebant.
Frustra Sabini tela
frustra portas dQras
petebant;
castellum occupare non
poterant.
Deinde novum consilium ceperunt.^
Tarpeia erat puella

S
Romana
pulchra et superba.
Cotidie
aquam
copiTs
Romanis
in Capitolium portabat.
Ei^ non nocebant Sabini,
THE RELATIVE PRONOUN
97
LESSON XXXVIII
THE RELATIVE PRONOUN AND THE INTERROGATIVE PRONOUN
219. Sentences are simple, compound, or complex.
a. A simple sentence is a sentence containing but one statement, that is, one subject and one predicate The Romans approached the town. b. A compound sentence is a sentence containing two or more independent statements The Romans approached the town and the enemy fled.
:
Note. An independent statement depend upon another statement.

c.
is
one that can stand alone
it
does not
complex sentence
is
a sentence containing one independent

:
state-
ment and one or more dependent statements approached the town the enemy fled.
\
When
the
Romans
Note.
the
or quahfies another statement
dependent or subordinate statement is one that depends on thus the enemy fled is independent, and when Romans approached the town is dependent or subordinate.
;
d.
The
separate
statements in a
compound
or complex sentence are

is
called clauses.
In a complex sentence the independent statement
called
the
main
clause and the dependent statement the subordinate clause.
220. Examine the complex sentence
The Romans killed the men who were taken
Here
a.
b.
are two clauses
The main clause. The Romans killed the men The subordinate clause, who were taken
is
The word who

men.
a pronoun, for
it
takes the place of the
noun
It also connects the subordinate clause
who were
taken with the
noun men. Hence the

connects an
clause
is
axi adjective clause.
pronoun that
adjective clause with a substantive is called a relative prois
noun, and the substantive for which the relative pronoun stands
called
its
antecedent.
The
that.
relative
pronouns
in English are
who, whose,
whom, which, what,
98
221.
THE RELATIVE PRONOUN

The
relative
pronoun
in Latin
is
qui, quae, quod,
and
it is
declined as follows
THE INTERROGATIVE PRONOUN

with
its
99
antecedent in gender and number.
In neither of the sentences
are the antecedents

accusatives,
and relatives in the same case. Viros and feminam are and qui and quae are nominatives, being the subjects of the
subordinate clauses.
Hence
Relative.
224. Rule. Agreement of the must agree with its antecedent

its
relative
pronoun
clause.
in
gender and number ; but

used in
its
case is determined by the
way
it is
own
225. Interrogative Pronouns.
An
interrogative
pronoun
is
a pro-
noun
which
that asks a iquestion.

?
In English the interrogatives are
who i
what ? In Latin they quae? quod? (adjective).

226. Examine the sentences
a..
are quis ? quid ? (pronoun) and qui ?
Who
is
is
the
man ?
is
Quis est vir ?

diicit ?
b.
What man
leading them ? Qui vir eos

b,
In
a,
who
an interrogative /r(7(7. In
what
the
adjective.
Observe that
is
in Latin quis, quid
is
is an interrogative pronoun and qui,
quae, quod
the adjective.
interrogative adjective qui, quae, quod
is
227.
I.
The
declined just
like the relative

2.
pronoun.
(See
221.)
The
interrogative
plural.
pronoun
quis, quid
it is
is
declined like qui, quae,
quod in the
In the singular
declined as follows
Masc. and Fem.
Neut.
quid,
cuius,
Nam.
Gen.
quis,
who ?
whose f
what ?' which ?

whose f
cuius,
Dat.
Ace.
cui, to or for
whom f
cui, to ox for
quern,
whom f
eXjz.,
Abl.
qwo, from,
whom?
what or which ? what f which ? <ô, from, etc., which ox what

quid,
alike
Note. Observe that the masculine and feminine are

forms are
like the
and that
all
the
corresponding forms of the
relative,
excepting quis and quid.
228.
I. I.
EXERCISES
Quis
est aeger? Servus quern
amo est aeger. 2. Cuius sciitum babes ? Scutum habeo quod legatus ad castellum misit. 3 Cui legatus suum scutum dabit ? Filio meo scutum dabit. 4. Ubi Germani
.
lOO
antiqui vivebant
bant.
5?
EXERCISES
In terra quae est proxima Rheno Germanl viveQuibuscum^ Germani bellum gerebant ? Cum Romanis, qui
6. li
eos superare studebant, Germanl bellum gerebant.
Qui
viri castra
ponunt?
sunt viri quorum

victi
armis Germani
7.
sunt.
Quibus
telis
?
copiae nosGladiis et
trae eguerunt
telis
nostrae copiae eguerunt
8.
quibus porta
sinistra
tenebatur?
sociis porta
9.
sinistra tenebatur.
Quae
occu-
provinciae a
Romanis
patae
vinciae
sunt?
a
Multae prooccuviris
viris
Romanis
Bonis
patae sunt. 10. Quibus

dei f avebunt
dei favebunt.
II.
I.
?
What
victory will
2. I
you announce?
announce
victory
will
to the people the
which
the
sailors
GEKMANI ANTIQUI
eager for
battle.
4.
3. The men who were pitching camp were
have won.
Nevertheless they were soon conquered by the

5.
troops which Sextus had sent.
They could not
resist
our forces,
but fled from that place without delay.
229.
Tarpeia,
The
Faithless Tarpeia (Concluded)
''
commota ornamentis Sabinorum

:
pulchris, diu resistere
non
potuit et respondit
chiis geritis,
" Date mihi
ornamenta quae
in sinistris brac-
et celeriter copias vestras in
Capitolium ducam."
Nee
I cum is added to the ablative of relative, interrogative, and personal pronouns instead of being placed before them. Explain the use of the tenses
''
in this selectioft.
to
me.
THE THIRD DECLENSION CONSONANT STEMS
loi
Sablnl rectisaverunt, sed per duras
magnasque
castelli
portas pro-
peraverunt quo^ Tarpeia duxit et

stabant.
mox
intra validos et altos
muros
;
Turn
sine
mora
ita
in
"
Tarpeiam scuta graviter iecerunt

Ita perfida
nam
5
scuta quoque in sinistris bracchiis gerebant.

peia interfecta est
;
pueUa Tar-
Sablnl Capitolium occupaverunt.
LESSON XXXIX
THE THIRD DECLENSIOW
230. Bases and Stems.
sions
CONSONANT STEMS
first
In learning the
and second declen-
we saw
that the different cases
were formed by adding the case

that did not change, which
terminations to the part of the

called the base.
If to the
word
is
;
we
base
we add
-a in the first declension,
and
-0 in the second,
we
get what
called the stem.
Thus
porta has
the base port- and the stem porta-
servus has the base serv- and the
stem
servo-.
-a-
These stem vowels,
and
-o-,
play so important a part in the
formation of the case terminations that these declensions are
named
from them respectively the A- and <9-Declensions.

231. Nouns of the Third Declension.
the Consonant or T^Declension, and
to the
its
The
third declension
classified
is
called
nouns are
according
way the sfem ends. If the last lettet of the stepi is a consonant, word is said to have a consonant stem ; if the stem ends in -i-, the word is said to have an i-stem. In consonant stems the stem is the same as the base. In i-stems the stem is formed by adding -i- to the base. The presence of the i makes a difference in certain of the cases, so
the
the distinction
is
a very important one.
232. Consonant stems are divided into two classes

I.
Stems that add
-s to the
base to form the nominative singular.

in the
II.
1
Stems that add no termination
nominative singular.
is
quo
= whither,
it
to the
place where.
Here quo
the relative adverb.

to
We
have had
^
used before as the interrogative adverb, whither?
what place?
upon.
I02
CLASS
either masculine or feminine
233. Stems that add -s to the base in the nominative singular are
and are declined as follows
Bases
EXERCISES
a.
3.
103
lapis is an exception to this rule.
Observe the consonant changes of the base or stem
in the nominative:
a.
A A
s
final -t
or -d
is
dropped before
-s;
thus miles for milets, lapis thus iudec
for lapids, virtus for virtuts.

i.
final -c
or -g unites with -s and forms -x
= iiidex,
reg
rex.
4.
Review
like
74"and apply the rules to
this declension.
In
manner
decline dux, ducis, m., leader; eques, equitis, m., horsexa.,
man;
pedes, peditis,
foot soldier; pes, pedis, m.,fo'of.
234.
EXERCISES

I. I.
Neque
2.
pedites neque equites occupare castellum
Romanum
3.
poterant.
Summavirtutemurosaltos cotidieoppugnabant.
qui
Pedes
militum
4.
lapidibus
de
miiro
iaciebantur
?
saepe vulnerabantur.
Quod novum
consilium dux cepit

6.
5.
Is perfidam puellam pulchris

7.
ornamentis temptavit.
Quid puella
8.
fecit.?
Puella
commota auro
milites per portas duxit.
verat
non reportavit
I
g.
Tamen praemia quae summo studio petiApud Romanos antiques Tarpeia non est
?
laudata.
II.
.
What
It
is
ship
is
that which I see
That
(illud ) ship is the
now with a favorable wind and will soon approach Italy. 2. The judges commanded the savages to be seized and to be killed. 3. The chiefs of the savages suddenly began to flee, but were quickly captured by the horsemen. 4. The king led
Victory.
sailing
the foot soldiers to the wall from which the
townsmen were hurling
stones with the greatest zeal.
NAVIGIUM
I04
LESSON XL
THE THIRD DECLENSION
CONSONANT STEMS
11
(Continued)
CLASS
235. Consonant stems that add no termination in the nominative

are declined in the other cases exactly like those that
add
-s.
They
may
be masculine, feminine, or neuter.
236.
PARADIGMS
Masculines and Feminines
consul, m.,
105
237.
EXERCISES

I. I.
Audisne tubas, Marce

legiones videmus?
ibi
Non solum
tubas audio sed etiam
ordines militum et carros impedlmentorum plenos videre possum.

2.
Quas
Quid
Eae legiones nuper ex
Gallia venerunt.
3.
4.
fecerunt?
Studebantne pugnare an sine virtute erant?

''
Multa proelia fecerunt

5.
et
magnas
victorias et multos captives re?
portaverunt.
Quis est imperator earum legionum

6.
Caesar,
summus
Romanorum imperator.
virtute
II.
Quis est eques qui pulchram coronam gerit ?

Ei corona a consule data est quia
Is eques est frater meus.
summa
now
pugnaverat et a barbaris patriam servaverat.

I.
(nuper).
sister.
Who has seen my He was hastening

When men
^
father to-day?
to
2. I
saw him
just
your dwelling with your mother and
3.
are far from the fatherland and lack food, they
cannot be restrained
from wrong.*
5.
4.
The
safety of the soldiers
is
dear to Caesar, the general.
The
held
chiefs
were eager
consul.
to
6.
storm a
town
full
of grain which was
by the
The king
forbade the baggage of the captives to be destroyed.
LESSON XLI
and are declined as follows
CONSONANT STEMS
(Concluded)
238. Neuter consonant stems add no termination in the nominative

:
io6
EXERCISES
REVIEW OF CONSONANT STEMS
107
LESSON XLII
REVIEW LESSON
240. Review the paradigms in 233, 236, 238; and decline
all
nouns of the
third declension in this selection.
Terror
Olim Cimbri
et
CimbricuS''^
cum feminis liberisque Romanas maximo proelio vicerant. Ubi fuga legionum nuntiata est, summus erat terror totlus Romae, et RoTeutones, populi Germaniae,
Italiae
adpropinquaverant et copias
man!, graviter commoti, sacra crebra dels faciebant et salutem petebant.
Tum
Manlius orator animos populi

accepimus.
ita
confirmavit
"
Magnam
calamitatem
Oppida nostra a Cimbrls Teutonibusque

Itaque, nisi novis animis proelium
capiuntur, agricolae interficiuntur, agri vastantur, copiae barbarorum
Romae
salijs
adpropinquant.
novum
I
faciemus et Germanos ex patria nostra sine mora agemus,

feminis nostrls liberisque.
erit nulla
Servate liberos
Servate patriam
10
Antea superati sumus quia imperatores nostri fuerunt infirmi. Nunc Marius, clarus imperator, qui iam multas alias victorias reportavit,
legiones diicet et animos nostros terrore Cimbrico liberabit."
Marius tum
in Africa
bellum gerebat.
Sine
mora ex Africa
in
15
Italiam vocatus est.
Copias novas non solum

Disciplina
toti Italiae
sed etiam
provinciis sociorum imperavit.^
autem dura laboribusque

qui iam
Diii et
perpetuis milites exercuit.

proelio studebant, ad
acriter
Tum cum peditibus equitibusque, Germanorum castra celeriter maturavit.

Denique barbari fugerunt
Marius pater patriae vocatus
est.
pugnatum
est.'
et multi in fuga
ab
20
equitibus sunt interfecti.

'
by an invasion About the year 100 e.c. the Romans of barbarians from the north known as Cimbri and Teutons. They were traveling with wives and children, and had an army of 300,000 fighting men. Several Roman armies met defeat, and the city was in a panic. Then the Senate called upon Marius, their greatest general, to save the country. First he defeated the Teutons in Gaul. Next, returning to Italy, he met the Cimbri. A terrible battle ensued, in which the Cimbri were utterly destroyed but the tefTor Cimbricus 2 jje made a continued to haunt the Romans for many a year thereafter. ' Cf. 200. n. 2. levy (of troops) upon, imperavit with the a'cc. and the dat.
were greatly alarmed
;
io8
THE THIRD DECLENSION /-STEMS
LESSON
XLIII
/-STEMS
241. To decline a noun of the third declension correctly we must know whether or not it is an i-stem. Nouns with i-stems are
1.
Masculines and f eminines
a.
Nouns
in -es
and
-is
with the same number of syllables in the genitive

caedes, caedis,
is
as in the nominative.
is
Thus
-rs.
an i-stem, but miles,
militis,
a consonant stem.
b.
c.
Nouns Nouns
in -ns
and
of one syllable in
-e, -al,
-s
or -x preceded
by a consonant.
2.
Neuters in
and
-ar.
is
242.
The
declension of i-stems
nearly the
:
same as
that of con-
sonant stems.
a.
Note the following
differences
Masculines and feminines have -ium in the genitive plural and
-is
or
-es in the accusative plural.

b.
Neuters have
-i
in the ablative singu lar,
and an -i"^
in every
"
form of
tfefefilural.
243. Masculine and Feminine /-Stems.
Masculine and feminine
i-
stems are declined as follows
THE THIRD DECLENSION /-STEMS
109
no
magna
7.
EXERCISES
superaverunt. 6. Alia animalia terrain, alia mare amant. Naves longae quae auxilium ad imperatorem portabant igni ab hostibus deletae sunt. 8. In eo man avis multas vidimus quae longe
a terra volaverant.
9.
Nonne
vidistis navis
longas hostium et ignis
quibus urbs nostra vastabatur? Certe, sed nee eaedem civium nee
NAVES LONGAE
fugam
clientium vidimus.
10.
Aves
et alia animalia, ubi
ignem
et
videin
runt, salutem
fuga petere celeriter inceperunt.

?
11.
Num
iudex
peditum ordinibus stabat

eius insigne
II.
I
.
Minime, iudex erat apud equites
equus
pulchrum gerebat.
village
Because of the lack of grain the animals of the

live.
were
not able to
2.
When
the general^ heard the rumor, he quickly

3.
4.
sent a horseman to the village.
The horseman had
a beautiful
horse and wore spurs of gold.
He
said to the citizens, "
Send
will
your retainers with horses and wagons to our camp, and you
receive an abundance of grain."
his
5.
With happy hearts they obeyed

.^
words
"
without delay.
1
Place
first.
Not the
accusative.
Why
IRREGULAR NOUNS GENDER
III
LESSON XLIV
IRREGULAR NOUNS OF THE THIRD DECLENSION THE THIRD DECLENSION
246.
GENDER IN
1 1
EXERCISES
determined
animal
248. Give the gender of the following nouns and the rule by which
it is
ADJECTIVES OF THE THIRD DECLENSION
LESSON XLV
250. Adjectives are either of the
bonus, aeger, or
liber),
first
/-STEMS
(like
and second declensions
or they are of the third declension.
251. Nearly
all
adjectives of the third declension have i-stems,
and
they are declined almost like nouns with i-stems.
252. Adjectives learned thus far have had a different form in the
nominative for each gender,
as,
bonus, m.
bona,
f.
bonum,
n.
Such
an adjective
is called
an
adjective
of
three endings.
Adjectives of the
third declension are of the following classes

I.
Adjectives of three endings
a different form in the nominative for each gender.

II.
Adjectives of two endings
alike,
masculine and feminine nominative

III. Adjectives of
the neuter different.
one ending
alike.
masculine, feminine, and neuter nominative aU
253. Adjectives of the third declension in -er have three endings

those in -is have two endings
;
the others have one ending.
CLASS
254. Adjectives of Three Endings are declined as follows
114

CLASS
11
255. Adjectives of
Two
Endings are declined as follows
omnis, omne, every,
aW^
Stem omni-
Base omn-
EXERCISES
258.
115
EXERCISES

I.
The Romans invade
the
Enemy's Country. Olim pedites Romani
cum
equitibus velocibus in hostium
urbem
eis
alta,
iter faciebant.
Ubi non
et facilem
longe afuerunt, rapuerunt agricolam, qui

demonstravit.
viam brevem
lam' Romani moenia
turns validas aliaque opera
urbis videre poterant.
In moenibus stabant multi principes. Principes
ubi Viderunt Romanes, iusserunt civis lapides aliaque tela de muris

iacere.
Turn
milites fortes contineri a proelio

iussit.
imperator signum tuba dari
Summa
Grave
Pauci
vi
non poterant et acer omnes maturaverunt.

Sextus impe-
Imperator Sexto legato impedimenta omnia mandavit.
dimenta
in
summo
coUe conlocavit.
erant.
et acre erat proelium, sed

alii
hostes non pares
Romanis
Alii interfecti,
capti sunt.
Apud
captivos erant mater sororque regis.

vulnerati sunt.
fortibus
II.
1.
Romanorum ab
erat gratum.
hostibus
Fortiina
Secundum proelium Romanis

favet.
semper
Some months
are short, others are long.

difficult.
2.
hills
To
seize the
top of the mountain was
3.
Among
were
the
of Italy are
many
beautiful springs.
4.
The
soldiers
sitting
where the bag5.
gage had been placed because

walls
their feet
were weary.
intrust a
The
city
which the soldiers were eager to storm had been
fortified
by strong
and high towers.

all
6.
Did not the king
heavy crown
of gold and
his
money
to a faithless slave? Yes, but the slave
had never before been
faithless.
AQUILA LEGIONIS
Ii6
THE FOURTH OR A-DECLENSION LESSON XLVI

THE FOURTH OR lA-DECLENSION
259. Nouns of the fourth declension are either masculine or neuter.

260. Masculine nouns end in -us, neuters in -u.
in -us.
a.
The
genitive ends
Feminine by exception are domus, house j- manus, hand; and a

others.
few
PARADIGMS
adventus, m., arrival
cornu, n.,
horn
TERMINATIONS
Bases advent-
corn-
EXPRESSIONS OF PLACE
duci.
II7
4. Pro castris cum hostium equitatu pugnatum est. 5. Post tempus breve equitatus trans flumen fugit ubi castra hostium posita
erant.
6. 7.
Turn
victor imperator agros vastavit et vicos hostium cre-
mavit.
Castra autem non oppugnavit quia milites erant defessi

8.
et locus difficilis.
Hostes non cessaverunt iacere
tela,
quae paucis
nocuerunt. 9. Post adversum proelium principes Gallorum legatos ad
Caesarem mittere studebant, sed populo persuadere non poterant.

II.
it
I.
Did you see the man-of-war on the lake?
2. I
did not see
(Jem^ on the lake, but I saw it in the harbor. 3. Because of the strong wind the sailor forbade his brother to sail. 4. Cassar didn't make an attack on the cavalry on the right wing, did he?
5.
No, he made an attack on the
left
wing.
6.
swift horse to
obey?
7. I trained
my
horse with
Who taught your my (own) hands,
nor was the task

strength.
difficult.
8.
He
is
a beautiful animal and has great
LESSON XLVII
262.
THE DECLENSION OF DOMUS
We have become
Qgj^j^
thoroughly familiar with expressions like the
followmg
^^ ^Qj. jjj^ oppidum maturat Galba ab (de or ex) oppido maturat Galba in oppido habitat
From
263.
these expressions
we may deduce
the following rules
Rule.
Accusative of the Place

in
to.
The
place to which is
expressed by ad or
question Whither f
264.
with the accusative.
This answers the
Rule.
Ablative of the Place from.

alf,
expressed by a or
de,
or
ex,
The place from which is with the separative ablative.

.
This answers the question Whence ? (Cf Rule,

265.
79.)
Rule.
Ablative of the Place at or in.
The
place at or in
which is expressed by the ablative
with
in.
This answers the

"
question
Where?
Il8
a.
(cf.
The
ablative denoting the flace
where
is
called the locative ablative
locus, //fl).
266. Exceptions.
riis,
Names
of towns, small islands,^ domus, home,

in
country,
and a few other words
common
use omit the prepo-
sitions in expressions of place, as,
Galba Athenas maturat, Galba hastens to Athens Galba Athenis maturat, Galba hastens from Athens Galba Athenis habitat, Galba lives at (or in) Athens Galba domum maturat, Galba hastens home
rfis matiirat, Galba hastens to the country Galba domo matiirat, Galba hastens from home Galba rure matiirat, Galba hastens from the country Galba rflri (less commonly rure) habitat, Galba lives in the country
Galba
a.
Names
of countries, like Germania, Italia,
etc.,
do not come under
these exceptions.
With
thein prepositions
must not
be omitted.
267. The Locative Case.

pressed hf at or in
as the locative case.
is
ever, Latin originally
saw above that the place-relation exby the locative ablative. Howexpressed this relation by a separate form known
regularly covered
abla-
We
This case has been everywhere merged in the
tive excepting in the singular

sions.
number
of the first
and second declenis like
The form
and
its
of the locative in these declensions
the genitive
islands,
singular,
use
is
limited to
names
of
towns and small
domi, at home, and a few other words.
268.
in
which with
Rule. Locative and Locative Ablative. To express the place names of towns mid small islands, if they are sin;
gular and of the first or second declension, use the locative; otherwise
use the locative ablative without a preposition

Galba Romae habitat, Galba lives at
as,
Rome
Galba Corinthi habitat, Galba lives at Corinth Galba domi habitat, Galba lives at home
1 Small islands are classed with towns because they generally, have but one town, andthef name of the town is the same as the name of the island.
DOMUS
first
119
of the
Here Romae, Corinthi, and domi are locatives, being singular and and second declensions respectively. But in
Galba Athenis habitat, Ga/6a lives at Athens, Galba Pompeiis habitat, Galba lives at Pompeii
Athenis and Pompeiis are locative ablatives. These words can have no locative case, as the nominatives Athenae and Pompeii zxe. plural and there
is
no
plural locative case form.
269. The word domus, home, house, has forms of both the second and the fourth declension. Learn its declension ( 468).
270.
EXERCISES

I.
I.
Corinthi omnia Insignia aurl a ducibus victoribus rapta erant.

diixit.
2.
Caesar Genavam exercitum magnis itineribus

.?
3.
Quem pon-
tem hostes cremaverant

4.
Pontem in Rheno hostes cremaverant. Pompeiis multas Romanorum domos videre poteritis. 5. Roma
6.
consul equo veloci rus properavit.

sedebant.
7
.
Domi
consulis homines multi
Imperator iusserat legatum Athenas

8.
cum
multis navibus
longis navigare.
9.
Ante moenia
urbis sunt ordines
arborum altarum.
in Gallia et
Propter arbores altas nee lacum nee portum reperire potuimus.
10. Proeliis crebris
Caesar legiones suas quae erant

in
ex-
ercebat.
11. Cotidie
loco
idoneo
castra
ponebat
mijniebat.
II. I. Cassar, the famous general, when he had departed from Rome, hastened to the Roman province on a swift horse.^ 2. He had heard a rumor concerning the allies at Geneva. 3. After his arrival Caesar called the soldiers together and commanded them to join battle. 4. The enemy retreated, some because ^ they were afraid, others because of wounds. 5 Recently I was at Athens and saw the place where the judges used to sit.' 6. Marcus and Sextus are my brothers the one lives at Rome, the other in the country.
''
.
Latin says " by a swift horse.''
What
construction
Distinguish be-
tween the English conjunction because (quia or quod) and the preposition * used to sit, express by the imperfect. because of (propter).
DAEDALUS ET ICARUS
THE FIFTH OR ^-DECLENSION

271.
121
Daed'alus and Ic'arus'

alta
Creta est Insula antlqua quae aqua

olim Minos erat rex.
fugiebat.
magni maris
pulsatur.
Ibi
Ad eum
venit Daedalus qui ex Graecia patria

verbis accepit et ei domicilium in
et regi
Eum
^
Minos rex benignis

in loco
Creta dedit.
et clara
Quo
Daedalus sine cura vivebat
multa
5
opera faciebat.
Post tempus longum autem Daedalus patriam
caram desiderare
incepit.
Domum
maturare studebat, sed regi per-
suadere non potuit et mare saevum fugam vetabat.
LESSON XLVIII
THE FIFTH OR E-DECLENSION
272. Gender.
dies, day,
THE ABLATIVE OF TIME
Nouns
of the fifth declension are feminine except
and meridies, midday, which are usually masculine.
273.
122
1.
ABLATIVE OF TIME
The vowel
e which appears in every form
-ei after
is
regularly long.
r-ei
;
It is
shortened in the ending
a consonant, as in
2.)
and before -m
of
in the accusative singular, as in di-em. (Cf. 12.

2.
Only
dies
and
res are
complete in the
Acies, line
plural.
battle,
Most other nouns

and
this declension lack the plural.
of
spes, hope, have
the nominative and accusative plural.
274.
The
ablative relation ( 50)
which
is
expressed by the prep-
ositions at, in, or
on
may
is
refer not only to place, but also to time,
as at noon, in summer, on the first day.

to express this relation
The
ablative
which
is
used
called the ablative
of time.
within
275.
which
Rule. The
Ablative of Time.
is
The time when or
anything happens
expressed by the ablative without a
preposition.
a.
Occasionally the preposition
in is
found.
Compare
the English
Next
day we started and On the next day we
started.
276.
EXERCISES

I.
Galba the Farmer.
Galba agricola run
vivit.
Cotidie piirna luce
laborare incipit, nee ante noctem in studio suo cessat.

fiha
Meridie lulia
eum ad cenam
filii
vocat.
Nocte pedes defessqs
domum
vertit.
Aestate
5
agricolae auxilium patri dant.

Ibi magister
Hieme
agricola eos in
lOdum
mittit.
pueris multas fabulas de rebus gestis

agricolae perpetuis laboribus exercentur
Caesaris narrat.
Aestate
filii
nee grave agri opus est

res adversas timet.
II.
1.
its
molestum.
Galba sine uUa
ciira vivit
nee
In that month there were
many
upon
battles in Gaul.
2.
The
4.
cav-
alry of the
enemy made an
attack
Caesar's line of battle.

billows.
3.
In
the
first
hour of the night the ship was overcome by the
On
the second day the savages were eager to

tection.
6. 5.
The king had

fire
joined battle,
come under Caesar's promoved by the hope of victory.

and other animals.
7.
That year a
ort
destroyed
many
birds
We
saw blood
the wild beast's teeth.
PRONOUNS CLASSIFIED
277.
23
JDaed'alus and Ic'arus {Continued')

cQris
Turn Daedalus gravibus

"
commotus
filio
suo Icaro
ita dixit
Animus meus,
Icare, est plenus tristitiae nee oculi lacrimls egent.

;
Discedere ex Creta, Athenas maturare, maxime studeo

cusat audire verba
sed rex
re-
mea
Turn
et
omnem
et
reditus
spem
eripit.
Sed numquam
rebus adversis vincar.
Terra
mare sunt
inimica, sed aliam fugae 5

dimittit et
viam reperiam."
capit consilium.
in artis ignotas
animum
mirum
Nam
pennas
in ordine ponit et veras alas facit.
LESSON XLIX
PRONOUNS CLASSIFIED PERSONAL AND REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS
278.
We
have the same kinds of pronouns
in Latin as in English.
They
1
are divided into the following eight classes
Personal pronouns, which show the person speaking, spoken- to,

as, ego,
or spoken of;
2.
/;
iXi.,
you ;
is, he.
(Cf. 279, etc.)

as,
Possessive pronouns, which denote possession;

(Cf. 98.)
meus, tuus,
suus, etc.
3.
Reflexive pronouns, used in the predicate to refer back to the
subject; as, he
4.
saw
himself.
(Cf. 281.)
;
Intensive pronouns, used to emphasize a noun or pronoun

it.
as,
I myself saw
5.
is, this, that.
(Cf. 285.)
as,
Demonstrative pronouns, which point out persons or things;

(Cf. 112.)
6.
Relative pronouns, which connect a subordinate adjective clause

as, qui,
with an antecedent;
who.
(Cf. 220.)
7. Interrogative pronouns, which ask a question; as, quis,
whol
one,
(Cf. 225.)
8.
Indefinite pronouns,
which point out
indefinitely; as,
some
any
one, some, certain ones, etc.
(Cf. 296.)
is, ea, id,
279.
is
it,
The demonstrative pronoun
as
we
learned in
115,
regularly used as the personal

they, etc.).
pronoun
of the third person {he, she,
124
280.
PERSONAL AND REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS

The
personal pronouns of the
first
person are ego, I; nos, we;
of the second person, tu, thou or
you; vos, ye or you. They are
declined as follows
CUMV^YVn PRONOUNS
3.
25
Give the Latin for

/ teach myself
We teach
ourselves
You
teach yourself
He
282.
or sui,
teaches himself
You teach yourselves They teach themselves
The
is
preposition cum,
appended
to the form, as,

;
when used with the ablative of ego, tu, mecum, with me; tScum, with you ;
nobiscum, with us
283.
etc.
EXERCISES

I.
I.
Mea
mater est cara mihi
et tua
mater est cara
tibi.
2.
Vestrae
litterae
3.
erant gratae nobis et nostrae litterae
erant gratae vobis.

4.
Nuntius regis qui nobiscum

sibi et suis sociis
6.
est nihil respondebit.
Nuntii
amicitiamque
postulaverunt.
5. Si tii
pacem arma sumes,

?
ego regnum occupabo.

nostrum.
petierant.
9.
7.
Uter vestrum
est civis
Romanus
Neuter
Eo tempore
multi supplicium dederunt quia
regnum
8.
Siime supplicium, Caesar, de hostibus patriae acribus.

;
alii metu commoti sese fugae mandaverunt alii autem magna virtute impetum exercitus nostri sustinuerunt. 10. Soror
Prima luce
regis, ubi II.

I.
de adverse proelio
audivit, sese
I
3.
Pompeiis
interfecit.
2.
Whom
do
you teach?
his sword.
teach
myself.
The
soldier
wounded himself with

he does not praise.
4.
The master
praises us, but
you
Therefore he
.
will inflict
punishment on you, but
we
7.
with
not suffer punishment. 5 Who will march (i.e. make a march) me to Rome 6. I will march with you to the gates of the city. Who will show us ' the way ? The gods will show you the way.
shall
?
'
Daed'alus and Ic'arus

284. Puer Icarus iina
^
{Concluded')
patris
stabat et
mirum
fill
opus videbat. Postet similis
quam manus ultima* alis

avi in auras volavit.
et dixit, "
imposita
est,
Daedalus eas temptavit

adligavit et docuit
Tum alas umeris
eum
volare
Te veto, mi fili, adpropinquare

^
aut
soli
aut mari.
Si fluctibus
S
adpropinquaveris,* aqua
1
alis tuis nocebit, et si soli
adpropinquaveris,*
Not
accusative.
finishing touch.
What
' manus ultima, the Adverb, see vocabulary. * Future perfect. Translate by the present. literally ?
'
126
THE PRONOUNS IPSE AND IDEM

Turn pater
et Alius iter difficile incipiunt.
ignis eas cremabit."
Alas
movent
paret.
et
5
et aurae sese committunt. Soli adpropinquat.

amittit.
Sed
stultus puer verbis patris

et Icarus in
non
Alae cremantur
lillo
mare
decidit
vitam
Daedalus autem sine
periculo trans fluctus ad
insulam Siciliam volavit.
LESSON L
THE INTENSIVE PRONOUN IPSE AND THE DEMONSTRATIVE IDEM
285. Ipse means
even or very.
It is
-self (himself,
herself etc.) or
is
translated
by
used to emphasize a noun or pronoun, expressed

it
or understood, with vifhich

a. Ipse
latter is
agrees like an adjective.
must be
carefully distinguished
from the
is
reflexive sui.
always used as a pronoun, while ipse
regularly adjective.
The Compare
Homo se videt, the man sees himself (reêxive) Homo ipse periculum videt, ihe man himself (intexisvfe) sees the danger Homo ipsum periculum videt, the man sees the danger itself {intensiye)
286. Except for the one form ipse, the intensive pronoun
is
de-
chned exactly
like
the
nine
irregular
adjectives
(cf.
io8, log).
Learn the declension

'
( 481).
287.
of
is.
The demonstrative
Singular
FEM.
idem, meaning the same,
is
a compound
It is declined as follows
NEUT.
N'om. idem
Gen.
>at.
e'adem
eius'dem
ei'dem
idem
eius'dem
ei'dem
eius'dem ei'dem
Ace. Abl.
eun'dem
eo'dem
ean'dem
ea'dem
idem
eo'dem
'
EXERCISES
EXERCISES
127
288.

I. I.
Ego
et tu
in
eadem urbe
vivimus.
2.
Iter
ipsum non timemus

3.
sed feras saevas quae in silva densa esse dicuntur.
Olim nos
5.
ipsi
idem
iter fecimus.
6.
4.
Eo tempore multas
7
feras vidimus.
Sed nobis
hos-
non nocuerunt.
in
Caesar ipse scutum de manibus

.
militis eripuit et
ipsam aciem maturavit.

8.
Itaque milites
summa virtute tela in

in partis
^
tium corpora iecerunt.

9.
Romani quoque
et
gravia vulnera acceperunt.
Denique hostes terga verterunt
omnis
fugerunt.
10.
11.
Eadem hora litterae Romam ab imperatore ipso missae sunt. Eodem mense captivi quoque in Italiam missi sunt. 12. Sed
difficile
multi propter vulnera iter
trans mentis facere recusabant et
Genavae esse dicebantur. II. I. At Pompeii there

in that place, I myself
cities
is a wonderful mountain. 2. When I was saw that mountain. 3. On the same- day many were destroyed by fire and stones from that very mountain.
4.
5.
You have
not heard the true story of that calamity, have you

light to
On
that
day the very sun could not give

tell (to)
men.
6.
You
yourself ought to
us that story.
289.
How
HoRATius held the Bridge*

in
Tarquinius Superbus, Septimus et ultimus rex Romanorum, ubi

exsilium ab iratis
Romanis
eiectus est, a Porseng, rege Etruscorum,

copiis
auxilium
ipsa urbs
petiit.
Mox
Porsena magnis cum

erat.
Romam
venit,
et
Omnibus in partibus exercitus Romanus victus erat. lam rex montem laniculum " occupaverat. Numquam antea Romani tanto metii tenebantur. Ex agris in urbem maturabant et summo studio urbem ipsam muniebant.
in periculo
2 fifot parts, 1 Observe that in Latin we say I and you, not you and I. * The story of Horatius has been made ^ Cf. 2io. but directions. familiar by Macaulay's well-known poem " Horatius " in his Lays of Ancient ^ The Janiculum Rome. Read the poem in connection with this selection. is a high hill across the Tiber from Rome.
.
summo
128
THE DEMONSTRATIVES
HIC, ISTE, ILLE
LESSON
We
is
LI
BIC, ISTE,
THE DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS

290.
JLLE
have already learned the declension of the demonstrative
pronoun
and
its
use.
(Cf.
Lesson XVII.) That pronoun
refers to
persons or things either far or near, and

to place or time.
makes no
definite reference
or time,
is,
If we wish to point out an object definitely in place we must use hie, iste, or ille. These demonstratives, like
are used both as pronouns and as adjectives,
and
their relation to
the speaker
may be
hie
represented graphically thus

iste
ille
Speaker
this,
he (near)
that, he (remote)
that, he
(more remote)
a.
a person or thing near the person addressed
In dialogue hie refers to a person or thing near the speaker iste, to ille, to a person or thing
; ;
remote from both. These distinctions are illustrated in the model sentences, 293, which should be carefully studied and imitated.
291. Hie
THE DEMONSTRATIVES
293.
HIC, ISTE, ILLE
129
MODEL SENTENCES
Estne hie equus validus
but that
"1
Is this horse (of mine) strong?
That horse
(of yours) is strong,

is
Iste
equus est
valiflus, sed
one (yonder)
weak
ille
est infirmus
Are
these
(men by me) your friends ?
Suntne hi amlcl tui ?

Isti
Those (men by you) are my friends, but ") those (men yonder) are enemies J
sunt amici mei, sed sunt inimici
illi
294.
EXERCISES

I.
German
Chieftain addresses his Followers. Ille fortis Ger-
manorum dux
mavit.
suos convocavit et hoc
modo animos eorum
confir-
" Vos, qui in his finibus
vivitis, in
hunc locum convocavi^ quia
mecum
liberate.
debetis istos agros et istas
Hoc
nobis non
difficile
erit,
domos ab iniuriis Romanorum quod illi hostes has silvas

montes
altos timent.
densas, feras saevas
quarum
vestigia vident,
Si
fortes erimus, del ipsi nobis

isti
viam
saliitis
demonstrabunt.
Ille sol,
oculi nostras calamitates viderunt.^
Itaque
nomen
illius
rei
pQ-
blicae
Romanae non solum
nobis, sed etiam
omnibus hominibus qui

Exercete istam 10
libertatem amant, est invisum.
Ad arma
^
vos voco.
pristinam virtQtem et vincetis."

II.
I.
Does
birds
that bird (of yours)
sing.?
2.
This bird (of mine)
sings both" in
3.
4.
summer and
(yonder)^
in
in winter
and has a beautiful

sing
in
voice.
Those
the
country don't
winter.
Snatch a spear from the hands of that soldier (near you)^ and
5.
come home with me.
With those very eyes
(of yours) ^
you
will see
enemy who burned my dwelling and made an attack on my brother. 6. For (propter) these deeds (res) we ought to inflict punishment on him without delay. 7. The enemies of the repubthe tracks of the hateful
lic
do not always
suffer punishment.
^ English words in parentheses are ^ The perfect definite. (Cf. 190.) not to be translated. They are inserted to show what demonstratives should ' both and, et et. be used. (Cf. 290.)
. . .
I30
INDEFINITE PRONOUNS
HOK.ATIUS PONTEM DEFENDIT
295.
How
HoRATius held the Bridge {Continued)

paene
Altera urbis pars mOris, altera flumine satis muniri videbatur.

erat
pons
in flumine qui hostibus iter
dedit.
Sed Turn Horatius
magna voce dixit, " Rescindite pontem, Roman! BrevI tempore Porsena in urbem copias suas traducet." lam hostes in ponte erant, sed Horatius cum duobus (cf. 479) comitibus ad
Codes,
fortis vir,
extremam pontis partem

runt.
properavit, et hi soli aciem hostium sustinue-
Tum
vero elves
RomanI pontem
a tergo rescindere incipiunt,
et hostes frustra
Horatium superare
temptarit.
LESSON
LII
THE INDEFINITE PRONOUNS

296. The indefinite pronouns are used to refer to some person or some thing, without indicating which particular one is meant. The pronouns quis and qui, which we have learned in their interrogative
and
like
relative uses,
definite
may also be indefinite and ne arly all the other înpronouns are compounds of quis or qui and declined almost
;
them.
Review the declension
of these words, 221, 227.
INDEFINITE PRONOUNS
131
:
297. Learn the declension and meaning of the following indefinites

Masc.
quis
0,/nJU
Fem.
quid,
Neut.
some
one,
any one
(substantive)
qui
aliquis
qua or quae
quod, some, any (adjective), 483

aliquid,
tive),
some
one,-
any one
(substan-
487
aliqui
aliqua
quidam
quisquam
quisque
quaedam
any (adjective), 487 quoddam, quiddam, a certain, a certain

aliquod, some,
one, 485 quicquam or quidqiuim (no
plural),
any
one
(at all) (substantive),
486
quidque, each one, every one (substantive),
484
quisque
quaeque
quodque, each, every (adjective), 484

etc.,
Note. The meanings of the neuters, something, from the masculine and feminine.
a.
are easily inferred
In the masculine and neuter singular of the indefinites, quis-forms
and
b.
^
q uid-forms are
.
mQathmsed-.as--Sli bstantive s, qui-forms

and qui never stand
first
and.giibd-forms
as adjectives
The
indefinites quis
in a clause,
and are
rare excepting after
si, nisi,
ne, n'um (as, si quis, if
anything;
nisi quis, unless
some
one).
any one; si quid, if Generally aliquis and aliqui are
used instead.
c. The forms qua and aliqua are both feminine nominative singular and neuter nominative plural' of the indefinite adjectives qui and aliqui respectiH'ely. How do these differ from the corresponding forms of the
qui? Observe that quidam (qui -t- -dam) is declined like qui, except that in the accusative singular and genitive plural of_qui become s, n (ci. 287. a) quendam, quandam, quorundam, quarundam also that the neuter has quiddam (substantive) and quoddam (adjective) in the nominative and accusative singular. Quidam is the least indefinite of the indefinite' pronouns, and
relative
d.
implies that
to
you could name the person or thing referred
to
if
you eared
do
e.
so.
Quisquam and quisque (substantive) are declined Uke quis. Quisquam, any one (quicquam or quidquam, anything), is always used substantively and chiefly in negative sentences. The corresponding
f.
adjective anySs, ullus, -a,
-um
( 108).
132
298.
EXERCISES
EXERCISES

I. I.
Aliquis de ponte in flumen decidit sed sine uUo periculo ser2.
vatus
3.
est.
Est vero in vita cuiusque hominis aliqua bona fortuna.
Ne
militum quidem^ quisquam in castris mansit.

vides, iube
4.Siquem meae
domi
cum
discedere.
5.
Si quis
6.
quidem exercitus capere urbem

et meridie rex
7.
potest.
pontem tenet, ne tantus Urbs non satis mfinlta erat

tradtixerat.
quidam paene copias suas trans pontem

vertit.
virttis
Denique miles quidam armatus

8.
in fluctQs desiluit et incolumis ad

illi
alteram ripam oculos

debet.
9.
Quisque
forti militl aliquid
dare
Tanta vero
urbs
Romanis semper
et
placuit.
10.
Olim Co;
rinthus
erat
satis
magna
paene par
Romae
ipsi
nunc
vero moenia deciderunt et pauca vestigia urbis

1 1.
illius
reperiri possunt.
Quisque libertatem amat,

I.
et aliquibus vero
nomen
regis est invisum.
II.
2.
If
you see a certain Cornelius

the soldiers
at
at Corinth,
into the
send him to me.
Almost
all
who
fell
down
waves were una

fire.
harmed.
3.
Not even
Pompeii did
I see so great
5.
4. I
myself was eager to

praising his
I did
tell
something to some one.

6.
Each one was
own work.
7.
Did you see some one

will
will
in the country?
not see any one.
Unless some one
remain on the bridge
with Horatius, the commonwealth
be
in the greatest danger.
299.
How
Horatius held the Bridge {Concluded)
Mox, ubi parva pars pontis mansit, Horatius iussit comites discedere et solus mira constantia impetum illius totius exercitiis sustinebat. Denique magno fragore pons in fliimen decidit. Tum vero Horatius tergum vertit et armatus in aquas desUuit. In eum hostes multa tela
5
iecerunt
incolumis autem per fluctus ad alteram ripam tranavit.
Ei
propter tantas res gestas populus
Romanus non solum
alia
magna
praemia dedit sed etiam statuam Horati
in loco pQblico posuit.
Sixth Review, Lessons XLV-LII, 521-523

Ôbserve that quidam and quidem are
different words.
COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES
133
LESSON LIU
REGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES
300.
son.
its
The
quality denoted
is
by an adjective may
is
exist in either a higher or
a lower degree, and this
expressed by a form of inflection called compari-
The mere presence

all
of the quality
expressed by the positive degree,
presence in a higher or lower degree by the comparative, and in the
highest or lowest of
-est for
comparing an adjective
the superlative;
highest.
is
by the superlative. In English the usual way of by using the suffix -er for the comparative and
as, positive high, comparative higher, superlative Less frequently we use the adverbs more and most; as, positive beautiful, comparative more beautiful, superlative most beautiful.
In Latin, as in English, adjectives are compared by adding suffixes

or by using adverbs.
301. Adjectives are compared by using suffixes as

Positive
clams, -a, -um {bright) (Base clar-) brevis, breve {short) (Base brev-)
velox {swift) (Base veloc-)
a.
-ior
follovirs
Comparative
clarior, clarius
Superlative
clarissimus, -a, {brightest)
-um -um -um
{brighter)
brevior, brevius
brevissimus, -a,
{shortest)
{shorter)
velocior, velocius
velocissimus, -a,
{swiftest)
{swifter)
is
The comparative
masc. and fem., and -ius neut.
formed from the base of the positive by adding the superlative by adding -issimus,
;
-issima, -issimum.
302. Less frequently adjectives are compared by using the adverbs
magis, more; maxime, most;
as,
idoneus, suitable; magis idoneus,

suitable.
more suitable ; maxime idoneus, most
303. Declension of the Comparative. Adjectives of the comparative
degree are declined as follows
Singular
134
a.
Observe that the endings are those of the consonant stems of the
(base, recent-), recent;
third declension.
b. Compare longus, long; fortis, brave; recens and decline the comparative of each.
304. Adjectives in -er form the comparative regularly, but the superlative is
formed by adding -rimus,

;
-a,
-um
to the nominative masculine
of the positive
as,
Positive
acer, acris, acre
Comparative
acrior, acrius
Superlative
acerrimus, -a,
-um
-a,
(Base acr-)
pulcher, pulchra, pulchrum
pulchrior, pulchrius
pulcherrimus,
liberrimus, -a,
-um
(Base pulchr-)
liber, libera,
liberum
liberior, liberius
-um
(Base
'a.
liber-)
In a similar manner compare miser, aeger, creber.
305.
The comparative
is
often translated by quite,

as, altior, quite (too,
too,
or somewhat,
altis-
and the superlative by very;

simus, very high.
306.
somewhat') high;
EXERCISES

I.
1.
Quid exploratores quaerebant? Exploratores tempus opporitineri
tunissimum
quaerebant.
2.
Media
rimos fecimus, quod feras tam audacis

3.
Antiquis temporibus German! erant
in silva ignis quam crebernumquam antea videramus. fortiores quam Galll. 4. Caesar
5.
erat clarior
quam
inimici^ qui
eum
necaverunt.
6.
Quisque sciitum
ingens et pilum longius gerebat.

audacissimi et fortissimi.
8. Viri 7.
Apud Mens hominum
barbaros German! erant

est celerior
9.
quam
corpus.
aliquarum terrarum sunt miserrimi.
Corpora Germanorum
erant ingentiora
sine ulla
mora
II. Aestate
quam Romanorum. 10. Acerrimi Gallorum principes quoddam equos velocissimos traduxerunt. dies sunt longiores quam hieme. 12. Imperator quidam
trans fiumen
all
ab exploratoribus de recent! adventu navium longarum quaesivit.

II.
I.
Of
birds the eagle
is
the
3.
svsriftest.
2.
Certain animals
are swifter than the swiftest horse.
'
The Roman name was most

of hostes ?
Why
is this
word used instead
IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES

hateful to the enemies of the commonwealth.
inflicted the severest-'
ill,
135
4.
The Romans always

5. I
punishment on
faithless allies.
was quite
and so
hastened from the
city to the country.

7.
some
friends dearer than Caesar.^

?
Marcus had Did you not seek a more recent

6.
report concerning the battle
8.
Not even
after a victory so
opportune
did he seek the general's friendship.
N.B. Beginning at this point, the selections for reading near the end of the volume. (See p. 197.)
will
be found
LESSON LIV
IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES THE ABLATIVE WITH COMPARATIVES WITHOUT QUAM
307.
The
;
following six adjectives in

is
-lis
form the comparative

to the base
regularly
but the superlative
formed by adding -limus
of the positive.
Learn the meanings and comparison.

Comparative
facilior, -ius
difflcilior, -ius
Positive
facilis, -6,
Superlative
easy
difflcilis, -e,
hard
similis, -e, like
similior, -ius
dissimilis, -e, unlike

gracilis, -e,
dissimilior, -ius
gracilior, -ius
slender
humilis,
-e,
low
the
humilior, -ius
-um -um simillimus, -a, -um dissimillimus, -a, -um gracillimus, -a, -um humilllmus, -a, -um
facillimus, -a,
difflcillimus, -a,
308.
From
knowledge gained
in
is
the preceding lesson

brighter than the sun
sol
we
should translate the sentence Nothing

Nihil est clarius
quam
But the Romans,
especially in negative sentences, often expressed
the comparison in this way.

Nihil est clarius sole
which,
that
is,
literally translated, is
Nothing
is
brighter
away from
sole.
the
sun
This
starting
is
from
the
sun as a standard, nothing
is brighter.
relation
1
expressed by the separative ablative
Hence
the rule
after
2 Accusative. In Use the superlative of gravis. quam is in the same case as the one before it.
a comparison the
noun
136
309.
ABLATIVE WITH COMPARATIVES

Rule.
Ablative with Comparatives.
The comparative
de-
gree, if quam is omitted, is followed by the separative ablative.

310.
EXERCISES

I.
1.
Nemo
sunt
5.
milites alacriores
Romanis
vidit.
2.
Statim imperator
3.
iussit
nuntios
quam
leniora
celerrimos litteras
Romam
vidi.
portare.
Multa
clarior
flumina
Rheno.
4.
Apud Romanes
quis erat
Caesare?
Nihil pulchrius
urbe
Roma
6.
Subito multitude
7.
audacissima
magno clamore proelium

?
acrius commisit.
Num
8.
est
equus tuus tardus
Non
vero tardus, sed celerior aquila.

Sexto.
9.
Ubi
Romae
cibum
fui,
nemo
11. lUe
vias,
erat mihi amicior

10.
Quaedam
mulieres
militibus dare cupiverunt.
Rex
vetuit civis ex
urbe noctu
discedere.
puer est
gracilior
hac muliere.
12. Explorator
duas {two)
II.
I
.
alteram facilem, alteram difficiliorem, demonstravit.
What
city
have you seen more beautiful than

3.
Rome ?
eagle
2.
is
The
not
Gauls were not more eager than the Germans.

slower than the horse.
The
4. The spirited woman did not fear to make the journey by night. 5. The mind of the multitude was quite gentle and friendly. 6. But the king's mind was very different. 7. The king
was not
like (similar to) his
noble father.
territory.
8.
These
hills
are lower
than the huge mountains of our
ARMA ROMANA
137
LESSON LV
311.
(Continued)
Some
adjectives in English have irregular comparison, as gooi^,

most.
better, best;
many, more,
So Latin comparison presents some
irregularities.
Among
the adjectives that are
compared
irregularly are
Positive
bonus,
-a,
Comparative
melior, melius
Superlative
-um, good
magnus,
malus,
multus,
parvus,
-a,
-um, great
-um, jnuch
maior, maius
peior, peius
,
-a,
-um, bad
-a,
plus
-um -um pessimus, -a, -um pliirimus, -a, -um

optimus,
-a,
maximus,
-a,
multi, -ae, -a,

-a,
many
plures, plura
pliirimi, -ae, -a
-um, small
minor, minus
minimus,
-a,
-um
312.
The
following four adjectives have two superlatives.

in parentheses.
(exterior, -ius,
Unusual
forms are placed

exterus, -a, -um,
extremus,
-a,
-um
outermost,
last
outward
inferus, -a, -um,
outer)
inferior, -ius,
\(extimus,
-a,
-um)
low
posterns, -a, -um,
lower
(posterior, -ius,
-um 1 imus, -a, -um J postremus, -a, -um

infimus, -a,
'1
lowest
next
superus, -a, -um,
later)
(postumus,
-a,
-um)
last
J
superior, -ius,
(supremus,-a,-um|
|_
above
higher
summus,
is
-a, -van.
"
J
313. Pliis, more (plural more, many, several),
declined as follows
Singular
MAsc.
Plural
NEUT.
plus
pluris
and fem.
Nom.
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
plus
plure
Abl.
138
314.

EXERCISES

I. I.
Reliqui hostes, qui a dextro cornu proelium commlserant, de
superiore loco fugerunt et sese in silvam
maximam
receperunt.
2.
In
extrema parte
equitibus ad
silvae castra
hostium posita erant.

4.
3. Plurimi captivl ab
Caesarem
5.
ducti sunt.
Caesar vero
iussit
eos in servi-
tutem
tradi.
Postero die
est.
6.
magna
multitiido
mulierum ab Romanis
perterritae adventu
pluris fabulas
in valle
ima reperta
Hae
mulieres
7.
maxime
Caesaris sese occldere studebant.

citus
Eae quoque
8.
de exer-
Romani
erat.
9.
sceleribus audiverant.
Fama
illorum militum optima
non
est.
In barbarorum
aedificils
maior copia frumenti reperta
10.
I.
Nemo
crebrls proelils contendere sine'aliquo periculo potest.
II.
themselves.
The remaining women fled from their dwellings and hid 2. They were terrified and did not wish to be captured
into slavery.
3. 5
and given over

4.
Nothing can be worse than

.
slavery.
Slavery
is
worse than death.

the worst crime.
In the
Roman
empire a great many

6.
were
killed
is
because they refused to be slaves.
To
surrender the
fatherland
LESSON LVI
IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES (Concluded) OF THE MEASURE OF DIFFERENCE
315.
ABLATIVE
The
following adjectives are irregular in the formation of the

positive.
superlative
theses.
and have no
Forms
rarely used are in paren-
Comparative
citerior,
Superlative
(citimus, hithermost)
AMer
inner
interior,
T^xiox,
(intimus, inmost)
former
further
is
primus, yfrj^
propior, nearer
ulterior,
proximus, next, nearest

ultimus, furthest
316. In the sentence Galba
a head
taller than Sextus, the
phrase
a head
taller 'txpiesses the
measure
of difference in height
between
ABLATIVE OF THE MEASURE OF DIFFERENCE

taller
139
Galba and Sextus. The Latin form of expression would be Galba is than Sextus by a head. This is clearly an ablative relation, and
the construction
'
is
called the ablative of the
measure
of difference.
Galba est altior capite
quam Sextus
Examples
Galba is a head taller (taller by a head) than Sextus. lUud iter ad Italiam est multo brevius That route to Italy is much shorter (shorter by much)
Ablative of the Measure of Difference.
317.
Rule.
With com-
paratives
to
and words implying comparison

common
the ablative is used
denote the measure of difference.

a. Especially
eo,
in this construction are the neuter ablatives

nihilo,'^
by this, by that hoc, by this multo, by 7nuch
by nothing
paulo, by
little
318.
EXERCISES

I. I.
Barbari proelium committere statuerunt eo magis quod Ro2.
manl
infirmi esse videbantur.
Meum
3.
consilium est multo melius
quam tuum
ilia.
quia multo facilius
est.
4.
Barbari erant nihilo tardiores
Haec via est multo latior quam quam Romanl. 5. Tuus equus
qui paulo fortiores erant pro7
.
est paulo celerior
quam mens.
8.
6. li
hibuerunt reliquos aditum relinquere.

milites habet optimos.
inter
Inter Ulas civitates
Germania
Propior via quae per banc vallem ducit est

qui agros citeriores incolebant, priores
10.
portum
et lacum.
9. Servi,
dominos relinquere non cupiverunt, quod eos amabant.
Ultimae
1 1
.
Germaniae partes numquam

trans
in fidem
Romanorum venerunt.
Romano.
difficult
Nam
Rhenum
left
aditus erat multo difficilior exercitui

difficult
II. I.
Another way much more

through hither Gaul.
2.
(more
by much)
Gaul did
was
In ancient times no state was

3.
stronger than the
Roman
5.
empire.
The
states of further
is
not wish to give hostages to Caesar.

nothing) than death.
6.
4.
Slavery
no better
(better
by
The
best citizens are not loved by the worst.

into the nearest forest,
The
1 nihil
active
enemy immediately withdrew

by Csesar's recent
nihUum and declined
for they were terrified
victories.
was
originally
like pilum.
There
is
no
plural.
140
FORMATION AND COMPARISON OF ADVERBS
LESSON LVII
319. Adverbs are generally derived from adjectives, as in English
(e.g. adj. sweet, adv. sweetly).
Like adjectives, they can be compared;
but they have no declension.

320. Adverbs derived from adjectives of the
clensions are
first
and second
de-
formed and compared as follows

322. Case Forms as Adverbs.
accusative of comparatives
superlative
is
141
As we
learned above, the neuter
used adverbially.
So
in the positive or
some
adjectives, instead of following the usual formation,

;
use the accusative or the ablative singular neuter adverbially

Adj.
facilis,
as.
easy
Adv.
facile (ace), easily
142
8.
NUMERALS
saepius
Romanl
quam hostes vicerunt, quod
meliora arma habebant.

10.
9. Inter
omnis gentis Romani plurimum valebant.

posuerunt.
Hae
cohortes
tilla
simul atque in aequiorem regionem se receperunt, castra sine

difficultate
II.
I.
Some nations are easily overcome by their enemies. 2. Germuch larger than Gaul. 3. Were not the Romans the most powerful among the tribes of Italy ? 4. On account of (his) wounds
many
is
the soldier dragged his body from the ditch with the greatest difficulty.
5.
He was
able neither to run nor to fight.
6.
Who
7.
saved him?
certain
horseman boldly undertook the matter.
The rumors
con-
cerning the soldier's death were not true.
LESSON
NUMERALS
327.
1.
LVIII
THE PARTITIVE GENITIVE

may be
classified as follows
The
Latin numeral adjectives
Cardinal Numerals, answering the question

;
how many ?
as,
unus,
one; duo, two

2.
etc.
Ordinal Numerals, derived in most cases from the cardinals and

as, \ix\m\\&, first
;
answering the question in what order 2

second;
3.
etc.
secundus,
Distributive Numerals, answering the question

1 as,
how many
at a
time
singuli, one at
time.
328. The Cardinal Numerals.

as follows
I,
The
first
twenty of the cardinals are
unus
THE PARTITIVE GENITIVE

a.
(of.
143
unus
is
one of the nine irregular adjectives, and
is
declined like nullus
109, 470). The plural of unus is used to agree with a plural noun of a singular meaning, as, iina castra, one campj and with other nouns in the
as,
sense of only,
b.
Galli uni, only the Gauls.

tres, three j
Learn the declension of duo, two ;
and
mille,
a thousand.
(479-)
c.
The hundreds above one hundred

;
are declined
like
the plural of
bonus
as,
ducenti, -ae, -a
ducentorum, -arum, -orum

etc.
etc. etc.
330.
We
have already become familiar with sentences
like
the
following
Omnium avium aquila est velocissima Of all birds the eagle is the swiftest Hoc oraculum erat omnium clarissimum This oracle was the most famous of all
In such sentences the genitive denotes the whole, and the word
modifies denotes a part of that whole.
of which a part
is
it
Such a
genitive, denoting the
whole
taken,
is
called a partitive genitive.
331.
often
Rule.
Partitive
Genitive.
Words denoting a part are

partitive
used with the genitive of the whole, known as the
genitive.
a.
Words
adjectives.
denoting a part are especially pronouns, numerals, and other But cardinal numbers excepting mille regularly take the abla-
tive with ex or de instead of the partitive genitive.

b.
Mille, a thousand, in the singular is usually an indeclinable adjective
(as,
mille milites, a
thousand
soldiers), but in the plural
it is
a declinable
noun and takes the

soldiers).
partitive genitive (as,
decem milia militum, ten thousand
Examples
Fortissimi
horum sunt Germani The bravest of these are the Germans

slain
Decem milia hostium interfecta sunt Ten thousand (lit. thousands) of the enemy were
Una ex captivis erat soror regis One of the captives was the king's
sister
144
332.
THE ACCUSATIVE OF EXTENT

EXERCISES

I. I
.
Caesar maximam partem aedificiorum incendit.

est.
2.
Magna pars
quinque
munitionis agua fluminis deleta

milia
3. Galli huius regionis
hominum
audlverunt.
cohortes ex
Duo ex meis fratribus eundem rumorem 5. Quis Romanorum erat clarior Caesare ? 6. Quinque ilia legione castra quam fortissime defendebant. 7. Hie
coegerant.
4.
^
locus aberat aequo spatio

8.
ab
castris Caesaris et castris
Germanoruni.
Caesar simul atque pervenit, plus commeatus ab
sociis postulavit.
9. Nonne mercatores magnitudiriem insulae cognoverant ? nem sed non latitudinem cognoverant. 10. Pauci hostium
Longitudi-
obtinebant
collem quern exploratores nostri viderunt.

II.
I
.
have two brothers, and one of them
lives at
3.
Rome.
the
2.
Cassar
stormed that very town with three legions.

stroyed a great part of the fortification.
4.
In one hour he de-
When
enemy
could
no longer
Romans.*
defend the gates, they retreated to a

5.
hill
which was not

resisted the
far distant.'
There three thousand of them bravely
LESSON LIX
NUMERALS
333. Learn the
(Continued)
first
all
twenty of the ordinal numerals ( 478).

declined like bonus.
The
334.
ordinals are
The
distributive
numerals are declined
like the plural of bonus.
The
first
three are
singuli, -ae, -a,
bini, -ae, -a,
one eacA, one by one

each,
two
two by two
by three
terni, -ae, -a, three each, three
335.
is
We have
learned that, besides
its
use as object, the accusative

ablative.
used to express space relations not covered by the
We
Latin,
have had such expressions as per plurimos annos, for a great many
1
ivas distant by a
2 jsjgt lougius. Ablative of the measure of difference. * Not the accusative. smatt space.
Why?
'

years; per totum diem, for a whole day.
145
is
Here
the space felation
one of extent of time. We could also say per decern pedes, _/iir ten feet, where the space relation is one of extent of space. While this is correct
Latin, the usual
form
is
to use the accusative with
no preposition,
as,
Vir totum diem cucurrit, the

Caesar
munim
ran for a whole day decem pedes movit, Ccssar moved the wall ten feet
man
336.
Rule.
Accusative of Extent.
Duration of time and ex-
tent of space are expressed by the accusative.
This accusative answers the questions how long? how far f Distinguish carefully between the accusative of time how long and the ablative of time when, or within which.
a.
b.
Select the accusatives of time and space

in the following
and the ablatives of time
When did the general arrive ? He arrived at two o'clock. How long had he been marching? For four days. How far did he march? He marched sixty-five miles. Where has he pitched his camp? Three miles from the river, and he will remain there several days. The wall around the camp is ten feet high. When did the war begin ? In the first year after the king's
death.
337.
EXERCISES

I.
CcBsar in Gaul.
Caesar helium
vicit,
in Gallia
septem annos
gessit.
Primo anno Helvetios

gentes
ei
sese dediderunt.
eodem anno multae Germanorum Multos iam annos German! Gallos vexaet
bant
et duces German! copias suas trans
Rhenum
saepe tradiicebant.^
Non
bant.
singuli veniebant, sed
multa milia hominum
in
Galliam contende-
Qua de
causa principes Galliae concilium convocaverunt atque

Caesar, simul atque hunc
statuerunt legates ad Caesarem mittere.
rumorem audlvit, copias suas sine mora coegit. Prima luce fortiter cum Germanis proelium commTsit. Totum diem acriter pugnatum
est.
Caesar ipse a dextro cornu aciem

cecidit.
duxit.
Magna
pars exercitus
10
German!
Post
1
magnam caedem
Translate as
if
pauc! multa milia passuum
ad flumen fugerunt.
pluperfect
146
II.
I.
DEPONENT VERBS
Caesar. pitched
camp two
miles from the river.
2.
He
forti-
fied the
high.
camp with 3. The camp

4.
a ditch fifteen feet wide and a rampart nine feet

of the
enemy was a great way
off
(was distant by a
great space).
5.
On the next day he marched

6. 7.
ten miles in three hours.
Suddenly the enemy with
with aa.) the rear.
by the barbarians.
all their forces made an attack upon (in For two hours the Romans were hard pressed In three hours the barbarians were fleeing.
LESSON LX
DEPONENT VERBS
338.
A number of verbs
/ encourage ;
all
are passive in form but active in meaning;
as, hortor,
vereor,
Ifear.
Such verbs are
called deponent
because they have

a.
laid aside (de-ponere, to lay aside) the active forms.
Besides having
the forms of the passive, deponent verbs have also
the future active infinitive and a few other active forms which will be noted
later.
(See 375, 403. b)
339.
form,
The
principal parts of deponents are of
course passive in
as,
Conj.
Conj. Conj. Conj.
I
II Ill {a)
hortor, hortari, hortatus
sum, encourage
vereor, vereri, veritus sum., fear
sequor, sequi, secutus sum., follow

partior, partiri, partitus
(i) patior, pati,
IV
passus sum, suffer, allow sum, share, divide

is
Learn the synopses of these verbs. (See 493.) Patior

the passive of capio ( 492).
conjugated
like
340.
^PREPOSITIONS WITH THE ACCUSATIVE

prepositions with the accusative that occur
intra, withiti
The
most frequently
are
ante, before
apud, among circum, around

contra, against, contrary to extra, outside
ob,
on account of (quam ob rem,
wherefore, therefore) per, through, by means of

post, after,
of
behind
in, into, in, against,
upon
inter,
a.
between,
among
list
propter, on account of, because trans, across, over
of
Most
of these you have
had before.
Review the
old ones
and learn
the
new
ones.
Review the
of prepositions governing the ablative, 209.
EXERCISES
341.
147
EXERCISES

I.
I.
Tres ex
finis
legatis, contra
2.
Caesaris opinionem, iter facere per

est
?
hostium
verebantur.
iis
?
Quis eos hortatus

est,
Imperator eos
3.
hortatus est et
persuadere conatus
sed non potuit.
Quid
legates perterruit
Aut timor hostium,

4.
qui undique premebant, aut

fere
longitudo viae eos perterruit.
Tamen omnes
Caesarem multo
Quia nee
sed
magis quam hostis

manis oriebantur.
veriti sunt.
6.
5.
Fortissimae gentes Galliae ex Ger?
Quam
ob rem tam fortes erant
vinum nee
7.
alia
quae virtutem delent ad se portari patiebantur.

nihil
Caesar ex mercatoribus de insula Britannia quaeslvit,

8.
cognoscere potuit.
Itaque ipse statuit banc terram petere, et fere

est.
media aestate cum multis navibus longis profectus

celeritate iter confecit et in
g.
Magna
10. Bar1 1
.
opportunissimo loco egressus
est.
bari
summis viribus eum ab insula prohibere conati autem barbaros multa milia passuum insecutus est equitatii eos consequi non potuit.
II.
I.
sunt.
;
Ille
tamen
sine
Contrary to our expectation, the enemy

2.
fled
and the cavalry
followed close after them.

shouts arose of those
From
all
parts of the multitude the
who were being wounded. 3. Caesar did not 4. The cavalry set out at the to camp at the fourth hour. 5 Around first hour and was returning rampart twelve feet high. 6. Cassar will the Roman camp was a
allow the cavalry to pursue too far.^
''
.
delay three days because of the grain supply.

tenants feared the
'
7.
Nearly
all
the lieu-
enemy and attempted

^
to delay the
march.
?
Comparative of longe.
Will
tliis
be a deponent or an active form
Seventh Review, Lessons LIII-LX, 524-526
PART
III
CONSTRUCTIONS
INTRODUCTORY NOTE
this book has been concerned chiefly with forms and There remain still to be learned the forms of the Subjunctive Mood, the Participles, and the Gerund of the regular verb, and the conjugation of the commoner irregular verbs. These will be taken up in connection with the study of constructions, which will be the chief subject of our future work.
The preceding part of
vocabulary.
The special vocabularies of the preceding lessons contain, exclusive of proper names, about six hundred words. As these are among the commonest words in the language, they must be mastered. They properly form the basis of the study of words, and will be reviewed and used with but few additions in the remaining lessons. For practice in reading and to illustrate the constructions presented, a continued story has been prepared and may be begun at this point (see p. 204). It has been divided into chapters of convenient length to accompany progress through the lessons, but may be read with equal profit after the lessons are finished. The story gives an account of the life and adventures of Publius Cornelius Lentulus, a Roman boy, who fought in Cassar's campaigns and shared in his triumph. The colored plates illustrating the story are faithful representations of ancient life and are deserving of careful study.
148
Plate
III
CAPTIVI INTERROGAN^TUR
(See page 221)
THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD
149
LESSON LXI
342. In addition to the indicative, imperative, and infinitive moods,
which you have learned, Latin has a fourth

tive.
mood
called the subjunc-
The
tenses of the subjunctive are
Present Imperfect Perfect Pluperfect

343.
Active and Passive
The
tenses of the subjunctive have the same' time values as
the corresponding tenses of the indicative, and, in addition, each of

them,
may refer to future
time.
No meanings
of the tenses will be given
in the
paradigms, as the translation varies with the construction used.
344.
The
present subjunctive
is
150

PLURAL
1.
ame mur
ame'mini
araen'tur
a.
b.
monea mur
monea'mini
monean'tur
rega'mur
rega'mini
regan'tur
capia
mur
audia'mur
2. 3.
capia'mini
capian'tur
audia'mmi
audian'tur
The present subjunctive is formed from the present stem. The mood sign of the present subjunctive is -e- in the first
and
-a- in the others.
It is
conjuga-
tion
shortened in the usual places

first
(cf.
12), and
takes the place of the final vowel of the stem in the

tions,
c.
and
third conjuga-
but not in the second and fourth.
The
personal endings are the same as in the indicative.
d.
In a similar
way
inflect the present subjunctive of ciiro, iubeo,
sumo,
iacio, miinio.
345.
The present
subjunctive
of
the
irregular
verb
sum
is
1.
sun
sis sit
Sing.
2.
3.
Plur.
346. The Indicative and Subjunctive Compared,
i.
The two most

If,
important of the
finite
moods
are the indicative and the subjunctive.

then,
The
indicative deals with facts either real or assumed.
we
use
wish to assert something as a fact or to inquire after a

the indicative.
2.
fact,
we
On
the other hand,
if
we wish
to express a desire or wish, a
purpose, a possibility, an expectation, or
some such
ideas.
notion,
we must
use the subjunctive.
The
following sentences illustrate the difference
between the indicative and the subjunctive

Indicative Ideas
1.
Subjunctive Ideas
1.
He
is
brave
May
he be brave
Fortis est
2.
Fortis sit (idea of wishing)

2.
We
set out at once
Let us set out at once

Statim proficiscamur (idea of
ing)
will-
Statim proflciscimur
3.
You hear him every day

Cotidie
3.
You can hear him every day

Cotidie
eum
audls
eum
audias (idea of possi-
bility)
INDICATIVE AND SUBJUNCTIVE COMPARED

Indicative Ideas
4.
Subjunctive Ideas
skip
4.
He
remained until the
He
waited until the ship should
arrived Mansit dum navis pervenit

Ccesar sends
bridge
arrive
Exspectavit
ret
'^
dum
navis perreni-
(idea of expectation)
5.
men who find
the
5.
Ccesar sends
men who
are to
find {fix
to find) the bridge
Caesar mittit homines qui pontem

reperiunt
Caesar hotnises mittit qui pontem

reperiant (idea of purpose)
Note. From the sentences above we observe that the subjunctive may be used in either independent or dependent clauses but it is far more common in the latter than in the former.
;
347.
EXERCISE
in the following paragraph
Which verbs
which
would be
?
in the indicative
and
in the subjunctive in a Latin translation
There have been times
in the history of
citizen.
our country when you might
be proud of being an American
Do you remember
the day
when Dewey sailed into Manila Bay to capture or destroy the enemy's fleet ? You might have seen the admiral standing on the bridge calmly
giving his orders.
He
did not even wait until the mines should be

sailed in at once.
removed from the harbor's mouth, but
Let us not
future add
despair of our country while such valor exists, and
may the
new
glories to the past.
LESSON LXII
THE SUBJUNCTIVE OF PURPOSE
348. Observe the sentence
Caesar homines mittit qui pontem reperiant, Casar sends m.en
to find the bridge
The verb
because
it
reperiant in the dependent clause
is
in the
subjunctive
it tells
us what Caesar wants the
men
to
do
in other words,
expresses his will and the purpose in his mind.

is
Such a use of the
subjunctive
called the subjunctive of purpose.

1
perveniret, imperfect subjunctive.
152
349.
THE SUBJUNCTIVE OF PURPOSE

Rule.
Subjunctive of Purpose.
The subjunctive
is
used
in a dependent clause to express the purpose of the action in the
principal clause.
350.
I.
clause of purpose
is
is
introduced as follows
If
something
wanted, by pronoun
(as
qui, the relative

ut, conj., in
above)
order that, that
quo
(abl.
of qui, by which), in order that, that, used
when
the purpose clause contains a comparative.
The
ablative
quo expresses the measure of difference.

II.
(Cf. 317.)
If
something
is
not wanted, by
ne, conj., in order that not, that not, lest
351.
1.
EXAMPLES
Caesar copias cogit quibus hostis insequatur
CcEsar cottects troops -with which to pursue the foe
2.
3.
Pacem petunt ut domum revertantur They ask for peace in order tliat they may return home Pontem faciunt quo facilius oppidum capiant They build a bridge that they may take the town more easily (lit. by which the more easity)
Fugiunt ne vulnerentur
4.
They
flee that they
may
not (or lest they) be
wounded
352. Expression of Purpose in English. In English, purpose clauses

are sometimes introduced by that or in order that, but
frequently purpose
eat to live,
is
much more
as
expressed in English by the

to conquer.
infinitive,
We
She stoops
In Latin prose, on the other hand,
purpose
is
never expressed by the infinitive.

the English idiom betray
Be on your guard and
do not
353.
I.
let
you
into this error.
EXERCISES
.
^^
1.
Veniunt ut
rducant, mittant, videant, audiant,

-^
Lducantur, mittantur, videantur, audiantur.
,_
.,
' .
2.
Fugimus ne
f
-^
capiamur, tradamur, videamus,

_
._
.
Lnecemur, rapiamur, resistamus.
THE IMPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE

3.
153
Mittit nuntios
rdicant, audiant, veniant,
qui
4.
Inarrent, audiantur, in concilio sedeant.
Castra muniunt rsese defendant, impetum sustineant,
quo
II.
I.
facilius
Ihostis vincant, salutem petant.

2.
The
Helvetii send ambassadors to seek ^ peace.
They
are
may make a longer march before night. 3. They will hide the women in the forest {ace. with in) that they may not be captured. 4. The Gauls wage many wars to
setting out at
daybreak
in order that they
free^ their fatherland
from
slavery.
5.
They
will resist
the
Romans^
bravely lest they be destroyed.
LESSON
LXIII
INFLECTION OF THE IMPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE THE SEQUENCE OF TENSES

354.
The
imperfect subjunctive
may be formed by adding

infinitive.
the
personal endings to the present active

CONJ.
I
CoNj. II
CONJ. Ill ACTIVE

re'gerem
re'geres
re'geret
CoNj. IV
audi'rem
audi'res
audi'ret
1.
ama'rem
ama'res
ama'ret
mone'rem
mone'res mone'ret
caperem
ca'peres
ca'peret
2. 3.
1.
amare'mus
amare'tis
monere'mus
monere'tis
regere'mus
regere'tis
capere'mus
capere'tis
audire'mus
audlre'tis
2.
3.
ama'rent
mone'rent
re'gerent
ca'perent
audi'rent
PASSIVE
I.
ama'rer
mone'rer
monere'tur
re'gerer
ca'perer
audj'rer
2.
amare'ris(-re) inonere'ris(-re) regere'ris(-re) capere'ris(-re) audTre'ris(-re)
3.
1.
amare'tur
regere'tur
capere'tur
audire'tur
2. 3.
amare'mur amare'mini
amaren'tur
a.
monere'mur
monere'inini
regere'mur
regere'mini
regeren'tur
capere'mur
capere'mini
caperen'tur
audire'mur
audire'mini
audlren'tur
moneren'tur
In a similar
way
1
inflect the
imperfect subjunctive, active and passive,
of euro, iubeo, sumo, iacio, munio.
Not
infinitive.
Not
accusative.
154
355.
SEQUENCE OF TENSES
The
imperfect subjunctive of the irregular verb
sum
is
in-
fiected as follows
T.
esse
mus
Sing.
Plur.-
2. 3.
esse'tis
es'sent
356.
The
three great distinctions of time are present, past, and future.
All tenses referring to present or future time are called primary tenses, and
those referring to past time are called secondary tenses.
Now
it is
a very
common
law of language that in a complex sentence the tense in the de-
pendent clause should be of the same kind as the tense in the principal clause. In the sentence He says that he is coming, the principal verb, says, is present, that is, is in a primary tense and is coming, in the dependent in other clause, is naturally also primary. If I change he says to he said, I feel it words, if I make the principal verb secondary in character, natural to change the verb in the dependent clause also, and I say, He said that he was coming. This following of a tense by another of the same kind is called tense sequence, from sequi, " to follow."
;
In Latin the law of tense sequence

regularity, especially
is
obeyed with considerable

in
when an
is
indicative
the principal clause
is
followed by a subjunctive in the dependent clause.

tense of the indicative
tive,
Then
a primary
followed by a primary tense of the subjuncis
and a secondary tense of the indicative
followed by a second:
ary tense of the subjunctive.
Learn the following table
357.
Table for Sequence of Tenses
SEQUENCE-OF TENSES
358.
155
Rule.
Sequence of Tenses.
Primary
tenses are followed
by primary tenses
359.
I.
and secondary by
EXAMPLES
in principal
secondary.
Primary tenses
and dependent clauses
Mittit
I
Mittet
f-
homines ut agros vastent

T
f
Miserit J
r
sends
'will
that they
may 1
to
He
II.
J.
\men\ in order send \will have sent \ \to

in principal
\lay waste the fields

J
Secondary tenses
Mittebatl
Misit
and dependent clauses
I
J
"1
homines ut agros vastarent

that they might~\
Miserat
was sending
i
360.
^^_
1.
sent or has sent Imen-l in order to
\lay waste the fields

J
had sent
\to
EXERCISES
rducerent, mitterent, viderent, audirent,
ut-^
Venerant
Lducerentur, mitterentur, viderentur, audirentur.
,_
^
2.
Fueiebat
,,_
.
rcaperetur, traderetur, videretur,

_
ne-^
Inecaretur, raperetur, resisteret.

._
fdlcerent, audirent, venirent,

{
X.
Mlsit nuntios qui
Lnarrarent, audirentur,
f
,_ m conciho sederent.
.
.,._
4.
Castra mtanlverunt
sese defenderent,
impetum
sustinerent,
quo
II.
I
.
facilius
Ihostis vincerent, salutem peterent.
Caesar encouraged the soldiers in order that they might fight

2.
more
4.
bravely.
The
Helvetii left their

lest
homes
to
wage war.
3.
The
scouts set out at once
they should be captured by the Germans.
Caesar inflicted punishment on them in order that the others might

terrified.
5.
be more
victory.
He
sent messengers to
Rome
to
announce the
156
PERFECT AND PLUPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE
LESSON LXIV
THE PERFECT AND PLUPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE SUBSTANTIVE CLAUSES OF PURPOSE
361.
The
perfect and the pluperfect subjunctive active are inflected
as follows
CONJ.
CONJ.
II
CONJ. Ill
CONJ. IV
Perfect Subjunctive Active
. .
PERFECT AND PLUPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE

362.
157
The
passive of the perfect subjunctive
is
formed by combining
the perfect passive participle with sim, the present subjunctive of sum.
CONJ.
CONJ.
II
CONJ. Ill
CONJ. IV
Perfect Subjunctive Passive

SINGULAR
1.
amatus sim
ama'tus
ama'tus
sis sit
mo nitus
mo'nitus
Sim
sit
rec'tus
sim
cap'tus
sim
audi'tus
sim
2. 3.
mo'nitus sis
rec'tus sis
cap'tus sis
audl'tus sis
rec'tus sit
cap'tus sit
audi'tus sit
PLURAI,
1
ama'ti simus
ama'ti sitis
moniti simus
mo'niti sitis
mo'niti sint
rec'ti
simus
cap'ti
simus
audl'ti
simus
2. 3.
rec'ti sitis rec'ti sint
cap'ti sitis
cap'ti sint
audi'ti sitis
ama'ti sint
audl'ti sint
363.
The
passive of the pluperfect subjunctive
is
formed by com-
bining the perfect passive participle with essem, the imperfect subjunctive of sum.
CONJ.
CONJ.
II
CONJ. Ill
CONJ. IV
Pluperfect Subjunctive Passive

singular
1.
2.
3.
amatus essem monitus essem rectus essem captus essem auditus essem amatus esses monitus esses rectus esses captus esses auditus esses amatus esset monitus esset rectus esset captus esset auditus esset
PLURAL
1
amata essemus moniti essemus recti essemus capti essemus auditi essemus
amatiessetis
2.
moniti essetis moniti essent
recti essetis
recti essent
capti essetis
capti essent
auditi essetis
auditi essent
3.
amatiessent
a.
In a similar
way inflect
the perfect and pluperfect subjunctive passive
of
ciiro,
iubeo, siimo, iacio, munio.
364.
The
perfect
and pluperfect subjunctive of the

:
irregular verb
sum
are inflected as follows
Eerfect
fu'erim
fu'eris
fu'erit
Pluperfect
fuis'sem
fuis'ses fuis'set
fue'rimus
fue'ritis
fuisse'mus
fuisse'tis
fu'erint
fuis'sent
158
365.
SUBSTANTIVE CLAUSES OF PURPOSE
substantive clause
is
a clause used
like
a noun,
as,
That the Tnen are afraid is clear enough (clause as He ordered them to call on him (clause as object)
subject)
have already had many instances of infinitive clauses used in this 213), and have noted the similarity between Latin and English usage in this respect. But the Latin often uses the subjunctive in substantive clauses, and this marks an important difference between the two
We
way
(cf.
languages.
366. Rule.
Substantive
Clauses
of
Purpose.
substantive
clause of purpose with the subjunctive is used as the object of
verbs of commanding, urging, asking, persuading, or advising, where

in English
we should
usually have the
ittfinitive.
EXAMPLES
1
2. 3.
The general ordered the soldiers to run He urged thejn to resist bravely He asked them to give the children food
Imperator
currerent
militibus
imperavit ut
Hortatus est ut fortiter resisterent

Petivit ut liberis
cibum darent
4.
He
He
a.
will persuade us not to set

advises us to remain at home
Nobis persuadebit ne proficiscamur
out
5.
Monet ut
dotni
maneamus
The
object clauses following these verbs
all
express the purpose or

(Cf. 348.)
will of the principal subject that
something be done or not done.
367.
The
following verbs are used with object clauses of purpose.
Learn the
list
and the principal parts of the new ones.

peto, quaero, rogo, ask, seek
hortor, urge
impero, order (with the dative of the
persuadeo, persuade (with the same

construction as impero)
postulo,
person ordered and a subjunctive clause of the thing ordered done) moneo, advise
demand, require
.
suadeo, advise (cf persuadeo)

takes the infinitive aS
in
N.B
Remember
Iubeo
that iubeo,
order,
English.
(Cf. 213.1.)
Compare the sentences
eum
ei
venire,
I order him
to
come
Inêro
ut veniat,
I give
orders to
him
that he
is to
come
SUBSTANTIVE CLAUSES OF PURPOSE
159
We ordinarily translate both of these sentences like the first, but the difference in meaning between iubeo and impero in the Latin requires the infinitive in the one case and the subjunctive in the other.
368.
I. I.
EXERCISES
Petit atque hortatur ut ipse dicat.
iter facerent.
4.
2.
Caesar Helvetiis impeiussit
ravit
ne per provinciam
3.
Caesar non
Helvetios
per provinciam
discederent.
6.
7. 5.
iter facere.
lUe civibus persuasit ut de finibus suis
Caesar principes monebit ne proelium committant.
Postulavit ne
cum
Helvetiis aut
cum eorum
8. lis
sociis
bellum gererent.
Ab
II.
ils
quaesivi ne proficiscerentur.
persuadere non potui ut
domi manerent.
make the march ? ( Write thisêntence 2. The faithless scouts persuaded him to set out at daybreak. 3. They wiU ask him not to inflict punishment. 4. He demanded that they come to the camp. 5. He advised
I.
Who ordered
Caesar to
both with impero
and with
iubeo.)
them
to
tell
everything (omnia).
not forget that the English infinitive expressing purpose must be rendered by a Latin subjunctive. Review 352.
Note.
Do
LEGIO ITER FACIT
l6o
SUBJUNCTIVE AFTER VERBS OF FEARING
LESSON LXV
THE SUBJUNCTIVE OF POSSUM VERBS OF FEARING
369. Learn the subjunctive of possum (495), and note especially
the position of the accent.
370. Subjunctive after Verbs of Fearing.
We
have learned that
what we want done or not done

junctive clause of purpose.
verbs offearing, for
it
is
expressed in Latin by a sub-
In
this class
belong also clauses after
we
fear either that something will
happen or
If
that
will not,
and we
either
want
it
to
it
happen or we do
will not,
it
not.
we want
is init
a thing to happen and fear that
the purpose clause
troduced by ut.
will,
ne
is
used.
we do Owing to a
If
not want
difference
to
happen and fear

by that
not,
that
between the English and Latin
idiom
we
translate ut after a verb of fearing
and ne by
that or
lest.
371.
timeo
EXAMPLES
1
veniat
timebo
timuero
l-utJ
J
[venerit
T fear, shallfear, shall have feared, that he will not come, has not come
timebam
timu!
"1
fveniret
lutJ
[venisset
timueramj
/ was fearing, feared, hadfeared, that he would not come,
had not come The same examples with ne

instead of ut would be translated
etc.
I fear
that or lest he will come, has come,
372. Rule. Subjunctive after Verbs of Fearing. Verbs of fearing are followed by a substantive clause of purpose introduced
by ut {that
nOt)
or ne {that or
lest).
THE PARTICIPLES
373.
I. I.
l6l
EXERCISES
Caesar verebatur ut supplicium captlvorum Gallis
ipsi
placeret.
Romani
ciam facerent.
4.
magnopere verebantur ne Helvetii iter per 3. Timebant ut satis rei frQmentariae mitti
5. 6.
provinposset.
Vereor ut hostium impetum sustinere possim.

Caesar
Timuit ne impetimuit ne
dimenta ab hostibus capta essent.

legiones vincerentur.
II.
I.
numquam
7.
Legiones pugnare non timuerunt.^

2. 4.
coming.
We fear that they are not coming. 3. We feared that they had come.
5.
We fear lest they are We feared that they

camp
could not be
had not come.

defended.
6.
They
all
feared greatly that the
Almost
feared ^ to leave the camp.
LESSON LXVI
THE PARTICIPLES
374.
The
Latin verb has the following Participles

CONJ. II CoNj. Ill
^
:
CONJ. I
CoNj.
IV
l62
a.
THE PARTICIPLES
The
present active and future passive participles are formed from the
participial stem.
is
present stem, and the future active and perfect passive participles are
formed from the

b.
The
In
present active participle

-io
is
formed by adding -ns

-e-,
to the present
stem.
verbs of the third conjugation, and in the fourth conjugation,

modified by the addition of
as capi-e-ns, audi-e-ns.
It is
the stem
declined like an adjective of one ending of the third declension. (Cf. 256.)
amans, loving
Base amant-
Stem amanti-
SiNGULAR
MASC.
Plural
AND FEM.
THE PARTICIPLES
63
a. Observe that the perfect participle of deponent verbs is passive in form but active in meaning. No other verbs have a perfect active participle.
is
On
the other hand, the future passive participle of deponent verbs
passive in meaning as in other verbs.

b.
Give the
participles of conor, vereor, sequor, patior, partior.
376. Tenses of the Participle.

1
The
tenses express time as follows:
The
present active participle corresponds to the English present
active participle in -ing, but can be used only of

at the
an action occurring
insequentes
same time as the
action of the
main verb
as, milites
ceperunt multos, the soldiers, while pursuing, captured many.

the pursuing and the capturing are going on together.
2.
Here
The
perfect participle (excepting of deponents)
is
regularly pas-
sive
and corresponds
to the English past participle with or without

;
the auxiliary having been

3.
as, auditus,
heard or having been heard.

to,
The
future active participle, translated about
etc.,
denotes
time after the action of the main verb. 377. Review 203, 204, and note the following model sentences:
1.
Milites currentes erant defessi, the soldiers
who were running

CcEsar,
(lit.
running) were weary.

2.
Caesar profecturus
Romam
non exspectavit,
when about
to set
out
(lit.
about
to set out) for
Rome, did not wait.
3. Oppidum captum vidimus, we tured {^xt. captured town).
saw
the
town which had been cap{when, or
4.
Imperator triduum moratus profectus
est, the general, since
after) he
had delayed (lit.
the general, having delayed) three days, set out.
5. Milites victi terga non verterunt, the soldiers, though they were conquered (lit. the soldiers conquered), did not retreat.
In each of these sentences the literal translation of the participle is given note, however, that its proper translation usually requires a clause beginning with some conjunction (when, since, after, though,
in parentheses.
We
etc.),
or a relative clause.
Consider, in each case, what translation will
best bring out the thought,

literally.
and do
not, as a rule, translate the participle
64
378.
I.
I.
THE IRREGULAR VERBS VOLO, NOLO, MALO

EXERCISES
Puer timens ne capiatur
fugit.
2.
Aquila
Ira
commota
avis
reliquas interficere conata erat.
3. Mllites
ab hostibus press!
tela iacere
non potuerunt.
4.
Caesar decimam legionem laudaturus ad primum

est.
agmen progressus
cuti multis
5.
Imperator hortatus equites ut

6. Milites hostis
fortiter
pugInse-
narent signum proelio dedit.
octo milia
7.
passuum
cum
captivis
8.
9.
ad castra reverterunt.
Sol oriens multos
interfectos vidit.
Romani
consilium audax suspicati barbaris sese

erat.
non commlserunt.
II.''-
Navis e portu egressa nuUo in perlculo

in very great
I.
The army was

2.
danger while marching through'
the enemy's country.
Frightened by the length of the way, they

the scouts were about to set out, they
4.
longed for home.
3.
When
heard the shouts of victory.

set fire to the buildings
When we had
5.
delayed
many
who
days,
we
I
and departed.
6.
While
living at
Rome
heard orators
much
better than these.
The
soldiers
are fight-
ing across the river are no braver than we.
LESSON LXVII
THE IRREGULAR VERBS VOLO, NOLO, MALO THE ABLATIVE WITH A PARTICIPLE, OR ABLATIVE ABSOLUTE
379. Learn the principal parts and conjugation of volo, wish; nolo
(ne
volo), be
unwilling; malo (magis
volo), he
more
willing, prefer
( 497).
Note the
and
irregularities in the present indicative, subjunctive,
and
a.
infinitive,
in the imperfect subjunctive.
(Cf. 354.)
These verbs are usually followed by the infinitive with or without a subject accusative as, volunt venire, they wish to comej volunt amicos venire, they wish their friends to come. The English usage is the same.^
;
380. Observe the following sentences

I.
Magistro laudante omnes pueri diligenter laborant, with the teacher praising, or since the teacher praises, or the teacher praising, all the boys
labor diligently.
^ In this exercise use participles for the subordinate clauses. the subjunctive of purpose is used after these verbs. (See 366.)
Sometimes
THE ABLATIVE ABSOLUTE
165
2. Caesare ducente nemo progredi timet, "with Casar leadings or when CcEsar leads, or if Ccesar leads, or Ccssar leading, no one fears to advance. 3. His rebus cognitis milites fiigenint, when this was known, or since
or these things having been learned, the soldiers fled. commisso multi vulnerati sunt, after the battle had begun, or when the battle had begun, or the battle having been joined, many were wounded.
this
4.
was known,
Proelio
a.
One
of the fundamental ablative relations

(cf.
is
expressed in English by
the preposition with
50).
In each of the sentences above

ablative,
we have a
shows For example, in the first sentence the circumstance attending or accompanying the diligent labor of the boys is the praise of the teacher. This is clearly a with relation, and the ablative is the case to use. b. We observe, further, that the ablative and its participle are absolutely independent grammatically of the rest of the sentence. If we were to exparticiple in
noun and a
agreement in the
and the
translation
that in each instance the ablative expresses attendant circumstance.
press the thought in English in a similar way,
we should
is
use the nominative

called the Ablative
is
independent or absolute.
ceedingly
rule,
lute.
In Latin the construction
Absolute, or the Ablative with a Participle.
This form of expression
ex-
common
in Latin, but rather rare in English, so
we must not,
as a
employ the English absolute construction to translate the ablative absoThe attendant circumstance may be one of time (when or after), or one of cause (since), or one of concession (though), or one of condition (if). In each case try to discover the precise relation, and translate the ablative and its participle by a clause which will best express the thought.
381.
Rule.
Ablative Absolute.
The ablative of a noun or proin
noun with a present or perfect participle

to
agreement
is
used
express attendant circumstance.
find
In consequence we often i. The verb sum has no present participle. two nouns or a noun and an adjective in the ablative absolute with no participle expressed as, te duce, you (being) leader, with you as leader; patre
;
Note
infirmo,
my father (being) weak. Note 2. Be very careful not

a.
b.
to put in the ablative absolute a
noun and
participle that
form the subject or object of a sentence. Compare
The Gauls, having been conquered by Ccesar, returned home The Gauls having been conquered by Ccesar, the army returned hom-e
In a the subject is The Gauls havingbeen conquered by Casar, and we translate, Gain a Caesare
victi
domum
reverteiunt
66
EXERCISES
is
In b the subject is the army. The Gauls having been conquered by C(Esar nominative absolute in English, which requires the ablative absolute in
Latin,
and we
translate,
Gallis a Caesaxe victis exercitus
domum
revertit
deponent verbs have a perfect active participle compels a change of voice when translating from one language to the other. For example, we can translate Ccesar having encouraged the legions just as it stands, because hortor is a deponent verb. But if we wish to say Cmsar having conqiured the Gauls, we have to change the voice of the participle to the passive because vlnco is not deponent, and say, the Gauls having been conquered by Ccesar (see translation above).
3.
Note
The
fact that only
(cf.
375. a) often
382.
I. I.
EXERCISES
Mavis, non
3. Noli,
5.
vis, vultis,
nolumus.
malle.
2.
Ut
nolit,
ut vellemus, ut ut
noUet,
malit.
nolite.
tis,
velle,
noluisse,
4. Vult,
mavultis,
6.
Sole oriente, aves cantare inceperunt.

7.
Clamoribus audl-
barbarl progredi recusabant.

8.
Caesare legiones hortato, milites

cognitis, Helvetii finitimis
paulo fortius pugnaverunt.
His rebus
g.
persuaserunt ut secum
iter facerent.
sibi
Laboribus confectis, milites

10. Concilio convocato,
a Caesare quaerebant ut
principes ita responderunt.
praemia daret.
11.
Dux
12.
13.
pluris dies in
Helvetiorum finibus
morans multos
vicos incendit.
Magnitudine Germanorum cognita,

Mercatoribus rogatis, Caesar
nihilo
quidam ex Romanis timebant.

plus reperire potuit.
II.
I
.
He was unwilling, lest they prefer,
they have wished.

3.
2.
You
prefer, that they
might be unwilling, they wish.
We
wish, they
had preferred, that he may

(the
prefer. 4. Caesar, when he heard the rumor rumor having been heard), commanded (imperare) the legions to advance more quickly. 5. Since Caesar was leader, the men were
wiUing to
make
the journey.
6.
A few, terrified
7
by the reports which

After these had been
8.
they had heard, preferred to remain at home.

left
behind, the rest hastened as quickly as possible.

(Ccesar, the business
After Caesar
had undertaken the business

taken),
1
having been under-
he was unwilling to delay longer."

the ablative absolute be correct here
?
Would
Not
longius.
Why
THE IRREGULAR VERB FIO
67
LESSON LXVIII
THE IRREGULAR VERB
383.
FIO
THE SUBJUNCTIVE OF RESULT

facio,
The verb
facio.
fiS, 6e
made, happen, serves as the passive of
make, in the present system.

larly
The
rest of the verb
is
formed regu( 500).
from
Learn the principal parts and conjugation

i is
Observe that the

a.
long except before -er and in
fit.
The compounds
Active Passive
of facio with prepositions usually
form the passive
regularly, as,
conficio, conficere, confeci, confectus
conficior, confici, confectus
sum
384. Observe the following sentences

1
Terror erat tantus ut
omnes fugerent, the terror was so great that
all fled.
2.
Terror erat tantus ut non facile milites sese reciperent, the terror
so great that the soldiers did not easily recover themselves.
was
3.
Terror fecit ut omnes fugerent, terror caused all to flee
(lit.
made
that all fled).

a.
Each
of these sentences
is
complex, containing a principal clause and

clause states
a subordinate clause.
b.
The
principal clause
names a cause and the subordinate

its
the consequence or result of this cause.

c.
The
subordinate clause has
verb in the subjunctive, though

is
it is
translated like an indicative.
The
construction
is
called the subjunctive
of
consequence or result, and the clause

d.
e.
called a consecutive or result clause.

is
In the
last
example the clause of result
the object of the verb

is
fecit.
The
conjunction introducing the consecutive or result clause
ut
so that; negative, ut non
= so
that not.
385.
Rule.
Subjunctive of Result.
Consecutive clauses of
re-
sult are introduced by ut or ut non
and have
the verb in the
subjunctive.
386.
Rule. Object clauses of

after verbs of
effecting
result with ut or ut non are
found
larity
or bringing about.
387. Purpose and Result Clauses Compared.

in
There
is
great simiLatin.
If
the
expression
of
purpose and
of
result in
68
THE SUBJUNCTIVE OF RESULT

is
the sentence
affirmative, both
;
purpose and result clauses

is
may be
introduced by ut
but
if
the sentence
negative, the purpose clause
has ne and the result clause ut non. Result clauses are often preceded
in the
main clause by such words as
tarn, ita,
sic (so),
and these
serve to point
a.
them
out.
Compare
/le
Tain graviter vulneratus est

ut caperetur
b.
Graviter
vulneratus
est
ut
was so severely wounded that he was captured He was severely wounded in order
that he might be captured
caperetur
Which sentence
388.
I. I. Fit, fiet,
contains a result clause, and
how
is it
pointed out
EXERCISES
ut
fiat,
fis,
fiebamus.
fiemus.
4.
2.
Fio, fies, ut fierent,
fieri, fiunt.
3. Fietis,
ut fiamus,
Mllites erant
5
.
noctem
6.
in castra
non pervenirent.
Sol f acit
tam tardi ut ante ut omnia sint pulchra.

7.
Eius modi perlcula erant ut
nemo
proficisci vellet.
Equites hosnostri
tium
cum
equitatu nostro in itinere contenderunt, ita

in partibus superiores essent.
8.
tamen ^ ut
omnibus
fecit
Virtus mllitum nostrorum
ut hostes ne
erant tam audaces ut nuUo
tam parvum ut
facto
unum quidem ^ impetum sustinerent. 9. Homines modo continerl possent. 10. Spatium erat mllites tela iacere non facile possent. 1 1 Hoc proelio
.
barbari
ita
perterriti
sunt ut ab ultimis
gentibus legatl ad
Caesarem mitterentur.
12.
Hoc
proelium factum est ne legatl ad
Caesarem
mitterentur.
H.
2. It
I. It will
happen, they were being made, that

will
it
it
may
happen.
happens, he
lest
be made, to happen.
4.
3.
They
are made,
we were
conquer.
being made,
conquer.
6. 5.
happen.
The
soldiers are so
brave that they
The
soldiers are brave in order that they
may
was made so strong that it could not be taken. fortification was made strong in order that it might not be 7. taken. 8. After the town was taken,* the townsmen feared that they would be made slaves. 9. What state is so weak that it is unwilling
fortification
The The
to defend itself
1 ita
emphatic word
^ ne tamen, with such a result however. quidem, not even. is placed between. ^ Ablative absolute.
. .
.
The
THE SUBJUNCTIVE OF CHARACTERISTIC
169
LESSON LXIX
THE SUBJUNCTIVE OF CHARACTERISTIC OR DESCRIPTION THE PREDICATE ACCUSATIVE
389. Akin to the subjunctive of consequence or result
is
the use
of the subjunctive in clauses of characteristic or description.
This construction
1
is
illustrated in the following sentences

is
Quis est qui
suam domum non amet ? who
there -who does not love
his
own home ?
Erant qui hoc facere noUent, there were (some)
this.
2.
who were unwilling

to,
to
do
3.
Tu non
is es
qui amicos tradas,

betray
are not the

4.
man
to,
you are not such a one as your friends.
ox you
Nihil video quod timeam, / see nothing to fear (nothing of such a

it).
character as to fear
a.
tells
Each of these examples contains a descriptive relative clause which what kind of a person or thing the antecedent is. To express this
is
thought the subjunctive

sentences
used.
A relative clause
that merely states a fact
and does not describe the antecedent uses the
indicative.
Compare the
Ccesar
Ccesar
is
the
man who
is
leading us, Caesar est
is
qui nos ducit
(mere statement of
is
fact,
no
description, with the indicative)

is
the m.an to lead us, Caesar est
qui nos ducat (descrip-
tive relative clause with the subjunctive)
a demonstrative pronoun and a such a one as to, the m.an to. c. In which of the following sentences would you use the indicative and in which the subjunctive
b.
Observe that in
this construction
relative, as is qui, are translated
'i
These are not the m.en These are not the
who did this

to
men
do this
390.
Rule.
Subjunctive of Characteristic.
is often
relative
clause
with the subjunctive

This
is
used
to
describe an antecedent.
called the subjunctive of characteristic or description.
I/O
THE PREDICATE ACCUSATIVE

RSrnani Caesarem consulem f ecerunt, the Romans inade Casar consul. Caesar consul a Romanis factus est, Casar was made consul by the

1
2.
Romans.
a.
(i)
Observe
in
that the transitive verb fecerunt,
made, has two objects
the direct object, Caesarem; (2) a second object, consulem, referring to the same person as the direct object and completing the predicate. The
second accusative
b.
is
called a Predicate Accusative.

is
changed to the passive both of becoming the subject and \h^ predicate accusative ihe predicate nominative.
the accusatives
Observe in 2 that when the verb
become nominatives, the
direct object
392.
showing,
Rule. Two
Accusatives.
Verbs of making, choosing,
calling,
and
the like,
object.
may
take a predicate accusative along
with the direct

tives
With the passive voice the two accusa-
become nominatives.
393.
The verbs commonly found with two

creo, creare, creavi, creatus, choose
accusatives are
appello, appellate, appellavi, appellatus'1
nomino, nominare, nominavi, nominatus Vcall

voco, vocare, vocavi, vocatus
facio, facere, feci, factus,
J
make
394.
I.
EXERCISES
In Germaniae
silvls
2.
I.
sunt
multa genera ferarum quae
reliquls
dis-
in locis
non
visa sint.
Erant^ itinera duo quibus HelvetiT
domo
domi
cedere possent.
3. Erat-'
manus
nulla,
4.
nullum oppidum, nflUum praerapto,

nihil
sidium quod se armis defenderet.

erat
Toto frumento
5.
Romani Galbam ducem creaverunt et summa celeritate profecti sunt. 6. Neque erat-' tantae multitudinis quisquam qui morari vellet. 7. Germani non ii sunt qui
adventum Caesaris vereantur.
1
quo mortem prohibere possent.
8.
Consulibus occisis erant qui
vellent
Remember
is,
that
when
the verb
sum precedes
2
its
subject
it
is
translated
there
there are, there were, etc.
erant qui, there were (some) who.
wholly indefinite antecedent of qui does not need to be expressed.
CONSTRUCTIONS WITH THE CONJUNCTION

eum regem
II.
I.
CUM
171
creare.
g.
Pace facta erat nemo qui arma tradere noUet

illo
10. Inter Helvetios quis erat qui nobilior
asset
2.
The Romans
the
called the city

3.
Rome.
The
city
was
called
Rome by
king.
4.
Romans.
The
6.
better citizens wished to choose

to run.
5.
him
The brave
soldier
was not the man
There was
no one
friends.
'to call
7.
me
friend.
They
are not the

called
men
to^ betray their

all.
There were (some) who
him the bravest of
Eighth Review, Lessons LXI-LXIX, 527-528
LESSON LXX
THE CONSTRUCTIONS WITH THE CONJUNCTION CUM THE ABLATIVE OF SPECIFICATION
395.
The
:
conjunction
cum has
the following meanings and con-
structions
cum TEMPORAL
subjunctive
when, followed by the indicative or the
cum CAUSAL = since, followed by the subjunctive cum CONCESSIVE = although, followed by the subjunctive
As you
observe, the
sometimes subjunctive.
mood after cum The reason for
is
sometimes indicative and

be made clear by a
this will
study of the following sentences

1.
Caesarem
vidi
tum cum
in Gallia eram, T
saw
Ccesar at the time
when J was
2.
in Gaul.
Caesar in eos impetum fecit
cum pacem
peterent, Ccesar
made an
attack upon them 'when they were seeking peace.
Hoc erat difiScile cum pauci sine vulneribus essent, this was difficult, a few were w.ithout wounds. 4. Cum primi ordines fugissent, tamen reliqui fortiter consistebant, though the front ranks hadfled, yet the rest bravely stood their ground.
3.
since only
The underlying principle is one already familiar to you (cf. 389. a). the cum clause states a fact and wca^j fixes the tiine at which the main action took place, the indicative mood is used. So, in the first example, cum in Gallia eram fixes the time when I saw Caesar.
a.
When
relative clause of characteristic or description.
See
389. b.
172
b.
THE ABLATIVE OF SPECIFICATION

On
the other hand,
when
the
cum
clause describes the circumstances
under which the main act took place, the subjunctive
the second example, the principal clause states that Csesar
mood is used. made an
So, in
attack,
and the cum clause describes the circumstances under which this act occurred. The idea of time is also present, but it is subordinate to the idea of description. Sometimes the descriptive clause is one of cause and we translate cum by since; sometimes it denotes concession and cum is translated although,
396.
Rule.
07'
Constructions with Cum.
The conjunction cum memis
when, since,
it
although.
its
It is followed by the subjunctive unless
means when and

Note. Cum
clause fixes the time at which the m.ain
action took place.

in clauses of description with the subjunctive is
much more
common
than
its
use with the indicative.

:
397. Note the following sentences
1. Oppidum erat parvum magnitudine sed magnum multitudine hominum, the town was small in size but great in population.
2.
Homo
erat corpore infirmus sed validus animo, the
man was weak
in body but strong in courage.
Observe that magnitudine, multitudine, corpore, and anim5 tell in respect something is true. The relation is one covered by the ablative case, and the construction is called the ablative of specification.
a.
what
398.
Rule.
in
Ablative of Specification.
is true.
The ablative
is
used
to
denote
399.
what respect something
IDIOMS
aliquem certiorem facere, some one more certain')
certior fieri, to be
iter dare, to give
to
infonn some one
(lit.
to
make
informed (lit. to be made m.ore certain) a right of way, allow to pass
obsides inter se dare, to give hostages to each other
400.
I.
EXERCISES
Helvetii
consulis
venit,
I.
cum patrum nostrorum tempore domo

exercitum
Helvetii
esset,
profecti
in
in
essent,
in
fugam dederant.
agros
petebant.
2.
Cum
Caesar
Galliam
citeriore
alios
3.
Caesar
cum
G^lia
tamen de Helvetiorum
consilils certior fiebat.
THE GERUND AND GERUNDIVE

4.
173
Cum
Helvetii bello clarissimi essent, Caesar iter per provinciam

5.
dare recusavit.
Legatus cum haec
audivisset,
Caesarem
certio-
rem
fecit.
6.
Cum
principes inter se obsides darent,
RomanI helium
9.
paraverunt.
ficiscl.
7.
Caesar,
cum
id
nuntiatum
esset,
maturat ab urbe proGermanis.

10.
8.
Ne
virtu te
quidem
Galli erant pares

erat.
Caesar
neque corpore neque animo infirmus

incepit
lUud bellum tum
cum Caesar
in
fuit consul.
Observe
for
its
use.
each case what mood follows cum, and try to give the reasons In the third sentence the cum clause is concessive, in the fourth
and sixth
II.
I.
causal.
That
2
.
battle
at
Rome.
the
Though
was fought at the time when (tum cum) I was the horsemen were few in number, nevertheless
they did not retreat.

fied,
to
3. When the camp had been sufficiently fortienemy returned home. 4. Since the tribes are giving hostages each other, we shall inform Cassar. 5 The Gauls and the Germans
.
are very unlike in language and laws.
LESSON LXXI
VOCABULARY REVIEW THE GERUND AWD GERUNDIVE THE PREDICATE GENITIVE
401
.
Review the word
lists
in
510, 511.
to translate the sentence
402. The Gerund.
Suppose we had
By
overcoming the Gauls Casar won great glory

is
We
can see that overcoming here

-ing,
a verbal noun corresponding to

calls for
the English infinitive in

tive of means.
and that the thought by the Latin

indeclinable
the abla-
To
translate this
is
infinitive
would be
of cor-
impossible, because the infinitive

ablative case form.
and therefore has no
Latin, however, has another verbal
noun
responding meaning, called the gerund, declined as a neuter of the
second declension
in
ê genitive, dative, accusative, and ablative singular,

infinitive lacks.*
and thus supplying the cases that the

1
Hence,
to
Sometimes, however, the
infinitive is
used as an accusative.
174

noun overcoming, we should use the
infinitive
decline in Latin the verbal

for the nominative
and the gerund for the other

f superare-i
_
cases, as follows
Nom.
Gen.
overcoming "
\
J-
NFINITIVE
yto overcome
superandi, of overcoming
Dat.
Ace.
superando, for overcoming
superandum, overcoming
superandS, by overcoming
Gerund
Abl.
Like the
infinitive,
the gerund governs the
which
it is
derived.
same case as the verb from So the sentence given above becomes in Latin
Superando Gallos Caesar
magnam
gloriam reportavit
-ndi, -ndo,
403.
The gerund ^
is
formed by adding
is
-ndum, -nd5,
to
the present stem, which
shortened or otherwise changed, as shown
below
Paradigm of the Gerund

CONJ.
I

405.
rundive
:
175
Compare
the following parallel uses of the gerund and ge-
Gerund
Gen. Spes faciendi pacem
Gerundive
Spes faciendae pads The hope of making peace Locus idoneus castris ponendis A place suitable for pitching camp Misit equites ad insequendos hostis He sent horsemen to pursue the
The hope of making peace Dat. locus idoneus pugnando
A place
He
suitable
for fighting
Ace. Misit equites ad insequendum

sent horsemen to pursue
enemy
Abl. Narrand5 fabulas maglster
pueris placuit
Narrandis fabulis magister pueris

placuit
The teacher pleased the boys

by telling stories
a.
(i) (2) (3)
The teacher pleased the boys by

telling stories
We
observe
That the gerund is a noun and the gerundive an adjective. That the gerund, being a noun, may stand alone or with an object. That the gerundive, being an adjective, is used only in agreement
with a noun.
406.
Rule. Gerund and

is
Gerundive.
The Gerund
is
a verbal
noun and
the
used only in the genitive, dative, accusative, and
The constructions of these cases are iti general same as those of other nouns. 2. The Gerundive is a verbal adjective and must be used instead of gerund + object excepting in the genitive and in the ablative without a preposition. Even in these instances the
ablative singular.
gerundive construction
407.
is m-ore
usual.
Rule. Gerund or Gerundive of Purpose. The accusative ^ of the gerund or gerundive with ad, or the genitive with causa
i=for
the sake of), is used to express purpose.
Gerund
Gerundive
Ad audiendum venerunt or
Audiendi causa venerunt
Ad urbem videndam
They came
venerunt or
Urbis videndae causa venerunt

to see the city
They cam.e
to
hear
1
causa always follows the genitive.
176
of purpose,
THE PREDICATE GENITIVE
Note. These sentences might, of course, be written with the subjunctive venerunt ut audirent venerunt ut urbem viderent. In short expressions, however, the gerund and gerundive of purpose are rather more common.
408.
We
have learned that the word denoting the owner or posis
sessor of something
If,
in the genitive, as,
equus Galbae, Galba's

is
horse.
now,
we wish
to
express the idea the horse
Galba's, Galba
remains the possessor, and hence

stands in the predicate,
predicate genitive.
as,
in the genitive as before,
but
now
equus est Galbae.
Hence
this is called the
409.
Rule.
Predicate Genitive.
The possessive genitive
often
stands in the predicate, especially after the

is
forms
of sum,
and
then called the predicate genitive.

410.
alicui
IDIOMS
negotium dare,
to
employ some
07ie
(lit.
to
give
to be
business to some one)

novis rebus studere, to be eager for
a revolution
(lit.
eager for
se suaque
new
things')
rei militaris peritissimus,
very skillful in the art of war omnia, themselves and all their possessions
411.
I. 1.
EXERCISES
Caesar
cum
rei
in
Gallia
bellum
gereret,
militibus
decimae
2. Sociis
legionis
maxime
favit quia rei militaris
peritissimi erant.
3.
negotium dedit
friimentariae
ctirandae.
Legati
4.
5.
non solum
iussit
audiendi causa sed etiam dicendi causa venerunt.

exploratores locum idoneum
Imperator
muniendo
et
reperire.
Nuper hae gentes

7.
novis rebus studebant

dedant.
6.
mox iis persuadebo
ut Caesari se suaque omnia
Inhere est reginae-*
parere est multitiidinis.^
Hoc
proelio facto
8.
quidam ex hostibus ad pacem petendam venerunt. Erant qui arma tradere nollent. 9. Hostes tam celeriter progress!
10.
sunt ut spatium pila in hostis iaciendi non daretur.
Spatium neque
arma capiendi^ neque

1 Predicate genitive. gerundive ?
auxili petendi
^
datum
est.
is
Which
of these expressions
gerund and which
THE IRREGULAR VERB EO

II.
I.
i-jj
These ornaments 'belong
to Cornelia.
2.
Men
3.
very
skillful
in the art of
war were sent
^to capture the town.
The
4.
is
scouts
found a
hill
suitable for fortifying very near to the river.
Soon the
eager
cavalry will
come
'to seek supplies.
5.
The mind
6.
of the Gauls
for revolution
* belongs
and for undertaking wars.

7.
To
lead the line of battle

to look after the
to the general.
^Whom
shall
we employ
grain supply?
LESSON LXXII
THE lEREGULAE VERB EO
INDIRECT STATEMENTS
to,
412. Learn the principal parts and the conjugation of

a.
go ( 499).
Notice that
i-,
the root of eo,
is
changed to
e- before a vowel, except-
ing in iens, the nominative of the present participle.

-V- is regularly dropped.
In the perfect system
413. Learn the meaning and principal parts of the following
compounds
of eo with prepositions
ad'eo, adi're, ad'ii, ad'itus,

ex'eo, exi're, ex'ii, ex'itas,
tive of the place
go to, visit, with the accusative go forth, with ex or de and the
abla-
from which
enter upon, with the accusative
in'eo, ini're, in'ii, in'itus, begin,
red'eo, redi're, red'ii, red'itus, return, with
ad or
in
and the accu-
sative of the place to
which
trans'eo, transi're, trans'ii, trans'itus, cross, with the accusative
414. Indirect Statements in English.
Direct statements are those

in
which the speaker or writer makes himself or which are quoted

his
exact language.
Indirect
statements
are those reported in a

writer.
different
Compare
form of words from that used by the speaker or the following direct and indirect statements
The Gauls are brave 2. ii. The Gauls were brave 3. The Gauls will be brave
^ Use the gerundive with ad. 1 belong to = are of. ^ Use the genitive ^ Compare the first sentence. with causa. Where should causa stand? 6 Compare the second sentence in the Latin above.
178
INDIRECT STATEMENTS
Indirect statements
after
f i
"^
.
a verb in
2.
the present tense [3.

Indirect statements
after
f I.
a verb
in-{ 2.
a past tense
[3.
He says that the He says that the He says that the He said that the He said that the He said that the
Gauls are brave Gauls were brave Gauls

-will be
brave
Gauls were brave
Gauls
had been
brave
Gauls would be brave
We
a.
see that in English

indirect statement
The
forms a clause introduced by the conjunc-
tion that.
b.
c.
The verb is The tenses
finite (cf. 1 73) and its subject is in the nominative. of the verbs originally used are changed after the past
tense,
He
said.
415. Indirect Statements in Latin. statements above would be as follows

Galli sunt fortes
2. ii. Gallierant 3.
.
In Latin the direct and indirect

:
fortes
Galli erunt fortes Dicit or Dixit Gallos esse fortis
{He says
or
He
said the
Gauls
Indirect
'
to be
brave)
Dicit or Dixit Gallos fuisse fortis
(He says or
He
said
Statements
the
3.
Gauls
to
have been brave) ^
Dicit or Dixit GallSs futiiros esse fortis
(He says or He
^
said the Gauls
to be
about
to be brave)
Comparing these Latin

preceding section,
a.
b.
c.
indirect statements with the English in the
we observe
three
marked
differences
no conjunction corresponding to that. The verb is in the infinitive and its subject is in the accusative. The tenses of the infinitive are not changed after a past tense of the
is
There
principal verb.
416.
Rule.
Indirect Statements.
When a
direct statement beto the infinitive
comes
indirect, the principal verb is
changed
and
its
subject nominative becom.es subject accusative of the
infinitive.
1 These parenthetical renderings are not inserted show the Bteral meaning of the Latin-
as translations, but merely
to
::
INDIRECT STATEMENTS
417. Tenses of the Infinitive.
179
When
the sentences in 415 were
changed from the
direct to
the
indirect
form of statement, sunt

esse.
became
418.
esse, erant
became
fuisse,
and erunt became futures
Rule. indicative of a
indirect,
Infinitive
Tenses in Indirect Statements.
A present
and a
de-
direct statement becomes present infinitive of the

infinitive,
a past indicative becomes perfect

infinitive.
future indicative becom,es futiire

_NoTE.
will
When
translating into Latin an English indirect statement,
first
cide what tense of the indicative would have been used in the direct form. That
show you what tense
of the infinitive to use in the indirect.
419.
Rule. Verbs
followed
by
Indirect Statements.
The accusa-
tive-with-infinitive construction in indirect statements is
after verbs of saying,
telling,
knowing, thinking,
found and perceiving.

:
420. Verbs regularly followed by indirect statements are

a.
Verbs of saying and
telling
dico, dicere, dixi, dictus,
say
nego, negare, negavi, negatus, deny, say not

niintio, niintiare, nuntiavi, nuntiatus,
announce
respondeo, respondere, respond!, responsus, reply

b.
Verbs of knowing
cognosco, cognoscere, cognovi, cognitus, learn, (in the perf.)
scio, scire, scivi, scitus,
know
know
sum, think, consider
c.
Verbs of thinking
arbitror, arbitrari, arbitratus
existimo, existimare, existimavi, existimatus, think, believe

iudico, iudicare, iudicavi, iudicataa, Judge, decide
puto, putare, putavi, putatus, reckon, think

spero, sperare, speravi, speratus,
d.
hope
Verbs of perceiving
audio, audire, audivi, auditus, hear
sentio, sentire, sensi, senaxia, feel, perceive
video, videre, vidi, visus, see

intellego, intellegere, intellexi, intellectus, understand, perceive
Learn such of these verbs as are new
to you.
l8o
421.
EXERCISES
IDIOMS day
(lit.
postridie eius diei, on the next

inita aestate, at the
on the next day of that day)
memoria
tenere, to
beginning of summer remember (lit. to hold by memory')
per exploratores cognoscere, to learn through scouts
422.
I.
EXERCISES
imus,
ite, Tre.
I. It,
2.
Eunti, iisse or isse, ibunt, eunt. 3. Eundi,

i,
ut eant,
ibitis, is.
4. N,e irent,
ibant, ierat.
6.
5.
Caesar per explora-
tores cognovit Gallos fliimen transisse.

tios inita aestate
RomanI audiverunt Helve7

.
de f inibus suls
exitflros esse.
Legati responderunt
Principes Gallorum
neminem ante Caesarem

9.
illam insulam adisse.
8.
dicunt se niiUum consilium contra Caesaris imperium inituros esse.
Arbitramur potentiam reglnae esse maiorem quam civium.

se llbertatem Gallis erepturos esse.
11.
10.
Ro-
mani negant
nitis
His rebus cog12. Helvetii
sensimus legates non venisse ad pacem petendam.
sciunt
Romanes
priores_ victorias
memoria
tenere.
13. Socil
cum
in-
tellegerent multos vulnerarl, statuerunt in suos finis redire.

niintiavit
II.
I.
14. Aliquis
slow.
2.
Marcum consulem creatum esse. The boy is slow. He says that the boy is, was, (and) will be The horse is, has been, (and) will be strong. He judged that
3.
the horse was, had been, (and) would be strong.
We
think that the

4.
army
miles
will
go forth from the camp
at the
beginning of summer.
The
next day
we
5.
learned through scouts that the enemy's town was ten
off.^
The king
replied
that
the ornaments
belonged to^
the queen.
1 to be off, to be distant,
abesse.
Latin, were of ( 409).
THE IRREGULAR VERB FERO
l8l
LESSON LXXIII
VOCABULARY REVIEW THE IRREGULAR VERB FERO THE DATIVE WITH COMPOUNDS
423. Review the word
lists in
513, 514.
fero,
424. Learn the principal parts and conjugation of the verb

bear ( 498).
I.
Learn the
fero,
principal parts
and meanings of the following com-
pounds of
bear
at'tuli, adla'tus,
ad 'fero, adfer're,
bring to ; report
con'fero, c5nfer're, con'tuli, conla'tus, bring together, collect

de'fero, defer're, de'tuli, dela'tus,
in'fero, infer're, in'tuli, inla'tus,
bring
bring to; reportj grant, confer in, bring against
re 'fero, refer're, ret'tuli, rela'tus,
bear back; report
425.
tive
The
(cf.
dative
is
the case of the indirect object.
Many
intransi-
verbs take an indirect object and are therefore used with the
153).
dative
Transitive verbs take a direct object in the acwell.
cusative';
but sometimes they have an indirect object or dative as

question, then, as to
its
The whole
of verbs,
whether or not a verb takes the
dative,
depends upon
capacity for governing
an
indirect object.
number
some
transitive
and some
intransitive,
which
in their simple
form would not take an indirect object, when compounded with certain prepositions, have a meaning which calls for an indirect object. Observe the following sentences
r
1. Haec res exercitui magnam calamitatem brought great disaster to the army.
attulit, this
circumstance
2.
Germani
Gallis bellum inferunt, the
Germans make war upon
the
Gauls.
3.
Hae copiae
proelio
non intererant, these troops did not take part in
the battle.
4.
Equites fugientibus hostibus occurrunt, the horsemen meet the flee-
ing enemy. 5. Galba c5pils filium praefecit, Galba put his son in
troops.
command of the
82
THE DATIVE WrfH COMPOUNDS

is
In each sentence there

preposition.
a dative, and in each a verb combined with a
In no case would the simple verb take the dative.
426.
Rule.
Dative with Compounds.
Some
verbs
compoimded
admit
with
ad, ante, con, de, in, inter, ob, post, prae, pro, sub, super,
the dative of the indirect object.
Transitive compounds
may
take both an accusative
and a
'
dative.
Note
i.
Among
such verbs are
ad'fero, adfer're, at'tuli, adla'tus,
bring
to
report
ad'sum, ades'se, ad'fui, adfutu'rus, assist; be present

de'fero, difer're, de'tuli, dela'tus, report
;
grant, confer
de'sum, dees'se, de'fui,
be wanting, be lacking
in'fero, infer're, in'tuU, inla'tus,
bring against, bring upon
inter'sum, interes'se, inter'fui, interfutu'rus, take part in

occur'ro, occur'rere, occur'ri, occur'sus,
run against, meet

appoint over, place
praefl'cio, praefi'cere, praefe'ci, praefec'tus,
in
command of
,
prae'sum, praees'se, prae'fui,
be over, be in
command
427.
IDIOMS
graviter or moleste ferre, to be
at,
annoyed
at, to be
indignant
followed by the accusative and infinitive
alicui
ad or in, with the accusative, to betake one's self to helium inferre, to make war upon some one pedem referre, to retreat (lit. to bear back the foot)
se conferre
428.
I.
I
.
EXERCISES
Fer, f erent, ut f erant, f erunt
2
.
Ferte, ut f errent, tulisse, tule4.
rant. 3.
Tulimus, ferens, latus esse, ferre.
Cum navigia insulae adproreferre conati sunt. 5. Galli

6.
pinquarent, barbari terrore commoti
pedem
moleste ferebant
Romanos
agros vastare.
7.
Caesar
sociis
imperavit
ne
finitimis suTs
bellum
inf errent.
Exploratores, qui Caesari occur-
rerunt, dixerunt exercitum hostium vulneribus
defessum sese
in alium
et
locum
contulisse.
8.
Hostes sciebant Romanos frumento egere

periculum adlaturam esse.
9.
banc rem Caesari
summum
Impedi-
mentis in tinum locum conlatis, aliqui mllitum fiumen quod non longe
1
But the accusative with ad or

to
in is
used with some of these, when the
idea of motilfn
or against
is
strong.
THE SUBJUNCTIVE
aberat transierunt.
10.
IN INDIRECT QUESTIONS
183
Hos
rex hortatus est ut oraculum adirent et

1 1
.
res auditas ad se ref errent.
Quern imperator
litterlsque
ill!
legioni praefecit
Publius
crebri
illi
legioni praeerat.
12.
Curn esset Caesar
in citeriore Gallia,
ad eum^ rumores adferebantur
quoque
allies.
certior flebat
Gallos obsides inter se dare.

II.
I.
The Gauls
will
make war upon

4.
Caesar's
2.
We
heard
that the Gauls
would make war upon Cassar's

battle.
allies.
3.
Publius did
not take part in that
We
5
.
have been informed that Publius
did not take part in that battle.
The man who was

to retreat.
6.
in
command
of
the cavalry
place
was wounded and began
Caesar did not
you
in
command
of the cohort to bring ^ disaster
upon the army.
LESSON LXXIV
VOCABULARY REVIEW
430.
THE SUBJUNCTIVE IN INDIRECT. QUESTIONS
lists in
517, 518.
it
When we
report a statement instead of giving

(Cf. 414.)
directly,
we
have an indirect statement.

instead of asking
it
So,
if
we
report a question
directly,
we have an
indirect question.
Direct Question
Indirect Question
Who
a.
conquered the Gauls ?
He
asked who conquered the Gauls
An
indirect question depends, usually as object,
upon a verb
of ask-
ing (as peto, postulo, quaero, rogo) or upon some verb or expression of saying
or mental action.
(Cf. 420.)
431.
Compare
the following direct and indirect questions:
Direct
.
Indirect
Rogat quis Gallos vincat
He
Quis Gallos vincit?
asks
who
is
conquering the
Gauls
Rogavit quis Gallos vlnceret
Who
is
conquering the Gauls?
He
1
asked who was conquering
the Gauls
Observe that when adfero denotes motion

cf.
to,
it
is
not followed by the
dative;
footnote, p. 182.
'
Not the
infinitive.
(Cf. 352.)
84
Ubi
THE SUBJUNCTIVE
est
IN INDIRECT
a.
QUESTIONS
is
Roma? Where is Rome?
He
b.
Rogat ubi sit Roma asks where Rome
Rogavit ubi esset
Roma He asked where Rome was

Rogat
a.
num
Caesar Gallos vicerit
He
Caesarne Gallos vicit?
asks whether Ccesar conquered
the Gauls
b.
Did Ccssar conquer the Gauls?
Rogavit
num
Caesar Gallos vicisset
He
a.
asked whether Ccesar had conquered the Gauls

in the indicative
The verb
is
in a direct question
is
mood, but the
mood
b.
c.
subjunctive in an indirect question.

tense of the subjunctive follows the rules for tense sequence.
The
Indirect questions are introduced
by the same interrogative words

(cf.
as
introduce direct questions, excepting tha.tyes-or-no direct questions
210)
on becoming
432.
indirect are usually introduced
by num, whether.
Rule.
Indirect Questions.
In an indirect question the

its tense is
verb is in the subjunctive
and
determined by the
law for
433.
tense sequence.
IDIOMS
de tertia vigilia,
about the third watch
iniflrias alicui inferre, to hiflict injuries
upon some one
facere verba pro, with the ablative, to speak in behalf of
in reliquum
tempus,yor the future
434.
I. I.
EXERCISES
Rex
rogavit quid legati postularent et cur ad se venissent.
2.
Quaesivit quoque
num
nee recentis
3.
iniurias
nee dubiam Romano-
rum
amicitiam memoria tenerent.

?
Videtisne quae oppida hostes
oppugnaverint
lerint?
5.
4.
Nonne
scitis
cur Galli sub

tibi
montem
sese contu6.
Audivimus quas
Pro
iniflrias
German!
intulissent.
De
tertia vigilia
imperator misit homines qui cognoscerent quae esset

7.
natura montis.
navis ad
his orator
verba
fecit et rogavit
cur consules
8.
plenum summi
periculi
locum mittere
9.
vellent.
Legatis
convocatis demonstravit quid
fieri vellet.
Nuntius referebat quid
DATIVE OF PURPOSE, OR END FOR WHICH

in
in
185
Gallorum
concilio
de armis tradendis dictum
esset.
10.
Moneo ne
2.
reliquum tempus pedites et equites trans flumen ducas.

II.
I
.
What hill
did they seize
I see
what
hill
?
they seized.
3.
4.
Who
has inflicted these injuries upon our dependents
They asked who

Whither did you
.
had
inflicted
those injuries upon their dependents.

third
go about the
watch
time did the boys return

returned home.
You know whither I went. 5 At what home ? I will ask at what time the boys
LESSON LXXV
VOCABULARY REVIEW
THE DATIVE OF PURPOSE, OR END FOR WHICH

521, 522.
lists in
436. Observe the following sentences:

1.
Exploratores locum castris delegerunt, the scouts chose a place for

erat
a camp. 2. Hoc
3.
magno impedimento
Gallis, this
was
left
(for)
a great hindrance
to the Gauls.
a guard
Duas legiones praesidio to the camp.
castris reliquit,
he
two legions as (lit. for)
for which something

castris,
In each of these sentences we find a dative expressing the purpose or end These datives are is intended or for which it serves.
impedimento, and praesidio.
In the second and third sentences we
find a second dative expressing the person or thing affected (Gallis

castris).
and
As you
to
notice, these are true datives, covering the relations of
for which and

437.
which.
(Cf. 43.)
Rule.
Dative of Purpose or End.
The dative
is
used
to
denote the purpose or end for which, often with another dative
denoting the person or thing

438.
affected.
IDIOMS
consilium omittere, to give up a plan
locum
alicui
a place for a c^np of great advantage to some one (ît. for great advantage to some one)
castris deligere, to choose
magn5
usui esse, to be
86
439.
I. I.
GENITIVE AND ABLATIVE OF QUALITY

EXERCISES
Rogavit cur
illae
copiae relictae essent.

2.
Responderunt
illas
copias esse praesidio castris.
Caesar misit exploratores ad locum
deligendum
castris.
3.
Quisque existimavit ipsum nomen Caesaris
magno
terror! barbaris
futurum
esse.
4.
Prima luce idem exercitus
proelium acre commisit, sed gravia suorum vulnera magnae curae imperatori erant.
5.
Rex
?
respondit amicitiam populi

6.
Roman!
sibi
orna-
mento
et praesidio
socii
debere esse.
7.
Quis praeerat equitatui quern
auxilio
Caesari
miserant
Aliquibus res secundae sunt

ijsui.
mitati et res adversae sunt miro
8. Gallis
erat
impediments quod equitatus a dextro

virtutis
summae calamagno ad pugnam cornii premebat. 9. Meerat nostris
moria pristinae
non minus quam metus hostium

densa erat
silva ut
magno
II.
usui.
10.
Tam
progredi non possent.
I.I advise you

2.
^to give
up the plan ôf making war upon the

the cavalry has chosen a place
will
brave Gauls.
for a
Do you know ^ where

The
left
camp
4.
3.
fear of the
enemy
be of great advantage to
you.
5.
Caesar
three cohorts as (for) a guard to the baggage.

(for) a
In winter the waves of the lake are so great *that they are
6.
great hindrance to ships. those
Cassar inflicted severe^ punishment on
who burned
the public buildings.
LESSON LXXVI
VOCABULARY REVIEW
THE GENITIVE AND ABLATIVE OF QUALITY OR DESCRIPTION
lists
in 524, 525.
441. Observe the English sentences

(l)
(3)
A man of great courage, or (2) A man with great courage A forest of tall trees, or (4) A forest with tall trees
In
is
Each
the
first
of these sentences contains a phrase of quality or description.
two a man
*
described
in the last
two a
forest.
The
descriptive
phrases are introduced by the prepositions o/"and with.

^ Express by the genitive of the Subjunctive of purpose. (Cf. 366.) ^ Indirect question. * A clause of result. ^ gravis, -e. gerundive. 1
GENITIVE AND ABLATIVE OF QUALITY

In Latin the expression of quality or description
is
187
very similar.
The
prepositions of and with suggest the genitive and the ablative
respectively,
(i) (3)
and we translate the sentences above Vir magnae virtutis, or (2) Vir magna virtute
Silva altarum arbonim, or
(4)
Silva altis arboribus
There
is,
however, one important difference between the Latin and

In English
the English.
we may
say, for example,
man
of courage,
using the descriptive phrase without an adjective modifier.
In Latin,
however, an adjective modifier must always be used, as above.

a. Latin makes a distinction between the use of the two cases in that numerical descriptions of measure are in the genitive and descriptions of physical characteristics are in the ablative. Other descriptive phrases may
be in either case.
442.
1.
EXAMPLES
and a
2.
Fossa duodecim tiedum, a ditch of twelve feet. Homo magnis pedibus et parvo capite, a man with big feet
vir
small head. 3. Rex erat vir summa audacia or rex erat was a man of the greatest boldness.
443.
summae
audaciae, the king
Rule.
Genitive
of
Description.
Numerical
descriptions
of measure are expressed by the genitive with a modifying

adjective.
444.
Rule.
Ablative of Description.
Descriptions of physical
characteristics are expressed by the ablative with a modifying

adjective.
445.
Rule.
Genitive or
Ablative of Description.
Descriptions
involving neither numerical statements nor physical characteristics
may
be expressed by either the genitive or the ablative
with a m.odifying adjective.

446.
Helvetiis in
IDIOMS
animo
est, the
Helvetii intend
(lit.
it is
in
mind
to
the Helvetians)
in
nihil posse, to
matrimonium dare, to give in marriage have no power fossam perducere, to construct a ditch (lit. to lead a ditch through)
88
447.
I.
I.
EXERCISES
EXERCISES
Milites fossam decern
2.
Princeps Helvetiorum, vir
pedum summae
per eorum
finis
perduxerunt.
audaciae, principibus gentium

3.
finitimarum sorores in matrimonium dedit.

flrmare voluit quo facilius
Galli
Eorum
fere
amicitiam con-
Romanis bellum
gentis.
6. Galli
5.
inferret.
non erant eiusdem

viribus.^
Omnes
4. Germani at Germani erant
qui oppidum fortiter defendebant muro iaciebant. 7. Cum Caesar ab exploratoribus quaereret qui illud oppidum incolerent, exploratores responderunt cos esse homines summa virtute et magno consilio. 8. Moenia viginti pedum a sinistra parte, et a dextra parte fliimen magnae altitudinis oppidum defendebant. 9. Cum Caesar in Galliam
magnis corporum
saxa ingentis magnitiidinis de
pervenisset, erat riimor Helvetiis in
animo esse
iter
per provinciam
Romanam
II.
I.
facere.
10. Caesar, ut eos
ab finibus Romanis prohiberet,

fecit.
miinitionem '^multa milia passuum longam

Cffisar
was a general of much wisdom and great boldness,

the art of war.
2.
and very
size,
skillful in
The Germans were

3.
of great of the
and thought that the Romans had no power.
Men
highest courage were left in the
gage.
4.
The
king's
camp as (for) a guard daughter, who was given in marriage

was a woman of very
to the bagto the chief
of a neighboring state,
5.
beautiful appearance.
The
soldiers will construct
a ditch of nine feet around the camp.
6.
A
1
river of great width

vis.
was between us and the enemy.

^ Genitives and ablatives of description are use an adverbial phrase to tell how long or how
From
(Cf. 468.)
adjective phrases.
When we
is,
high or
how deep anything
we must
use the accusative of extent. (Cf. 336.)
above multa milia passuum is an adverbial phrase (accusative of extent) modifying longam. If we should omit longam and say a fortification of many miles, the genitive of description (an adjective phrase) modifying miinitionem would be used, as munitionem multorum milium passuum.
in the sentence
For example,
REVIEW OF AGREEMENT
189
LESSON LXXVII
REVIEW OF AGREEMENT, AND OF THE GENITIVE, DATIVE, AND ACCUSATIVE
448. There are four agreements:
1
That of the predicate noun or of the appositive with the noun

it
to
which
2.
belongs ( 76, 81).

adjective, adjective pronoun, or participle with its
That of the
( 65).
noun
3.
4.
That of a verb with
its
subject ( 28).
its
That of a
relative
pronoun with
antecedent ( 224).
is,
449.
The
relation expressed
by the genitive
It is
in general,
denoted
in English
by the preposition
(a. [a.
of.
used to express
As
Possession ^\b. Inithe predicate
attributive ( 38).
( 409).
2.
The whole
of which a part
is
taken (partitive genitive) (331).
3.
Quality or description ( 443, 445).
450.
in
The
relation expressed
by the dative
to
is,
in general,
denoted
English by the prepositions

It is
or for
when they do not imply
motion through space.
used to express
f a.
With
intransitive verbs
and with
transitive
verbs in connection with a direct object

in the accusative ( 45).
I.
The
indirect object
b.
c.
With
special intransitive verbs ( 154).
With verbs compounded with

sub, super ( 426).
ad, ante,
con, de, in, inter, ob, post, prae, pro,
2.
The
object to which the quality of an adjective
is
directed ( 143).
3.
The
purpose, or end for which, often with a second dative
denoting the person or thing affected ( 437).
go
451.
GENITIVE, DATIVE, ACCUSATIVE

The
accusative case corresponds, in general, to the English
objective.
1.
It is
used to express
a transitive verb ( 37).
2.
The The The The

'
direct object of
predicate accusative together with the direct object after
verbs of making, choosing, calling, showing, and the like ( 392).

3. 4.
subject of the infinitive ( 214). object of

prepositions
that
do not govern the ablative
( 34)5.
6.
The The
duration of time and the extent of space ( 336).

place to which ( 263, 266).
452.
I. I.
EXERCISES
Milites quos vidimus dixerunt
2.
imperium
belli
esse Caesaris
imperatoris.
Helvetii statuerunt
3.
quam^ maximum numerum equo-
rum
runt.
et
carrorum cogere.
Totius Galliae Helvetii plurimum value-
4.
Multas horas acriter pugnatum est neque quisquam poterat

5.
videre hostem fugientem.
Viri
summae
virtutis hostis
decem
milia
passuum
consulem
tissima.
insecuti sunt.
crearet.
7.
6.
Caesar populo
Romano
persuasit ut se
semper imperatori graGenavam, in oppidum^ hostium, pervenerunt. 9. Caesar audlvit Germanos bellum Gallis intulisse. 10. Magno usui militibus Caesaris erat quod prioribus proeliis sese
Victoria exercitus erat
8.
Triduum
iter
fecerunt et
exercuerant.
tured.
3.
One^ of the king's sons and many of his men were capThere was no one who wished* to appoint her queen. The grain supply was always a care (for a care) to Caesar, the
II.
I.
2.
general.
4. I
think
that
the
camp
is
ten
miles
distant.
6.
5.
We
plan
marched for three hours through a very dense

'of
forest.
The
7.
making war upon the

to the hill
allies
was not pleasing

it
to the king.
wall.
When
he came
1
he
fortified
by a twelve-foot
?
What
is
the force of
in
quam with
superlatives
u^bs or oppidum, appos'
itive to a
name
*
^
used with numerals

(Cf.390.)
What construction is * What mood? preference to the partitive genitive.' ^ Use the gerund or gerundive. 'Latin, by a wall of twelve feet.
of a town, takes a preposition.
REVIEW OF THE ABLATIVE
191
LESSON LXXVIII
REVIEW OF THE ABLATIVE
453.
lish
The
relations of the ablative are, in general, expressed in

by),
Eng-
by the prepositions with (or
from
(or by),
and
in (or at).
The
constructions growing out of these meanings are

I.
Ablative rendered with (or

1.
hy)'.
Cause
( 102)
(
2.
Means
103)
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Accompaniment ( 104) Manner ( 105) Measure of difference ( 317) With a participle (ablative absolute)
Description or quality ( 444, 445)
Specification ( 398)
381)
8.
II.
Ablative rendered /rom (or hy)\

1.
Place from which ( 179, 264)

Ablative of separation (180)
2.
3. 4.
Personal agent with a passive verb (181)
Comparison without quam
309)
III. Ablative rendered in (or at):

1.
Place at or in which ( 265, 266)
2.
Time when
or within which ( 275)
454.
I.
EXERCISES
Galli locis superioribus occupatis itinere exercitum prohibere
2.
I.
conantur.
inceperunt.
Omnes
3.
oppidani ex oppido egressi salutem fuga petere
Caesar dpcet se mllitum vitam sua salute habere multo

celerius
5.
cariorem.
4.
Cum
omnium
opinione pervenisset, hostes ad
eum
obsides miserunt.
6.
Vicus
in valle positus
montibus
altissimis
Plurimum inter Gallos haec gens et virtute et hominum numero valebat. 7. Secunda vigilia nuUo certo ordine neque imperio e castris egressi sunt. 8. Duabus legionibus Genavae relictis,
undique continetur.
192
GERUND, INFINITIVE, SUBJUNCTIVE

reliquls
proximo die cum

audacia et
domum
domo
12.
profectus
est.
9.
Erant itinera duo
quibus itineribus Helvetii
exire possent.
potentia.
10.
Rex
erat
summa
magna apud populum
11. Galli timore servitutis
commoti bellum parabant.

milites,
Caesar monet legates ut contineant

^
ne studio pugnandi aut spe praedae longius

in Gallos
progrediantur.
13.
Bellum acerrimum a Caesare

I.
gestum
est.
II.
The
lieutenant after having seized the mountain restrained

battle.
2.
his
3.
(men) from
This tribe
is
All the Gauls differ

rest.
4.
from each other

This road
is
in laws.
much
5.
braver than the
^ten miles
shorter than that.
In
winter he returned to Italy.

the
self
summer Cassar carried on war in Gaul, in 6. At midnight the general set out from
7. I
camp with
all
three legions.
fear that
you cannot protect was
'
your-
from these enemies.

the Gauls.
8. * After this battle
finished peace
was
made by
LESSON LXXIX
REVIEW OF THE GERUND AND GERUNDIVE, THE TIVE, AND THE SUBJUNCTIVE
455.
INFINI-
The gerund
is
a verbal noun and

ablative singular.
is
used only in the genitive,

constructions of these
dative, accusative,
and
The
cases are in general the
same
is
as those of other
nouns ( 402, 406.
i).
456.
The gerundive
a verbal adjective and
of gerund
+ object,
excepting in the genitive
must be used instead and in the ablative

gerundive con-
struction
is
Even
in these instances the
more usual
( 406. 2).
457.
I.
The
infinitive is
used
As
As
in English.
a.
6.
To
As
subject or predicate nominative ( 216). complete the predicate with verbs of

infinitive) ( 215).
incomplete
predication
(complementary
c.
object with subject accusative after verbs of wishing,

( 213).
commanding,
forbidding, and the like

^ longiijp,
too far.
'
(Cf. 305.) defendere.
^ Latin, by ten thousands ofpaces. Ablative absolute.
GERUND, INFINITIVE, SUBJUNCTIVE

II.
193
of saying
In the principal sentence of an indirect statement after verbs and mental action. The subject is in the accusative (416,
418, 419).
458.
The subjunctive is used 1. To denote purpose ( 349, 366, 372). 2. To denote consequence or result ( 385,
:
386).
3. 4. 5.
In relative clauses of characteristic or description ( 390). In cum clauses of time, cause, and concession ( 396). In indirect questions ( 432).
459.
I. I.
EXERCISES
Caesar,
cum pervenisset, milites

2.
hortabatur ne consilium oppidi

positis, misit ex-
capiendi omitterent.
Rex,
castris
prope oppidum
ploratores qui cognoscerent ubi exercitus
Romanus
esset.
3.
Nemo
suos
relinquebatur qui
arma
ferre posset.
4.
Nuntii viderunt ingentem

S'
armorum multitudinem de
transire flumen iussit.
6.
mtiro in fossam lactam esse.
Dux
Transire autem hoc flumen erat difficillimum.

ferrent,
Romani cum banc calamitatem moleste

7.
tamen terga vertere
recusaverunt.
Hoc rumore
audito, tantus terror
omnium animos
vellent.
itineri faciendo.
occupavit
ut
ne fortissimi
quidem proelium
committere
S.-Erant qui putarent tempus anni idoneum non esse

9.
Tarn
acriter
ab utraque parte pugnabatur ut multa milia hominum

10.
occlderentur.
Quid times
not see
Timeo ne Romanis
is
in
animo
sit
totam
Galliam superare et nobis iniurias inferre.

II.
I.
Do you
who
standing on the wall?
2.
We
hear
that the plan of taking the
town has been given up.
3.
Since the
Germans thought
that the
Romans
4.
could not cross the Rhine, Caesar

the bridge
ordered a bridge to be made.
When
was
5.
finished, the
savages were so terrified that they hid themselves.

that Caesar
They feared
would pursue them.

7.
6.
Caesar 'asked the trader's what the
size of the island was.
The
traders advised
him not ^to cross the
sea.
8.
1
He
sent scouts ^to choose a place for a camp.

^ jg-gt
quaerere ab.
infinitive,
Use the gerundive with
ad.
READING MATTER
INTRODUCTORY SUGGESTIONS
How
ing
to Translate.
You have
already had considerable practice in
translating simple Latin,

lies in
and have learned that the guide to the meanIf these are neglected,
the endings of the words.
no
skill
can make sense of the Latin.

rately translated, not
If they are carefully
noted and accu-
many
difficulties
remain.
Observe the following
suggestions
1.
Read Read
the
the Latin sentence through to the end, noting endings of

etc.
if
nouns, adjectives, verbs,

2.
it
again and see
any of the words you know are

will
nominatives or accusatives.
called
This
often give you what

is,
may
be
backbone of the sentence; that
subject,
verb, and
object.
3.
Look up
If
the words you do not know, and determine their use
in the sentence
4.
from
their endings.
you cannot yet

all
translate .the sentence, put
down
the Eng-
lish
meanings of
will
the words in the
same order as
the Latin words.
You
5.
a.
b.
c.
then generally see through the meaning of the sentence.

careful to
Be
Translate adjectives with the nouns to which they belong.
Translate together prepositions and the nouns which they govern. Translate adverbs with the words that they modify.
d.
Make
sense.
If
you do not make sense, you have made a mistake.
One
6.
mistake will spoil a whole sentence.
When
and
the sentence
is
correctly translated, read the Latin over

it
again,
try to understand
as Latin, without thinking of the
English translation.
194
THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE

The Parts
remember,
of a Sentence.
195
sentences than you have had before.

first
You wUl now meet somewhat longer To assist in translating them,

meaning and command. Every
of
all,
that every sentence conveys a
either tells us something, asks a question, or gives a
sentence must have a subject and a verb, and the verb
may
always
have an adverb, and,
if
transitive, will
is,
have a direct
object.
However long a sentence

its
you
will usually
be able to recognize
subject, verb,
difficulty.
and object or predicate complement without any These will give you the leading thought, and they must
while making out the rest of the sentence.
never be
lost sight of
The
a
chief difficulty in translating arises

single adjective, adverb, or noun,
from the
fact that instead of
we
often have a phrase or a clause
taking the place of one of these

adverbial,
for Latin, like English, has adjective,
and substantive clauses and phrases. For example, in the sentence The idle boy does not study, the word idle is an adjective.
In The boy wasting his time does not study, the words wasting his time
form an adjective phrase modifying

adjective clause modifying boy,
boy.
In the sentence The boy who
wastes his time does not study, the words
who
wastes his time form an

is
and the sentence
complex.
These
sentences would show the same structure in Latin.
In translating,
it is
important to keep the parts of a phrase and the
parts of a clause together and not let

principal sentence.
them become confused with the

and
is
To
distinguish
is
between the subordinate clauses

not
diffi-
and the principal sentence

cult
if
of the first importance,
you remember that a clause regularly contains a word

it
that
marks words
as a clause
and that
join clauses to
word usually stands the words they depend on, and are
this
first.
These
called subor-
dinate conjunctions..
They
are not very numerous, and you will soon
learn to recognize them.
In Latin they are the equivalents for such

if,
words as when, while,

that, that, etc.
since, because,
before, after, though, in order
Form
the habit of memorizing the Latin subordinate
conjunctions as you meet them, and of noting carefully the the verb in the clauses which they introduce.
mood
of
"'"
'""'<'i
"r;,ui n,
im
)uiyj
]j
,^W
HERCULES
196
HERCULES AND THE SERPENTS
197
THE LABORS OF HERCULES

Hercules, a Greek hero celebrated for his great strength, was pursued throughout his life by the hatred of Juno. While yet an' infant he strangled some serpents sent by the goddess to destroy him. During his boyhood and youth he performed various marvelous feats of strength, and on reaching man-
hood he succeeded in delivering the Thebans from the oppression of the Minyae. In a fit of madness, sent upon him by Juno, he slew his own children; and, on consulting the Delphic oracle
as to
how he should
this crime,
cleanse himself
to sub-
from
he was ordered
mit himself for twelve years to Eurystheus, king of Tiryns, and to perform
whatever tasks were appointed him. Hercules obeyed the oracle, and during
the twelve years of his servitude accomplished twelve extraordinary feats
as the Labors of Hercules. His death was caused, unintentionally, by his wife Deiani'ra. Hercules had shot with his poisoned arrows a centaur named Nessus, who had insulted Deianira. Nessus, before he died, gave some of his blood to Deianira, and told her HERCULES ET SEKPENTES it would act as a charm to secure her husband's love. Some time after, Deianira, wishing to try the charni, soaked one of her husband's garments in the blood, not knowing that it was poisoned. Hercules put on the robe, and, after suffering terrible torments, died, or was
known
carried off
by his father Jupiter.
LIII.i
THE INFANT HERCULES AND THE SERPENTS

il
Di^ grave supplicium sumunt de malis, sed

parent, etiam post
qui legibus'
deorum
mortem
curantur.
Ilia vita dls^ erat
gratissima quae
hominibus miseris utilissima fuerat.
Omnium autem praemiorum

est.
5
summum
erat immortalitas.
lUud praemium Herculi datum
Herculis pater fuit luppiter, mater Alcmena, et

validissimus fuisse dicitur.
1 2
omnium hominum
may be
Sed luno, regina deorum, eum, adhuc

read.
This number refers to the lesson after which the selection

Cf. 468.
'
Di and dis are from deus.
legibus, 501. 14.
198
HERCULES CONQUERS THE MINY^

nam
ei^ et^
infantem, interficere studebat;

invisl.
Hercules
et
Alcmena erant
Itaque misit duas serpentis, utramque saevissimam, quae media
nocte
domum^ Alcmenae venerunt
Ibi
Hercules,
non
5
in lectulo sed in scuto ingenti dormiebat.
cum fratre suo, lam audaces serpentes

frater, terrore
adpropinquaverant, iam scutum movebant.
Turn
com-
motus,
magna voce matrem
vocavit, sed
Hercules
ipse, fortior
quam
frater, statim ingentis serpentis
manibus
suis rapuit et interfecit.
LIV.
HERCULES CONQUERS THE MINY.E

difficillimis labori-
Hercules a puero* corpus suum gravissimis et
bus exercebat
10
et
hoc modo vires^ suas conflrmavit.

Ibi
Iam
adulescens
vali-
Thebis' habitabat.
dissima,
Creon quidam
et,
erat rex.
Minyae, gens
erant finitimi Thebanis,
quia olim Thebanos vicerant,
quotannis legates mittebant et vectigal postulabant.

constituit civis
Hercules autem
suos hoc vectigali liberare et dixit fegl,
"Da
Hanc
mihi
con-
exercitum tuum et ego hos superbos hostis superabo."

1
dicionem rex non

et copias coegit.'
reciisavit, et
Hercules niintios in omnis partis dimisit

illi impetum Thebanorum fugamque ceperunt.
Tum
tempore opportunissimo proehum cum Minyis

est,
commisit.
sustinere
Diu pugnatum
sed denique
non potuerunt
et terga verterunt
HE COMMITS A CRIME AND GOES TO THE DELPHIAN ORACLE TO SEEK EXPIATION

Post hoc proelium Creon rex, tanta victoria laetus, filiam suam
20 Herculi in
matrimonium
dedit.
Thebis Hercules
;
cum uxore sua
diu
vivebat et ab omnibus
magnopere amabatur
sed post multos annos

liberos suos interfecit.
subito în furorem incidit et ipse sua
manu
Post breve tempus 'ad sanitatem reductus tantum scelus expiare

cupiebat et constituit ad oraculum Delphicum
25
iter facere.
Hoc autem
oraculum erat omnium clarissimum. Ibi sedebat femina quaedam quae

Pythia appellabatur.
^ ei,
Ea
consilium dabat
^ ^ *
iis
qui ad oraculum veniebant.

et,
to
her, referring
to Juno.
et
both
and.
"
domum,
'
501.20.
501. 36.
1.
â.-fM&tb, from boyhood.

'
vires,
from vis.
in
Cf. 468.
^Thebis,
coegit,
lit.
from
cogo.
in furorem incidit,
went mad.
ad
sanitatem reductus,
led back to sanity.
What
good
English.'
HERCULES STRANGLES THE NEMEAN LION

LV.
199
HERCULES BECOMES SUBJECT TO EURYSTHEUS HE STRANGLES THE NEME'AN LION

Ubi iam Hercules finem
fecit,
Itaque Hercules Pythiae totam rem demonstravit nee scelus

abdidit.
Pythia
iussit
suum eum ad urbem

Quae' ubi
Tiryntha'' discedere et ibi regi Eurystheo sese committere.

audivit,
Hercules ad illam urbem statim contendit et Eurystheo se in

dixit,
servitutem tradidit et
"Quid primum,
rex,
me
facere iubes ?"
HERCULES LEONEM SUPERAT

Eurystheus, qui perterrebatur vi et corpore ingenti Herculis et
occidi* studebat, ita respondit: "Audi,
eum
Hercules
in valle
illo
Multa mira^ narrantur
de leone saevissimo qui hoc tempore

lubeo
rare."
1
Nemaea omnia
vastat
libe-
te,
virorum omnium fortissimum,
monstro homines
Haec verba Herculi maxime
placuerunt.
" Properabo," inquit, 10

city,
Eu-rys'theus (pronounced U-ris'thus) was king of Ti'ryns, a Grecian

to prehistoric times.
^
' Quae, obj. of audivit. It is placed first to make a close connection with the preceding sentence. This is called a connecting ^ occidi; pres. pass, infin. ' mira, marvelous thiftgs, the adj. relative. being used as a noun. Cf. omnia, in the next line.
whose foundation goes back of Tiryns, a Greek noun.
Xiryntha, the ace. case
200
SLAYING THE LERNEAN HYDRA

Turn
vidit
"et parebo imperio^ tuo."

statim iter
fecit.
in silvas
in
quibus leo habitabat

fecit
;
Mox
feram
et pluris
tillo alio
impetus
frustra
tamen, quod neque

potuit.
5
sagittis
neque
telo
monstrum
vulnerare'
Denique Hercules saevum leonem
suls ingentibus bracchils
rapuit et faucis eius
omnibus viribus compressit.
Hoc modo
brevi
tempore eum
interfecit.
Turn corpus
leonis
ad oppidum in umeris
reportavit et pellem postea pro^ veste gerebat.
Omnes autem
amplissimis.
qui
eam
regionem incolebant, ubi famam de morte leonis ingentis acceperunt,

erant laetissimi et
Herculem laudabant verbis
LVI.
lo
SLAYING THE LERNE'AN HYDRA
Deinde Hercules ab Eurystheo iussus est Hydram occldere. Itaque cum amico lolao* contendit ad paludem Lernaeam ubi Hydra incoleHoc autem monstrum erat serpens ingens quae novem capita bat. habebat. Mox is monstrum repperit et summo* cum penculo coUum eius sinistra manu rapuit et tenuit. Tum dextra manu capita novem
abscidere incepit, sed frustra laborabat, quod quotiens hoc fecerat
totiens alia
15
nova capita videbat.
Quod^
Itaque
ubi vidit, statuit capita igni
cremare.
Hoc modo
quod
octo capita delevit, sed
extremum caput
vulnerari
non
potuit,
erat immortale.
illud
sub ingenti saxo Her-
cules posuit et ita victoriam reportavit.
LVII.
20
THE ARCADIAN STAG AND THE ERYMANTHIAN BOAR
Postquam Eurystheo mors Hydrae nQntiata est, summus terror aniItaque iussit Herculem capere et ad se reportare cervum quendam nam minime cupivit tantum virum in regno suo tenere. Hie autem cervus dicebatur aurea cornua et pedes multo"
mum eius occupavit.

;
celeriores vento' habere.

25 deinde, ubi
Primum Hercules
vidit,
vestigia animalis petivit,

incepit.
cervum ipsum
omnibus viribus currere
Per
plurimos dies contendit nee noctu cessavit.

'
Denique postquam per

^ lolao, abl.
imperio, 501. 14.

*
p^g^
y-^^.
instead
of.
o I-o-ld'tis, the
^
hero's best friend.

ubi,
^
Note the emphatic position

vent5, 501. 34.
of this adjective.
Quod
1.
when he saw this, another instance

'
of the connecting relative. Cf. p. 199,
3.
multo, 501*27.
CLEANING THE AUGEAN STABLES

totum annum cucurrerat
et
201
cepit
ita dicitur
^cervum iam defessum

illo
ad Eurystheum
portavit.
est
Turn vero iussus

terrebat.
recepit.
vidit,
Hercules aprum quendam capere qui

illius loci
temper-
pore agros Erymanthios vastabat et homines
magnopere
Hercules laete negotium suscepit et in Arcadiam

Ibi
celeriter se
sese
mox aprum repperit. Ille autem, simul atque Herculem quam' celerrime fiigit et metti perterritus in fossam altam abdidit. Hercules tamen summa cum difficultate eum extraxit,
statim
tillo
nee aper
portatus
modo
sese liberare potuit,
et vivus
ad Eurystheum
est.
LVIII.
HERCULES CLEANS THE AUGE'AN STABLES AND KILLS THE STYMPHALIAN BIRDS
tempore regnum
Deinde Eurystheus Herculi hunc laborem multo graviorem imperavit. Augeas^ quidam, qui
illo
Elidis' obtinebat, tria milia
boum*
habebat.
triginta
Hi
''ingenti stabulo continebantur.

erat,
Hoc
stabulum,
quod per
ijnius diei
annos non purgatum

est.
Hercules intra spatium

pri- 15
purgare iussus
lUe negotium alacriter suscepit, et
maximam fossam fodit per quam flilminis aquam de montibus ad murum stabuli dilxit. Tum partem parvam miiri delevit et aquam in stabulum immlsit. Hoc modo finem operis
labore gravissimo
fecit
mum
uno
die facillime.
iter fecit
;
Post paucos dies Hercules ad oppidum Stymphalum
nam
20
Eurystheus iusserat
ferrea habebant et
eum
avis Stymphalides occidere.
Hae
aves rostra
homines miseros devorabant.

vidit in
Ille,
locum pervenit, lacum

e limo constitit.^
quo aves
incolebant.
;
Niillo
postquam ad tamen modo
Hercules avibus adpropinquare potuit
lacus
enim non ex aqua sed
Denique autem aves 'de
aliqua causa perterritae in 25
auras volaverunt et
^
magna
pars earum sagittis Herculis occisa est
quam.
in
What
is
the force of
quam with
a superlative?
''Augeas, pro-
nounced
*
English Aw-je'as.
' Elidis,
gen. case of Elis, a district of Greece.
^ ingenti stabul5, boum, gen. plur. of bos. For construction see 501. 11. ^ constitit, means, but in our idiom we should say in a huge stable. ' de aliqua causa perterritae, frightened for some reason. from consto.
abl. of
202
LIX.
CAPTURING THE CRETAN BULL

HERCULES CAPTURES THE CRETAN BULL AND CARRIES HIM LIVING TO EURYSTHEUS
iussit
Turn Eurystheus
ventus erat idoneus
gavit,
5
Herculem portare vivum ex

lUe igitur
statim solvit.
insula Creta
taurum quendam saevissimum.
atque
nam navem conscendit Postquam triduum naviDeinde, postquam omnia

taurus vexabat.
incolumis insulae adpropinquavit.
parata sunt, contendit ad
eam regionem quam

traxit
Mox
insula
taurum
labore
vidit ac sine
uUo metii cornua eius

atque
corripuit.
Tum
ingenti
monstrum ad navem
cum hac praeda ex
discessit.
HERCULES ET TAURUS
THE FLESH-EATING HORSES OF DIOME'DES

JO in
Postquam ex insula Creta domum pervenit, Hercules ab Eurystheo Thraciam missus est. Ibi Diomedes quidam, vir saevissimus, regobtinebat et omnis a finibus suis prohibebat.
num
Hercules iussus
erat equos
Diomedis rapere
et
ad Eurystheum ducere.
Hi autem equi
homines miserrimos devorabant de quibus rex supplicium samere

cupiebat.
Hercules ubi pervenit, primum equos a rege postulavit, sed
IS rex eos dedere recusavit.
Deinde
Itaque
est.
ille
ira
commotus regem
occidit et
corpus eius equis
tradidit.
is
qui antea multos necaverat, ipse
eodem
supplicio
necatus
Et
equi,
nuper saevissima animalia,

mansueti erant.
postquam dmini
sui corpus devoraverunt,
THE BELT OF HIPPOLYTE

LX.
203-
THE BELT OF HIPPOL'YTE, QUEEN OF THE AMAZONS

dicitur
Gens Amazonum^
viris
ômnino ex mulieribus
fuisse.
proelium committere non verebantur.
Hippolyte,
Hae cum Amazonum

filia
re^na, balteum habuit pulcherrimum.

Eurysthei vehementer cupiebat.
Hunc balteum
cum
possidere
Itaque Eurystheus
lUe multis
iussit
Herculem
con-
impetum
in
Amazones
facere.
copiis
navem
scendit et paucis diebus in

postulavit.
Amazonum
potuit.
fmis pervenit, ac balteum

;
Eum
tradere ipsa Hippolyte quidem cupivit
reliquis ta-
men Amazonibus' persuadere non

commisit.
Postridie Hercules proelium

est.
Multas horas utrimque quam fortissime pugnatum

et
Denique tamen mulieres terga verterunt

Multae autem captae sunt,
cules
in
fuga salutem petierunt.
quo numero
omnibus
erat ipsa Hippolyte.
Her-
postquam balteum
accepit,
captlvls libertatem dedit.
THE DESCENT TO HADES AND THE DOG CER'BERUS

lamque unus modo
omnis hie erat
e duodecim laboribus relinquebatur sed inter
difficillimus.
lussus est enim canem Cerberum* ex
Oreo
in
lucem trahere.
Ex Oreo
Prae-
autem nemo antea

ime
reverterat.
terea Cerberus erat
monstrum max-
horribile et tria capita habebat.
Hercules postquam imperia Eurysthei accepit, statim profectus est et in
Orcum descendit. Ibi vero non sine summo periculo Cerberum manibus rapuit et ingenti cum labore ex Oreo
in
lucem et ad urbem Eurysthei traxit.

Sic
duodecim labores
illi^
intra
duodecim annos confecti
sunt.
De-
mum
post longam vitam Hercules

filio
a deis receptus est et luppiter
HERCULES ET CERBERUS
living in Asia Minor.
^
suo dedit immortalitatem.

1
A fabled tribe of warlike women
omnino,
*
etc., to
' Amazonibus, have consisted entirely of women. 501. 14. berus guarded the gate of Orcus, the abode of the dead.
The dog Certhose famous.
^ illi,
204
P.
THE STORY OF A ROMAN BOY

CORNELIUS LENTULUS
LXI.
THE STORY OF A ROMAN BOYi

:
PUBLIUS
IS
BORN NEAR POMPE'II

Romanus, amplissima
dux
familia'
P. Cornelius Lentulus,^ adulescens
natus est
nam pater eius, Marcus,
erat
peritissimus, cuius virtute*

eius, lulia, a
et consilio
multae victoriae reportatae erant; atque mater
clarissimis maioribus orta est.

5
Non
vero in urbe sed ruri' Publius

villa
natus
est, et
cum matre
habitabat in
quae in maris
litore et
sub
radicibus
magni mentis
sita erat.
Mons autem
erat Vesuvius et parva
PUERI ROMANI
urbs Pompeii octo milia* passuum' aberat. plurimae quidem

chrior
villae et pulchrae,
In
Italia
antiqua erant
ntilla erat pul-
sed inter has omnis
quam
villa
Marci
liiliaeque.
Frons
villae
muro
a maris fluctibus
lo miiniebatur.
Hinc mare
et litora et insulae longe lateque conspici'
ac saepe naves longae et onerariae poterant.

latere agri feracissimi patebant.
tergo et ab utroque
copia et
^
Undique erat magna variorum florum multa ingentium arborum genera quae aestate' umbram
is fiction witli
This story
certain liistoricai facts in Caesar's career as a
However, tlie events chronicled might have happened, and no doubt ^ A Roman had three names, as, did happen to rfiany a Roman youth. Publius (given name), Cornelius (name of the gens or clan), Lentulus (family ' AM. of source, which is akin to the abl. of separation name). ( 501. 32).
setting.
^virtiite, 501. 24.
501. II.
^
^
ruri, 501. 36. i.
^milia, 501. 21.
''
passuum,
conspici, infin. with poterant, 215.

villa.
'
Consult the
map
of Italy for_
the approximate location of the
aestate, 501. 35.
HIS LIFE
ON THE FARM
non solum equi
205
defessis agricolls gratissimam adferebant.
Praeterea erant' in agris
stabulisque multa animalium genera,
etiam rarae aves.
et boves sed Etiam erat^ magna piscina plena piscium nam

;
Romam
piscis diligenter colebant.
LXII.
HIS LIFE
ON THE FARM
vilicus
"
Huius
omnia
tant.
vlllae
Davus, servus Marcl, est
et
cum Lesbia uxore

sita,
curat.
Vilicus et uxor in casa humili, medils in agris
habi-
A prima liice usque ad vesperum se^ gravibus laboribus

ne
tardi sint*
;
exercent
ut omnis res bene gerant.'

Vilicus servos regit
Pliirima enim sunt officia Davi et Lesbiae.

mittit alios qui agros arent,^ alios
qui hortos inrigent,* et opera in^ totum
diem imponit.
Lesbia autem omnibus
vestimenta parat, cibum coquit,

facit.
panem
et
in 15
Non summo
longe ab
horum casa
coUe situm surgebat domici-
lium ipsius domini dominaeque amplissimum.

Ibi pluris
annos* Piiblius
agebat
;
cum matre vitam
f elicem
nam
CASA ROMANA
pater eius, Marcus, in terris longinquis

gravia rei publicae bella gerebat nee
domum''
vivere.
reverti poterat.
Eum
multae res delectant.
Neque puero quidem molestum est run* Magnopere amat silvas, agros,
Saepe pluris horas'
equos, boves, gallinas, avis, reliquaque animalia.
ad mare sedet quo^ melius fluctus et navis spectet.

sine comitibus erat,
Nee omnino
aetatis, 25
quod Lydia, Davi
filia,
quae erat eiusdem
cum eo adhuc infante ludebat, inter quos cum annis amicitia crescebat. Lydia nullum alium ducem deligebat et Publius ab puellae latere raro
^ 2
How
are the forms of
The
vQicus was a slave
sum translated when they precede who acted as overseer of a farm. He

^ se,
the subject?
directed the
annos,
farming operations and the sale of the produce.

of exercent.
501. 21.
'
reflexive pron., object

" in,
* For the construction, see * ruri, domum, 501. 20.
501. 40. 501. 36.

i.
for.
">
horas,
cf.
ann5s,
line 17.
^^
quo
spectet, 349, 350.
2o6
MARCUS LENTULUS
IS
SHIPWRECKED
fide-
discedebat.
lissimi,
Itaque sub claro Italiae sole Publius et Lydia, amici
per campos collisque cotidie vagabantur.

sagittis-'
Modo
et
in silva finitima
ludebant ubi Publius
celeribus avis deiciebat et Lydia coronis
variorum florum comas suas omabat;

5
modo aquam
cibum portabant
in casa
ad
Davum
servosque defessos qui agros colebant;
modo
parva
aut horas laetas in ludo consumebant aut auxilium dabant Lesbiae,

quae" cibum viro et servis parabat vel alias res domesticas agebat.
LXIII.
MARCUS LENTULUS, THE FATHER OF PUBLIUS, IS SHIPWRECKED JULIA RECEIVES A LETTER FROM HIM
lam
eius,
Publius ^decem annos habebat
cum
Cornelius Lentulus, pater
qui quinque annos' grave bellum in Asia gerebat,
non
sine gloria
10
Namque multa secunda proelia fecerat, maximas hostium copias deleverat,multasurbis populo^ Romano inimlcas ceperat.
domum*revertebatur.
Primum ntintius pervenit qui a Lentulo^ missus suam nuntiaret. Deinde pluris dies' reditum virl
exspectabant et animis^
1
erat 'ut profectionem
optimi mater filiusque
soUicitls
deos immortalls frustra colebant.
Tum
demum
^
has
litteras
summo cum
spem
gaudio acceperunt
Si vales,
"
Marcus
luliae suae salutem dicit.
bene
est;
ego valeo.
litteras
Ex
ad
Graecia, quo''^ praeter

te scribo.
et
opinionem hodie perveni, has
gratia 2o
incolumes sumus.
caelum undique
est
et et
Namque
navis nostra fracta est; nos autem
^^dis est
solvi-
Ex
Asiae-"'
portu
navem
leni
vento
mus.
erunt,
Postquam "altum mare tenuimus

undique
^^nec iam ullae terrae apparu-
fluctus, subito
adflixit.
magna tempestas
coorta
navem vehementissime
^
Ventis fluctibusque
*
^sagittis, 501. 24.
was
ten years old.
''annos, 501. 21.

^
domum,
^ populo, dat. with inimicas, cf. 501. 20. 501. 16. ' ut ' dies, cf annos, 1. 9. nuntiaret, 501 40. .
. .
. .
Lentulo, 501. 33. animis, abl. of manner.
Do you
Latin
see one in line 15

First
is
This
is
the usual form for the beginning of a

etc.
letter.
we have
the greeting, and then the expression Si vales,
The
date of the letter
usually given at the end,
and
also the place of writing,
^^ quo, where. ^^ dis est gratia, if not previously mentioned in the letter. ^^ Asia refers to the Roman province of that name thank God, in our idiom. 1* altum mare tenuimus, we were well out to sea. ^^ nee in Asia Minor. iam, and no longer.
LENTULUS REACHES HOME

adfllctati
207
^ nee solem discernere nee eursum tenere poteramus et omnia praesentem mortem intentabant. Tris dies^ et tris noctis'' sine remis velisque agimur. Quarto die' primum terra visa est et
violenter in saxa, quae
non longe a
;
litore aberant, deiecti
sumus. Turn
5
vero maiora perieula timebamus
sed nauta quidam, vir fortissimus,
ex nave
in flucttls iratos desiluit *ut
rem summo labore vix effecit. Ita igitur et honorem Neptuno debemus, qui deus nos
funem ad litus portaret quam omnes servati sumus. Gratias

;
e perieulo eripuit.
Nune Athenis^ sum, quo confugi ut milii paucas boras ad quietem darem.* Quam primum autem aliam navem condueam ut iter ad Italiam reliquum eonficiam et domum' ad meos carps revertar. Saluta
nostrum Publium amicissime
^Kalendis Martiis."
et
10
valetudinem tuam
ciira
diligenter.
LXIV.
LENTULUS REACHES HOME PUBLIUS VISITS POMPEII WITH HIS FATHER

petiit,
1
Post paucos dies navis M. Cornell Lentull portum Mlseni^

qui portus
;
non longe a Pompeils situs est quo in portu classis Romana ponebatur et ad pugnas navalls ornabatur. Ibi naves omnium generum conspiel poterant. lamque incredibill celeritate navis longa qua Lentulus vehebatur
lltori
adpropinqiiavit
nam non solum vento
sed etiam
remIs impellebatur.
aliqul mllites
In
alta
puppe
stabat gubernator et
non procul
20
Roman! cum armis
splendidls, inter
quos clarissimus erat

;
Lentulus.
Deinde
servl remIs contendere cessaverunt ^
nautae velum
contraxerunt et aneoras iecerunt.

et ^âd villam
Lentulus statim e navl egressus est
suam
maturavit.
Eum
lulia, Publius,
totaque familia
exceperunt.
^^Qui complexus, quanta gaudia fuerunt! Postrldie eius diel Lentulus filio suo dixit, " Venl, ml Publi, meeum. 25
' adflictati,
perf passive part, tossed about.

.
^
^
What construction
'die,
SOI- 35.
cf.
^
1.
ut
portaret, 501. 40.
portaret,
6.
'
Why
not ad
domum?
^ darem, Athenis, 501. 36. i. ^ Kalendis Martiis, the Calends
^ Misenum had ox first of March ; abl. of time, giving the date of the letter. an excellent harbor, and under the emperor Augustus became the chief naval 'ô Why is the infinitive used station of the Roman fleet. See map of Italy. '^^ ^^ Observe that these See Plate I, Frontispiece. vjrith cessaverunt?
words are exclamatory.
2o8
Pompeios
ria
iter
A DAY AT POMPEII
hodie faciam.
Mater tua
ut
suadet-"-
ut fructus et ciba-
emam.
'^
quam primum proficiscamur. " " Libenter, mi pater," inquit Publius. " Tecum esse mihi semper est gratum nee Pompeios umquam vidi. Sine mora proficisci paratus sum."
rebus
;
Namque pluris egemus. Ea hortatur
amicos ad cenam vocavimus et multls
Tum
celeriter
currum conscenderunt
et
ad urbis muros vecti sunt.
Stabiana porta ^ urbem ingress! sunt.
Publius stratas vias miratur et
saxa altiora quae in medio disposita erant et altas orbitas quas rotae
inter haec saxa fecerant.
lo ros, fontis,
Etiam strepitum miratur, multitudinem,
car-
domos, tabernas, forum* cum
statuis, templis, reliquisque
aedificiis publicis.
LXV. A
DAY AT POMPEII
"Hie sunt
Ecce, trans viam est popina!
Apud forum
a curru descenderunt et Lentulus dixit,
multa tabernarum genera, mi Publi.
15 stant.
^Hoc genus tabernarum cibaria vendit. Fructus quoque ante ianuam Ibi cibaria mea emam." "Optime," respondit Piiblius. "At
ubi,
mi
pater, crustula
emere possumus
Namque mater
nobis impe-
ravit ût
tula."
haec quoque pararemus.

dicis," inquit
"Bene
Timeo ut' ista popina vendat crQsLentulus. "At nonne vides ilium fontem
In
illo
a dextra ubi aqua per leonis caput fluit?

20 pistoris qui sine dubio vendit criistula."
ipso loco est taberna
Brevi tempore' omnia erant parata, iamque 'quinta hora erat.
Deinde Lentulus
^
et filius
ad cauponam maturaverunt, quod fame ^

^
et
What construction
The
follows suadeo? 501.41.
rebus, 501. 32.
This
is
the abl. of the
abl. of route.
by which motion takes place, sometimes called the construction comes under the general head of the abl. of
II,
p. 53,
way
means. For the scene here described, see Plate

cially
and notice espe-
the stepping-stones for crossing the street (saxa quae in medio disposita
*
and markets kind ofshop;
Pompeii was surrounded by temples, public halls, ' We say, this Locate Pompeii on the map. " ut ' How Latin, this kind of shops. pararemus, 501. 41. ' tempore, is ut translated after a verb of fearing? How ne? Cf. 501. 42. ' quinta hora. The Romans numbered the hours of the day con 501. 35. secutively from sunrise to sunset, dividing the day, whether long or short, ^^ fame shows a slight irregularity in that the abl. into twelve equal parts. ending -e is long.
erant).
The forum
of
of various sorts.
LENTULUS ENGAGES A TUTOR FOR HIS SON 209

siti'^
urgebantur.
sibi^
Ibi
sub arboris umbra sederunt

et
et
puero imperaceleriter
verunt ut
paruit.
cibum
vinum
daret.
Huic imperio^ puer
Turn
laeti se*
ex labore refecerunt.
alia urbis
Post prandium profecti sunt ut
spectacula viderent.
Illo
5
tempore fuerunt Pompeiis^ multa templa, duo theatra, thermae magnumque amphitheatrum, quae omnia post paucos annos flammis atque
incendiis
Vesuvi
et terrae
^ nihil
motu
deleta sunt.
veriti sunt.
Ante hanc calamitatem

In amphitheatre quidem
autem homines
de monte
Publius morari cupivit ut spectacula gladiatoria videret, quae in' ilium
ipsum diem proscripta erant

lus dixit,
et
iam ^re vera inceperant.
Sed'Lentu-
10
"Morari, Publi, "vereor ut possimus.
et via est longa.
Tempus
suadet ut
Iam decima hora est quam primum domum revertasolis
mur."
Itaque servo imperavit ut equos iungeret, et
occasu"
ad villam pervenerunt.
LXVI.
LENTULUS ENGAGES A TUTOR FOR HIS SON

suum
docuerat, et Publius 15
et Latine loqui poterat sed etiam
A
et
primis annis quidem lulia ipsa filium
non solum ^^pure

scribebat.
Iam Ennium^^
aliosque poetas legerat.

ei
Publius ''duodecim annos habebat; itaque
pater
commode legebat Nunc vero bonum magistrum,
"^virum omnI doctrina et virtute ornatissimum, paravit, '^qui Graeca,
musicam, aliasque
artis doceret.
'^Namque
Public
illis
temporibus omnes fere 20
gentes Graece loquebantur.
Cum
alii
pueri, Lentuli
amicorum
' sitis, thirst, has -im in the ace. sing., -i in the abl. sing., and no plural. Observe that the reflexive pronoun sibi does not here refer to the subject of the subordinate clause in which it stands, but to the subject of the main clause. This so-called indirect use of the reflexive is often found in object clauses ^ What case? Cf. * se, cf. p. 205, 1. 7, and note. of purpose. 501. 14. ^ Pompeiis, " nihil veriti sunt, had no fears of the mountain. 501. 36. i.
' va.,
for.
.
*
. .
re vera, in fact.
'
vereor ut, 501. 42.
^^
is
^^ piire
poterat, freely, could speak Latin well.

12
What
the
occasQ, 501. 35. literal trans. . .
l^ (Juodecim habebat, Ennium, the father of Latin poetry. ^* virum, etc., a very well-educated and worthy and note. ^' qui man. Observe the Latin equivalent. doceret, a relative clause of ^^ In Cassar's time Greek was spoken more widely purpose. Cf. 349, 350. in the Roman world than any other language.
lation
cf. p.
206,
1.
8,
2IO
filil,^
SCENE IN SCHOOL
discebant.
Nam
filios
mittere sed
saepe apud Romanos mos erat '^non in Itidum domi per magistrum docere. Cotidie discipull cum
magistro in peristyle ' Marci domOs sedebant.
Omnes
puerl bullam
auream, originis honestae signum, in

5
collo gerebant, et
omnes toga
praetexta amicti erant, ^quod
nondum sedecim annos^
nati sunt.
SCENE IN SCHOOL
AN EXERCISE
IN COMPOSITION
DisciPULi. Salve, magister.
Magister. Vos quoque omnes,

salvete.
stilos
?
Tabulasne portavistis et
10
D. Portavimus.
cemus.
lis
M. lam fabulam Aesopi' disEgo legam, vos in tabuscribite.
Et
tu,
Piibll,
da mihi
e capsa'
15 audite
Aesopi volumen.^
et
lam
omnes: Vulpes
Uva.
Vulpes olim fame coacta uvam
dependentem
bat,
vidit.
Ad uvam
TABULA ET STILUS
salire
salie-
sumere conans.
Frustra diu conata, tandem irata erat et

acerba; acerbam
?
cessans
20
dixit: "Ilia ilva est
uvam
"'nihil
moror."
Omnia'ne
scripsistis,
pueri
D. Omnia, magister.
^ filii,
in apposition witii pueri.
non
mittere.
Tiiis infinitive clause

is
repeated in the understood. ^ The peristyle was an open court surrounded by a colonnade. * At the age of sixteen a boy laid aside the bulla and the toga praetexta and assumed ^ annos, the toga vinlis or manly gown. 501. 21. The expression nondum sedecim annos nati sunt means literally, tkey were bom not yet sixteen years. This is the usual expression for age. What is the English equivalent? ^ Tablets were thin boards of wood smeared with wax. The writing was done with a stylus, a pointed instrument like a pencil, made of bone or metal, with
is tlie
subject of erat.
.
Cf. 216.
Tlie
same construction
of
next clause, domi
docere.
The
object
docere
is
filios
a knob at the other end. The knob was used to smooth over the wax in ' Aesopi, the famous Greek to whom are making erasures and corrections. ^ ^ cylindrical ascribed most of the fables current in the ancient world. ^ Ancient books box for holding books and papers, shaped like a hatbox. i" nihil moror, I care nothing were writteR on rolls made of papy'rus. for.
PUBLIUS GOES TO ROME

LXVII. PUBLIUS
211
GOES TO ROME TO FINISH HIS EDUCATION
lamque
et
Publius, ^qulndecim annos natus, ^primis litterarum ele-
mentls confectis,
Romam
petere voluit ut scholas grammaticorum
philosophorum frequentaret.
Et
facillime
patri'
suo,
qui
ipse
philosophiae studio tenebatur, persuasit.
Itaque
* omnibus
rebus ad
5
profectionem
comparatis, pater filiusque

sunt.
equis animosis vecti* ad
magnam urbem profecti

votis
silvis
Eos
proficiscentis lulia totaque familia
precibusque prosecutae sunt.

vestitos
Turn per
loca" plana et
coUis
viam
ingressi sunt ad
Nolam, quod oppidum eos hossol merlcirciter
pitio
modico
excepit.
Nolae' duas horas morati sunt, quod

via*
viginti
dianus
ardebat.
Turn recta
milia^
passuum"
Eo'^"
10
Capuam,^ ad insignem Campaniae urbem, contenderunt.

nocte defessi pervenerunt.
creatl,
multa
'^Postridie eius diei,
somno
et cibo re-
Capua
discesserunt et ^^viam Appiam ingressi, quae
Capuam
tangit et
usque ad urbem
Romam dticit,
ante meridiem Sinuessam per-
venerunt, quod oppidum tangit mare. Inde prima luce proficiscentes 15
Formias^^ mattiraverunt, ubi Cicero, orator clarissimus, qui forte apud

villam
suam
erat,
eos benigne excepit.
Hinc
^*itinere viginti
quinque
milium passuum facto, Tarracinam, oppidum

viderunt.
in saxis altissimis situm,
lamque non longe aberant paludes magnae, quae multa milia passuum undique patent. Per eas pedestris via est gravis et in nave viatores vehuntur. Itaque ^êquls relictis Lentulus et Publius navem conscenderunt, et, una nocte in transitu consumpta, Forum Appi venerunt.
1
20
Tum
brevi tempore Arlcia eos excepit.

etc.,
cf.
Hoc oppidum,
^
in
coUe
quindecim,
^
p. 210,
I.
5,
and note.
piimis
^ *
confectis, abl.
abs.
cf.
Cf. 501.28.
vecti,
* patri, dat.
with persuasit.
'
omnibus ... comparatis,
note 2. about the

'via,
cf.
perf. pass. part, of veho. this

1.
What
is
there peculiar
gender of
p. 208,
word.'
Nolae,
^
locative
porta,
7,
and note.
What
501.36.:!. i" Eo, construction?
case,
^^ Postridie eins diel, on the next day. ^^ viam Appiam, the adv. there. most famous of all Roman roads, the great highway from Rome to Tarentum and Brundisium, with numerous branches. Locate on the map the various '* Formias, Formice, towns that are mentioned in the lines that follow. one of the most beautiful spots on this coast, and a favorite site for the villas ^* itinere . facto, abl. abs. The gen. milium modifies of rich Romans. 1^ equis relictis. itinere. What construction? Point out a similar one in
.
.
the next line.
212
PUBLIUS PUTS ON THE TOGA VIRILIS

Roma
sedecim milia passuum abest.
ducit ubi
situm, ab urbe
Inde
declivis via
usque ad latum
campum
Roma
stat.
Quem
ad locum ubi
Publius venit et Romam adhuc remotam, maximam totlus orbis terrarum urbem, conspexit, summa admiratione et gaudio adfectus est. Sine mora descenderunt, et, medio intervallo quam celerrime superato,
urbem porta Capena

LXVIII.
Publius iam
spectacula
ingress! sunt.
PUBLIUS PUTS ON THE TOGA VIRILIS

totum annum
et
Romae morabatur^ multaque

sibi^
urbis
viderat
''de
multos
amicos paraverat.
Ei^
omnes
Publius
favebant
10 scholas
eo omnes bene
sperare poterant.
Cotidie
philosophorum et grammaticorum tan to

aliis
studio frequentabat ût
clarum exemplum
praeberet.
Saepe erat
cum
patrq in curia ^; quae
res effecit 'ut

ret et videret.
15
summos
rei ptiblicae viros et audi-
Ubi "sedecim annos natus' est, bullam' auream et togam praetextam more Romano deposuit atque virilem togam sumpsit. Virilis autem toga erat omnlno alba, sed praetexta clavum purpureum in margine habebat. '"Deponere togam praetextam et sumere togam virilem
2o erat res gratissima puero

vir et civis
Romano, quod postea
bulla
litteras scripsit:
Romanus
habebatur.
'^His rebus gestis Lentulus ad uxorem
suam has
bene
^"Marcus
AccepI tuas
25
luliae suae salutem dicit.
Si vales,
est
ego valeo.
Has nunc Roma per servum fidelissimum mitto ut de Public nostro quam celerrime scias. Nam hodie ei togam virilem dedl. Ante lucem surrexi^' et primum buUam auream de coUo eius
litteras.
^
morabatur, translate as
. . .
if
pluperfect.
de
poterant, in English, all regarded him as

. . .
^ ut does the Latin say? near the Roman Forum.
'
etc., cf. p. 210,
1.
5,
and note.
praeberet, ut . . audiret et videret, 501. 44. ^ bullam, cf. p. 210, 1. 3, and note 4.
.
^ Ei, why dat. ? for himself. a very promisingyouth ; but what * curia, a famous, building 501. 43. ^ sMai,
'
sedecim,
i"
These
i.e.
infinitive clauses are the subject of erat.- Cf. 216.
^^
His rebus gestis,
^^ Compare the assumption of the toga virilis and attendant ceremonies. the beginfling of this letter with the one on page 206. 1* surrexi, from surgo.
Plate IV
'ECCE CAESAR NUNC TRIUMPHAT

(See page 224)
'
PUBLIUS JOINS CESAR'S ARMY IN GAUL

removi.
vestivi.
Hac
Laribus'^ consecrata et sacrls factis,
eum
in
toga
virili
Interim plures amlci
cum
multitudine optimorum civium et
honestorum clientium pervenerant ^qui Publium domo

ducerent.
Ibi in civitatem receptus est et
forum
de-
nomen, Publius Cornelius

5
Lentulus, apud civis
fuerunt et
est et
Romanes ascrlptum est. Omnes ei amicissimi magna ^ de eo praedlcunt. Sapientior enim aequalibus''
ingenium habet. ^Ciira ut valeas."
magnum
LXIX. PUBLIUS JOINS CESAR'S
ARMY
IN
GAUL
aliis
Publius iam adulescens postquam togam virilem sumpsit,

studere incepit et praesertim usu"
rebus
armorum
se' diligenter exercuit.

10
illas artis quae mllitarem animum delectant. lamque erant ^qul ei cursum militarem praedicerent. Nee sine causa, quod certe patris Insigne exemplum ita multum trahebat. "'Paucis
Magis magisque amavit
ante annis C. lulius Caesar,
ducum Romanorum maximus,

apud quos
erat
consul
in 15
creatus erat et hoc tempore in Gallia bellum grave gerebat.

exercitu eius plures adulescentes militabant,
Atque
amicus
'ût
quidam
iter in
Publi.
Ille
Publium
crebrTs litteris
vehementer hortabatur
Galliam faceret.
Neque Publius
est,
recusavit, et, multis amicis

est.
ad
portam urbis prosequentibus, ad Caesaris castra profectus

die
Quarto
postquam
iter
ingressus
ad Alpis, montls
altissimos, pervenit.
in finibus erat. 20
His summa
diificultate superatis,
tandem Gallorum
Primo autem
veritus est
ut^
castris
Romanis adpropinquare
posset,
quod
ne a
Galli,
maximis
copiis coactis,
Romanes
obsidebant et vias omnis
iam clauserant.
His rebus commotus Publius vestem Gallicam induit

hostium copias incolumis ad castra
Gallis caperetur, et ita per
1 The Lares were the spirits of the ancestors, and were worshiped as household gods. All that the house contained was confided to their care, and sacri^ magna, ^ quj deducerent, 350. fices were made to them daily.
.
.
great things, a neuter adj. used as a noun.
aequalibus, 501. 34.
Cura
ut valeas, take good care ofyour health. does the Latin express this idea? * Abl. of means. ' se, reflexive object of exercuit. ^ qui . . praedicerent,
.
How
multum trahebat, had a great influence in that direction. '^ Paucis ante annis, a few years before; in Latin, before by a few years, ante being ^^ ut faceret, 501. 41. an adverb and annis abl. of degree of difference.
501. 45.
' ita
. . .
^^ ut,
how
translated here?
See
501. 42.
214
HOW THE ROMANS MARCHED AND CAMPED

Intra munltiones acceptus, a Caesare benigne excep-
pervenlre potuit.
tus est.
et
Imperator fortem adulescentem amplissimis verbis laudavit

mllitum creavit.
eum ^tribunum
HOW THE ROMANS MARCHED AND CAMPED

Exercitus qui in hostium finibus bellum gerit multis periculis
5
cir-
cumdatus
est.
^Quae
pericula ut vitarent,
Romani summam
ciiram
IMPEDIMENTA
adhibere solebant.
Adpropinquantes
copiis
hostium agmen
ita dispri-
ponebant "ut imperator ipse cum pluribus legionibus expeditis*
mum
agmen
duceret.
Post eas copias impedimenta^ totius exercitus
^ The military tribune was a commissioned officer nearly corresponding to our rank of colonel. The tribunes were often inexperienced men, so Cjesar ^ Quae pericula, object of vitarent. did not allow them much responsibility. It is placed first to make a proper connection with the preceding sentence. ' ut * expeditis, i.e. without baggage and ready for duceret, 501. 43. ^ impedimenta. Much of the baggage was carried in carts and on action. beasts of burden, as is shown above; but, besides this, each soldier (unless expeditus) carried a heavy pack. See also picture, p. 159.
.
. .
THE RIVAL CENTURIONS

conlocabant.
215
'Turn legiones quae proxime conscriptae erant totum

Equites quoque in omnls partis dlmittebantur qui
et
agmen
claudebant.
;
loca explorarent
centuriones praemittebantur ut
locum
castrls
idoneum
deligerent.
Locus habebatur idoneus
castris
^qul facile
s
defendl posset et prope
aquam
esset.
Qua de
causa castra^ in coUe saepe ponebantur;
ab utraque parte arduo, a fronte leniter
decllvi
vel locus paludibus cinctus vel in fluminis ripis situs deligebatur.
Ad
alii
locum postquam exercitus pervenit,

castra
essent,
vallo
alii
militum *in armis erant,
munire incipiebant.
muniebant.
Nam
castrls
^quo tutiores ab hostibus
mllites
lata et 10
neve incauti et imparati opprimerentur, castra fossa

In
fieri
alto
portae quattuor erant ut eruptio
militum omnls in partis
posset.
In angulls castrorum erant turres

^Talibus in castrls quaUa
est.
de quibus
tela
in
hostis coniciebantur.
descripsimus Publius a Caesare exceptus
LXX.
nils in castris erant
THE RIVAL CENTURIONS

duo
centuriones,'' fortissimi viri, T.
alter! virtute^
PuUo
et 15
L. Vorenus,
quorum neuter
modo^
cedere volebat.
Inter eos
finis
iam multos annos infensum certamen gerebatur.

controversiae hoc
pervenit,
f actus est.
Turn
demum
Die
tertio
postquam Publius
in
hostes,
maioribus
copils
coactis,
acerrimum impetum
castra fecerunt.
Tum
Pullo,
^"cum RomanI
tardiores^'- viderentur, 20
"Cur
1
dubitas," inquit,
?
"Vorene?
Quam commodiorem
occasionem
dixisset,
exspectas
Hie
^
dies de virtute nostra iudicabit."
Haec^^ cum
The newest
qui
* in
legions were placed in the rear, because they were the least
.
reliable.
posset
esset, 501. 45.
'
castra, subject of pone. .

.
bantur.
^ quo essent. When is armis erant, stood under arms. " Talibus in castris quo used to introduce a purpose clause.' See 350. 1. qualia, in such a camp as. It is important to remember the correlatives talis
_
qualis, such
as.
'A
centurion
commanded
company
of about sixty
was a common soldier who had been promoted from the ranks for and fighting qualities. The centurions were the real leaders of the men in battle. There were sixty of them in a legion. The centurion in the picture (p. 2i6) has in his hand a staff with a crook at one end, the symbol of his
men.
his courage
He
authority.
501. 46. tive degree.
'virtute, 501. 30.

^^ tardiores, too slow,
^^
'
Abl. of manner.
It is
^''
cum ... viderentur,
a not infrequent translation of the compara-
Haec, obj. of dixisset.
placed before cum to

is
make a
close
connection with the preceding sentence.
What
the construction of dixisset?
2l6
THE ENEMY ARE REPULSED

inrupit.
extra munitiones processit et in earn hostium partem quae confertis-
sima 'videbatur
continet, sad
Neque Vorenus quidem

atque
turn vallo
sese
Pullonem subsequitur. Turn
PuUo pilum
5
in hostis immittit
ex multitudine procurrentem
traicit.
unum Hunc
scutis
percussum
et
exanimatum hostes
protegunt et in Pullonem omnes tela coniciunt.
Eius scutum transfigitur et telum

defigitur.
in
balteo
Hie casus vaginam
lo avertit et
dextram
manum
eius gladium
educere conantis' moratur.
Eum
ita
im-
peditum hostes circumsistunt.
Tum
sit
vero
*ei
laboranti Vorenus,
cum
15
tamen auxilium dat. Ad hunc confestim â PuUone omnis multitude se convertit. Gladio comminus pugnat Vorenus, atque, uno interfecto, reliquos paulum
inimicus,
propellit.
Sed Instans cupidius^

fallente, concidit.
infelix,
^pede se
20
Huic rursus circumvents auxilium dat

PuUo,
atque
ambo
incolumes,
pluribus
.
mterfectis,
summa
cum
laude
mtra
CENTURIO
munitiones se recipiunt.
Sic inimicorum alter alteri auxilium dedit
nee de eorum virtute quisquam iudicare potuit.
LXXI.
25
THE ENEMY BESIEGING THE CAMP ARE REPULSED

deficerent,* atque hostes acrius instarent,' et
Cum iam sex horas pugnatum esset^ ac non solum vires sed etiam tela
Romanes
vallum scindere
fossamque complere incepissent,^ Caesar,

^
vir rei militaris peritissimus,
videbatur, inrupit.
Cf. 190.
Why is
the imperfect used in one case and the perfect

of means, but in English
1.
in the other?
^ vallo, abl.
we should
^
say
within the rampaii.
Cf. ingenti stabulo, p. 201,

* ei ^
13,
and note.
'
**
conantis,
pres. part, agreeing with eius.
laboranti, indir. obj. of dat.
from PuUo,
abl. of separation.
cupidius, too eagerly.
* a PuUone, pede se fallente, lit.
the foot deceiving itself; in our idiom, his foot slipping.

rent, instafent, incepissent.
pugnatum
esset, defice-
These are
all
subjunctives with cum.
Cf. 501. 46.
PUBLIUS GOES TO GERMANY

castris
217
suis imperavit ut proelium paulisper intermitterent,^ et, signo dato, ex
erumperent.'
^Quod
iussi
sunt faciunt, et subito ex omnibus
portis
erumpunt. Atque tam
celeriter milites
concurrerunt et tarn proItaque

5
pinqul erant hostesût spatium pila coniciendi* non daretur.

reiectis pilis
^comminus
gladiis
pugnatum
est.
Diu
et
audacter hostes
restiterunt et in
extrema spe
salutis
tantam virtutem praestiterunt ut
a dextro cornu vehementer ^multitudine suorum aciem merent. 'Id imperator
Romanam
pre-
cum
animadvertisset,
^
Publium adulescentem
Eius impetum
verterunt.
cum
equitatu misit qui laborantibus
auxilium daret.
sustinere
non potuerunt hostes^
et
omnes terga
Eos
in 10
fugam datos Publius subsecutus est usque ad flumen Rhenum, quod ab eo loco quinque milia passuum aberat. Ibi pauci salutem sibi
reppererunt.
Omnibus
reliquis interfectis, Publius et equites in castra
sese receperunt.
assent,
De hac calamitate finitimae gentes cum certiores factae

et se
ad Caesarem legates miserunt
suaque omnia dediderunt.
LXXII. PUBLIUS
GOES TO GERMANY ITS GREAT FORESTS AND STRANGE ANIMALS

litteris certior
Inita aestate
Caesar
fiebat et per exploratores cognos-
cebat plurls civitates Galliae novis rebus studere/" et contra
populum
Romanum
coniurare^" obsidesque
^^
inter se dare," atque
cum
his
Germanos quosdam quoque sese coniuncturos esse.^" His litteris nuntiisque commotus Caesar constituit quam celerrime in Gallos proficisci,^^ ut cos inopinantis opprimeret, et Labienum legatum cum duabus legionibus peditum et duobus milibus equitum in Germanos mittere.^^
1
20
intennitterent, erumperent.
they do as ordered.
^ Quod, etc., What use of the subjunctive ? The antecedent of quod is id understood, which would be the ^ ^
object of faciunt.
* coniciendi,
ut
402.
daretur. Is this a clause of purpose or of result? . conuninus gladiis pugnatum est, a hand-to-hand conflict
. .
was waged with swords.

used as a noun.
perator.
multitudine suorum, by their numbers,

literal translation of this
suorum
'
^
is
What
is
the
expression?
Id imlabo-
Id
is
the obj. and imperator the subj. of animadvertisset.
This participle agrees with iis understood, the indir. obj. of daret; ^ hostes, subj. of potuerunt. qui daret is a purpose clause, 501. 40. 1 Observe that all these infinitives are in indirect statements after certior fiebat, ^^ inter se, to he was informed, and cognoscebat, he learned. Of. 501 48, 49.
rantibus.
. . .
.
each other.
^"^
proficisci, mittere.
These
infinitives
depend upon
constituit.
2i8
'Îtaque re
THE STORMING OF A CITY

frumentaria comparata castra movit.
est
;
Ab
utroque^ res
pervenit ut
bene gesta
nam Caesar
tarn celeriter in
hostium
finis
spatium "copias cogendi non daretur*; et Labienus de Germanis tam

grave supplicium sumpsit ut
5
nemo ex
ea gente in reliquum tempus
Gallis auxilium dare auderet.*
Hoc
iter in
Germaniam Publius quoque

vidit.
fecit et,
^cum
ibi
moraretur,
multa mirabilia
Praesertim vero ingentem silvam mirabatur,
quae tantae magnittadinis esse dicebatur ût nemo eam transire posset,
nee quisquam sciret-aut initium aut finem.
10 verat
Qua de
re plura cognoibi
a milite
quodam
qui olim captus a Germanis multos annos
incoluit.
lUe' de silva dicens, " Infinitae magnitildinis est haec silva,"
inquit;
"nee quisquam
est ^huius
Germaniae ^qui initium

illic
eius sciat
aut ad finem adierit.

qualia reliquis in locis
1
Nascuntur
multa
talia
animalium genera
non inveniuntur.
Itaque,
Sunt boves qui Tanum^" cornu
habent
sunt etiam animalia quae appellantur alces.

si
Hae
nullos cru-
rum"^^ articulos habent.
forte conciderunt, sese erigere nullo

^^
modo
atque
possunt.
Arbores habent pro
cubilibus
ad eas se applicant
ita reclinatae
quietem capiunt.
Tertium
est
genus eorum qui
uri appellantur.
Hi
sunt paulo minores elephantis.^'
Magna vis eorum

"
2o est et
magna
velocitas.
Neque homini neque
ferae parcunt.''*
LXXIII.

^^
Publius pluris dies in Germania moratus

Caesaris castra se contulit.
Ille
in Galliam rediit, et
ad
quia moleste ferebat Gallos** eius
regionis obsides dare recQsavisse et exercitui
frumentum praebere
1 Before beginning a campaign, food had to be provided. Every fifteen days grain was distributed. Each soldier received about two pecks. This he carried in his pack, and this constituted his food, varied occasionally by what ^ copias he could find by foraging. ^^bl. of personal agent, 501. 33.
cogendi, 501. 37.

5
i.
daretur, audiret, 501. 43.

. . . .
auderet
is
not from audio.
" ut ' nie, moraretur, 501. 46. posset, . . sciret, 501. 43. ^ huius Germaniae, ^ qui . subj. of inquit. of this part of Germany. i" iinum, only n crurum, from crus. sciat . . adierit, 501. 45. one.
.
cum
^^
pro, for, in place of.
i^
i^
used with
this
verb
moratus.
1* parcunt. What case is elephantis, 501. 34. Is this part, active or passive in meaning?
^^ Gallos, subj. ace.
of the infins. recusavisse

ferebat.
and
noluisse.
The
indirect state-
ment depAds upon moleste

noluisse, constituit eis
'
219
vicis incensTs,
bellum inferre.
Agris vastatis,
pervenit ad
erat.
oppidum validissimum quod

vlginti
tertio
et natura et arte
alto.
munltum
Cingebatur muro
quinque pedes'^
latere
coUis,
lateribus duo-
bus marl muniebatur; a

situm,
in
quo oppidum erat
praerupto
fastigio
ad
planitiem
vergebat;
quarto
tantum
latere aditus erat f acilis.
Hoc oppidum
opus esset
constituit
oppugnare,
cum
difficillimum,
tamen
castris
Caesar.
Et
munltis Public negotium dedit
ut res âd
oppugnandum
neces-
sarias pararet.
natio est haec.
Romanorum autem oppug^f^ Primum turres

milites
in
VINEA
15
aedificantur quibus
summum murum
murum
;
evadere possint';
;
vineae' fiunt quibus tecti milites ad

tur post
succedant
plutei^ paranarietes
quos
milites tormenta^" administrent
suntquoque
qui
murum
et portas discutiant.
His omnibus rebus comparatis,
deinde "agger ab ea parte ubi aditus est facillimus exstruitur et

pedes, 501. 21. esset, a clause of concession, 501. 46.
501. 15.
^ eis, 2
^
cum
.
. .
20
ing purpose.
haec, as follows.
^
'
* cum tantum, adv. onfy. ^ ad oppugnandum, a gerund expresspossint, subjv. of purpose. Three similar
These vineae were wooden sheds, open in front and rear, used to protect men who were working to take a fortification. They were about eight feet high, of like width, and double that length, covered with raw hides to protect them from being set on fire, and moved on wheels or
constructions follow.
vineae.
rollers.
' plutei,
large screens or shields with small wheels attached to them.

i"
These were used
to protect besiegers while
the engines of war.
tormenta.
The engines
moving up to a city or while serving of war were chiefly the cata-
and the ballista, for hurling large stones. They ^l The agger, had a range of about two thousand feet and were very effective. or mound, was of chief importance in a siege. It was begun just out of reach of the missiles of the enemy, and then gradually extended towards the point to be attacked. At the same time its height gradually increased until on a level with the top of the wall, or even higher. It was made of earth and timber, and had covered galleries running through it for the use of the besiegers. Over or beside the agger a tower was moved up to the wall, often with a battering-ram
pult for shooting great arrows,
(aries) in
the lowest story.
(See picture,
p. 221.)
220
vineis
THE CITY
ad ipsum oppidum agitur.
IS
TAKEN
turris in
Turn
aggere promovetur
arietibus qui
ballistis,
sub vineis conlocati erant murus et portae discutiuntur;
catapultis, reliquisque tormentis lapides et tela in
oppidum
coniciuntur.
5
Postremo cum iam
turris
et
agger altitudinem muri

milites inruunt
adaequant
et
et arietes
moenia perfregerunt/ signo dato
oppidum expugnant.
LXXIV.
THE CITY
IS
TAKEN
THE CAPTIVES ARE

comparatis,
ineant.^
QUESTIONED
Omnibus rebus
necessariis ad
oppugnandum a Public
deliberatur in concilio
quod consilium ôppidi expugnandi
Tum
10 vir
unus* ex centurionibus,
militaris
rei
peritissimus,
inquit, " ut
"
Ego suadeo,"
ab
ea parte, ubi aditus
sit^ facilli-
mus, aggerem exstruamus^

turrim
IS ariete
et
promoveamus " atque admoto simul murum

conemur.^ "
'
discutere
Hoc
consilium
ret,
cum omnibus
place-
Caesar concilium
dimisit.
Deinde
milites hortatus ut pri-
20 ores victorias
rent,
iussit
memoria* teneexstrui,
aggerem
ballista
turrim et arietem admoveri.
ignem
et
Neque oppidanis' consilium defuit. Alii omne genus telorum de muro in turrim coniecerunt, alii inDiii
gentia saxa in vineas et arietem devolverunt.

'
utrimque acerrime
Is this a
*
perfregerunt, from perfringo.
="
oppidi expugnandi.
^
gerund or
unus, subj.
a gerundive construction ?
of inquit.
^ sit.
Cf. 501.37.
Tliis is
ineant, 501. 50. a so-called subjunctive by attraction,
which means
that the clause beginning with ubi stands in such close connection with the subjv. clause beginning with ut, that its verb is attracted into the same mood. " All these verbs are in the same construction. ' Hoc consilium, subj. of
placeret.
For the order

1.
cum,
p.
2i7f
8.
cf. Haec cum, etc., p. 215, 1. 22, and note; Id imperator memoria, abl. of means. ^ oppidanis, 501. 15.
THE CAPTIVES ARE QUESTIONED

pugnatum
^de tertia
est.
221
Tandem,
Ne
vulnerati
quidem pedem
illi
rettulerunt.
vigilia,
Publius,
quem Caesar
operi^ praefecerat, nflntiavit
partem^ muri ictibus

arietis
labefactam con-
cidisse.
Qua
re
au-
dita
Caesar
signum
hos-
dat; milites inruunt et
magna cum caede

Postrldie eius
tium oppidum capiunt.

die!,
hocoppido expugnato,
*captivorum qui
bilissimi
no-
sunt ad im-
peratorem ante praetorium^
adducuntur.
TURRES, ARIETES, VINEA
insignis,
15
Ipse, lorica aurata et
paludamento purpureo
captivos
per interpretem
in
hunc
modum
interrogat:*
Vos
qui estis'?
sitis.
Interpres. Rogat imperator qui

Captivi.
Filii
regis sumus.
filios
20
Interpres. Dicunt se Interpres.
esse regis.
initirias intulistis
?
Imperator. CQr mihi tantas
Rogat cur sibi tantas iniurias intuleritis. Captivi. Initirias ei non intulimus sed pro patria bellum gessimus. Semper voluimus Romanis esse amici, sed Romani sine causa nos
25
domo
patriaque expellere conati sunt.

'
Interpres.
gessisse.
Negant
se initirias
tibi intulisse,
sed pro patria bellum

esse, sed
^Semper se
voluisse amicos
Romanis
Romanes
sine causa se
^
domo
patriaque expeUere conatos esse.

in the morning.
^
Between twelve and three o'clock

^
. .
.
The
night was divided
into four watches.

^
operi, 501. 15.
partem, subj. ace. of concidisse.
^ The general's headquarters. sunt, the noblest of the captives. Study carefully these direct questions, indirect questions, and indirect state' See Plate III, p. 117. ^'S&%a.iA,e.tc.,they say that they have not, ^tz. ments. Negant is equivalent to dicunt non, and the negative modifies intulisse, but not the ' Semper, etc., that they have always, etc. remainder of the indirect statement.
captivorum
2 22
CIVIL
'^
WAR BREAKS OUT

fide,
Imperator.
condonata
?
Manebitisne in reliquum tempus in
hac rebellione
Turn vero
esse, et
captivi multls
cum lacrimis iuraverunt
se in fide manstiros
Caesar eos incolumis
domum
dimlsit.
LXXV. CIVIL
WAR BREAKS OUT BETWEEN C^SAR AND POMPEY THE BATTLE OF PHARSALIA
Ne
et
confecto^ quidem hello Gallico, "bellum civile inter Caesarem

est.
Pompeium exortum
Nam
Pompeius, qui
rei
summum
imperium
petebat, senatui persuaserat ut
Caesarem
pUblicae hostem* iudicaret
et exercitum eius dimitti iuberet.
Quibus
cognitis rebus
Caesar exertotiens
citum
10
suum
dimittere recusavit, atque, hortatus milites ut

iniQriis
ducem
victorem ab inimicorum
sequerentur.
defenderent, imperavit ut se
Romam
Summa cum
belli civilis
alacritate milites paruerunt,
et transito
Rubicone^ initium
Italiae
factum
^
est.
urbes quidem omnes fere
rebus Caesaris favebant et
eum
benigne exceperunt.
15
Qua re commotus Pompeius ante Caesaris
adven-
tum Roma excessit et Brundisium^ pervenit, cum omnibus copiis ad Epirum mare transiit.
comitatum erat Publius.
Pluribus levioribus proelils
factis,
inde ^panels post diebus
Eum Caesar cum septem
legionibus et quingentis equitibus secutus est, et insignis inter Caesaris
20
salum^ in Thessalia sitam castra posuerunt.
tandem copiae adversae ad PharCum Pompei exercitus

.
1 Manebitisne in fide, will you remain loyal? ^ With ne quidem the ^ The Civil War was caused by the emphatic word stands between the two. jealousy and rivalry between Caesar and Pompey. It resulted in the defeat and subsequent death of Pompey and the elevation of Caesar to the lordship
.
.
of the
Roman
world.
Rubicon was a small stream

Caesar's province.
^ The hostem, predicate accusative, 501. 22. in northern Italy that marked the boundary of
it
with an armed force Cassar declared war Caesar crossed the Rubicon early ^ rebus Caesaris favebant, favored Ccesar's side. in the year 49 B.C. In what ' Brundisium, a famous port in southern Italy whence ships case is rebus? * paucis post diebus, a sailed for Greece and the East. See map. few days later; literally, afterwards by a few days. Cf. paucis ante annis, p. 213, 1. 12, and ^ The battle of Pharsalia was fought on August note. 9, 48 B.C. In importance it ran^s as one of the great battles of the world.
crossing
By
upon Pompey and the
existing government.
THE BATTLE OF PHARSALIA

esset bis tantus quantxis Caesaris,
223
legiones quae Gallos et
tamen erant multi qui veteranas Germanos superaverant vehementer timebant. Quos^ ânte proelium commissum Labienus^ legatus, qui ab Caesare
ita
nuper defecerat,
adlocutus est
" *Nolite
existimare hunc esse

proelils*
illius
exercitum veteranorum militum.
Omnibus
interful
neque
multi
temere incognitam rem pronuntio.

qui Gallos superavit adhuc superest.
Perexigua pars
exercitus
est,
Magna
pars occisa
domum
discesserunt, multi sunt
relicti
in Italia.
Hae
copiae quas
dix-
videtis in ^citeriore Gallia

isset, iuravit se
nuper conscriptae sunt." Haec^ cum

reliqui iuraverunt, et
nisi
victorem in castra non reversurum esse.
'Hoc
10
idem Pompeius
sicut
et
omnes
magna spe
et laetitia,
certam ad victoriam, copiae e
castrls exierunt.
Item Caesar, anim6 ad dimicandum paratus, exercitum suum ediixit et septem cohortibus ^"praesidio castris relictis copias triplici
acie instruxit.
dedit.
Turn, militibus studio pugnae ardentibus, tuba signum 15
Milites procurrerunt et pllis missis gladios strinxerunt.
Neque
et
vero virtQs hostibus defuit.
Nam
et tela
missa sustinuerunt et impetum
gladiorum exceperunt et ordines conservaverunt.

acriter-
Utrimque diu
pugnatum
est
nee quisquam pedem
rettulit.
Turn equites
ubi Caesar 20
Pompei aciem Caesaris circumire

rere iussit.
conati sunt.
Quod"
animadvertit, tertiam aciem,-"^ quae ad id tempus quieta fuerat, procur-
Tum
et
vero integrorum impetum ^^ defessi hostes sustinere
non potuerunt
suis
omnes
terga verterunt.
Sed Pompeius de
inde
fortilnis
desperans se in castra equo
contulit,
mox cum
paucis
25
equitibus effugit.
^
Quos, obj. of adlocutus est.

battle.
'
ante proelium commissum, before the begin-
ning of the
Labienus, Caesar's most faithful and skillful lieutenant
War. On the outbreak of the Civil War, in 49 B.C., he deserted His defection caused the greatest joy among the Pompeian party; but he disappointed the expectations of his new friends, and never accomplished anything of importance. He fought against his old commander in several battles and was slain at the battle of Munda in Spain,
in the Gallic
Caesar and joined Pompey.
45
B.C.
^ Nolite existimare, rfowV Mz/J.
proeliis, 501. 15.
^ citeriore
applied to Cisalpine Gaul, or Gaul south of the Alps. ^ animo, ' Haec, obj. of dixisset. ^ Hoc idem, obj. of iuraverunt. 501. 30. ^^ aciem, subj. 1 praesidio castris, " Quod, obj. of animadvertit. 501. 17. *' impetum, obj. of sustinere. of procunere.
Gallia.
is
This name
224
THE TRIUMPH OF CvESAR

LXXVI.
THE TRIUMPH OF CAESAR

eius superatis atque
Pompeio amicisque
victis,
omnibus hostibus ubique
Caesar imperator
Romam rediit et
extra moenia urbis in
campo
est,
Martio castra posuit.

honoribus adfectus
et ei
Turn vero amplissimis

Dictator creatus
est.
triumphus a senatu est decretus.

egit,
^Quo
die
de Gallis triumphum
in
tanta multitude
hominum
loca
urbem undique confluxit ût omnia essent conferta. Templa patebant, arae
columnae
sertis
f umabant,
ornatae erant.
Cum
in-
vero
pompa urbem
!
intraret,
quantus hominum
fremitus ortus est

gress!
Primum per portam

et
sunt
senatus
magistratus.
Secuti
sunt tiblcines,
canentes
:
signiferi, pedites
laurea coronati
"
Ecce Caesar nunc triumphat, qui

Multi praedam captabelli in-
subegit Galliam," et "MiUe, mille, mille, mlUe
Gallos trucidavimus."
rum urbium
striimenta.
portabant, arma, omnia
Secuti sunt equites, animosis atque
splendidissime omatis equis vecti, inter quos
Publius adulescens fortissimus habebatur. AdSIGNIFER
dtjcebantur tauri, arietes, ^qui dis immortalibus

Ita longo
immolarentur.
agmine progrediens exercitus
"
sacra via per
forum
in Capitolium perrexit.
Cum
imperator ipse urbem intraret, undique laeto clamore multiStabat in curru aureo
''toga
25 tudinis saliitatus est.
vehebant.
1
Indutus
picta,
altera
quem quattuor albl equi manu habenas et lauream

to enter the city until
all
.
victorious general with his
army was not allowed

^
the day of his triumph.

2
A
.
triumph was the greatest of

ut
military honors.
.
Quo
die,
on the day
that, abl. of time.

^
intraret, 501. 46. was a noted street
qui
running
* Cum . essent, 50 1 43. The Sacred . . inunolarentur, 501. 40. along one side of the Forum to the base of the
Way
Capitoline Hill, on whose summit stood the magnificent temple of Jupiter ' The Capitolinus. This route was always followed by triumphal processions. toga picta worn by a general in his triumph was a splendid robe of Tyrian
purple cove?ed with golden
stars.
See Plate IV,
p. 213.
THE TRIUMPH OF C^SAR

tenebat, altera
225
eburneum sceptrum. Post eum servus in curru stans auream coronam super caput eius tenebat. Ante currum miserrimi
captivi,
reges principesque su-
peratarum
vincti,
gentium,
catenis
vi-
progrediebantur; et
ginti
quattuor lictores^ laurea-
tes fascis ferentes et signiferi
currum Caesaris comitabantur.

Concludit
agmen
multitude
captlvorum, qui, in servitutem

redact!, '^demisso vultu, vinctis*
bracchils,
sequuntur;
quibus-
cum
veniunt longissimo ordine
mllites,
etiam hi praedam vel

i|?*^3(27 "IsiBA
îf/
insignia militaria ferentes.
'?/
'/
'fTl
t*^(f?3
'5
Caesar
cum
Capitolium as-
cendisset, in
pitolino
templo lovi Cafecit.
sacra
J
^Simul
5
captivorum
,
qui
,-
nobilissimi
erant,
abducti
m
.
carcerem,"
LICTORES CUM FASCIBUS

20
interfecti sunt.
Sacris factis Caesar de Capitolio descendit et in foro
militibus suis honores militaris dedit eisque

distribuit.
pecuniam ex
belli
praeda
His omnibus rebus
confectis, Piiblius
Caesarem ^valere
iussit et
quam celerrime ad villam contendit ut patrem matremque 'De rebus gestis P. Corneli Lentuli hactenus.
salutaret.
25
1 The lictors were a guard of honor that attended the higher magistrates and made a way for them through the streets. On their shoulders they carried the
bundle of rods with an ax in the middle, symbolizing the power of ^ demisso vultu, with downcast countenance. ^ vinctis, from vincio. * Simul, etc., At the sa?ne time those of the captives who were the noblest, ^ The prison was a gloomy dungeon on the lower slopes of the Capitoline Hill. ^ valere iussit, bade farewell to. ' This sentence marks the end of the story.
fasces, a
the law.
APPENDIX
NUMERALS,
NOUNS
460.
DECLENSIONS, CONJUGATIONS,
ETC.
Nouns
are inflected in five declensions, distinguished by the
final letter of
the stem and by the termination of the genitive singular.
A-stems, Gen. Sing, 0-stems, Gen. Third Declension Consonant stems and Fourth Declension U-stems, Gen. Sing, Fifth Declension E-stems, Gen. Sing,
First Declension
-ae
-i
Second Declension
Sing,
I-stems, Gen. Sing, -is

-us
-li
461.
FIRST DECLEWSION. jI-STEMS
SECOND DECLENSION
462.
227
SECOND DECLENSION. O-STEMS

a.
Masculines in
Stem domino-
-us
dominus, master
Base domin-
SiNGULAR
domini
Plural
TERMINATIONS
-i
dominorum
dominis
-orum
-is
dominos dominis
1
-os
-is
Nouns
in -us of the second declension
have the tennination
-e in
the
vocative singular, as domine.

2. Proper names in -ius, and filius, end in -i in the vocative and the accent rests on the penult, as Vergi'li, fill.
singular,
b.
Neuters in -um
Stem
pilo-
pilum, spear
Base
pil-
SiNGULAR
Plural
228
THIRD DECLENSION
xeTi,m.,king
229
viriue
iMex, m., judge
yirtaa,
i.,
Bases
230
APPENDIX
b.
Neuters
n.,
flumen,
n.,
river tempus,
time
opus,
n.,
work
caput, n.,
head
Bases
FOURTH DECLENSION
b.
231
Neuters
animal,
n.,
insigne, n., decoration
animal
calcar, n.,
calcari-
spur
Stems
calcar-
TERMINATIONS
-e
-is
-i
or
-6
-i
or
-ia
-ium
-ibus
-ia
-ibus
232
467.
dies, m.,
APPENDIX
THE FIFTH DECLENSION. -STEMS

day
Base
dires,
f.,
thing
Stem
die-
Stem
re-
Base
r-
DECLENSION OF ADJECTIVES
233
ADJECTIVES
469.
FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS.

a.
0-
AND ^-STEMS
Adjectives in -us
n.,
bonus,
good
Stems bono- m. and
bona-
f.
2 34
APPENDIX
Stems pulchro- m. and
f uichei, preUy
n.,
pulchra-
f.
Base pulchr-
DECLENSION OF ADJECTIVES
471.
235
ADJECTIVES OP THE THIRD DECLENSION. /-STEMS

I.
THREE ENDINGS
Stem
acri-
acer, acris, acre, keen, eager
Singular
masc.
fem.
acris
neut.
acre
acris
acri
Nom.
Gen.
acer
acris
acri
acris
acri
Dat.
Ace.
acrem
acri
acrem
acri
acre
acri
Abl.
236
472.
APPENDIX
PRESENT ACTIVE PARTICIPLES

amans, loving Stem amantiBase amant-
SiNGULAR
MASC.
Plural
AND FEM.
plus,
more
plures
Notn.
Gen.
plus
pluris
plura
plurium
pluribus
pluris (-es)
plurium
pluribus
Dat.
Ace.
plus plure
plura
pluribus
AM.
475.
Positive
bonus,
malus,
-a,
pluribus
IRREGULAR COMPARISON OP ADJECTIVES

Comparative
melior, melius,
better
-a,
Superlative
optimus,
pessimus,
-a,
-um, good -um, bad
-um, best -um, worst
peior, peius,
-a,
worse
magnus,
-a,
-um, great
maior, maius,
maximus,
-a,
-um, greatest
greater
multus, -a, -um,
much
plus,
more
plurimus, -a, -um, most
parvus, -a, -um, small

senex, senis, old
iuvenis, -e, young
minor, minus,
minimus,
-a,
-um, smallest
smaller
senior
iiinior
maximus natu minimus natu
vetus, veteris, old

facilis, -e,
vetustior, -ius
facilior, -ius
difficilior, -ius
easy
difficilis, -, difficult
similis, -e,
similar
dissimilar
similior, -ius
dissimilis, -e,
dissimilior, -ius
humilis, -e,
gracilis, -e,
low
slender
humilior, -ius
gracilior, -ius
-um -um difficillim^^^ -a, -um simillimus, -a, -um dissimillimus, -a, -um humillimus, -a, -um gracillimus, -a, -um
veterrimus, -a,
facillimus,
-a,
exterus,
outward
below
exterior, outer,
extremus
~l
outermost,
last
,
exterior
Inferus,
inferior,
extimus
infimusT
J
>
lower
posterns, following
posterior, later
imus J postremusj^^^^ postumus J

.
lowest
superus, above
superior, higher
supremus~l , , ^ ^ > highest
summus
[cis, citra,
on this
side']
citerior,
hither
citimus, hithermost
[in, intra, in,
within']
interior,
Tprior,
inner
intimus, inmost
[prae, pro, before]
former
primus, yfrj/
[prope, near]
[ultra,
propior, nearer
ulterior, further
proximus, next
ultimvs, furthest
beyond]
238
476.
Positive
APPENDIX
REGULAR COMPARISON OP ADVERBS
NUMERALS
Cardinals
15, 16, 17,
239
Ordinals
quindecim sedecim septendecim

undevlginti(novendecim)
quTntus decimus
sextus decimus
Septimus decimus
18, duodeviginti (octodecim)
19,
20, ylginti
duodevlcensimus undevicensimus vicensimus

fvlcensimus primus or
l_unus et vicensimus, etc.
Jviginti unus or '\unus et vigintr,

30, triginta 40, quadraginta
50, quinquaginta
etc.
tricensimus
60, sexaginta
70, septuaginta
80, octoginta
90, nonaginta
100,
centum
(et)
(et)
10 1, centum
1
unus,
etc.
20,
121,
centum centum
viginti
(et) viginti
Onus,
etc.
200, ducenti, -ae, -a
quadrage nsimus quinquagensimus sexagensimus septuagensimus octogensimus nonagensimus centensimus centensimus (et) primus, etc. centensimus vicensimus centensimus (et) vicensimus primus ducentensimus
trecentensimus
300, trecenti
400, quadringenti
500, quingenti
quadringentensimus
quingente nsimus
sescentensimus
600, sescenti
700, septingenti
septingentensimus
octingentensimus
800, octingentl
900, nongenti
1000,
nongentensimus
millensimus
three,
miUe
479. Declension of duo, two, tres,

Masc.
and
mille,
a thousand.
Sing.
Fem.
duae
Neut.
duo
duobus
M. AND
tres
F.
Neut.
tria
Plur.
N. duo
G.
mille milia
duoruin
duarum duorum
duabus
duo duobus
trium
tribus
tris
trium
tribus
tria
miUe milium
mille milibus
mille milia
D.
du5bus
A. duos or duo duas A. duobus duabus

Note.
is
or tres
tribus
tribus
miUe milibus
genitive,
BEIle is used in the plural as a
noun with a modifying
occasionally so used in the nominative and accusative singular.

of.
and For the
declension of iinus
470.
240
APPENDIX
480.
RELATIVE PRONOUN
ille,
241
that (yonder), he
242
INDEFINITE PRONOUNS
243
244
APPENDIX
REGULAR VERBS
488.
FIRST CONJUGATION. .4-VERBS.
AMO
Principal Parts amo, amare, amavj, amatus

Pres. Stem
ama-
Perf. Stem
amay-
Part. Stem amat-
FIRST CONJUGATION
245
246
489.
APPENDIX
SECOND CONJUGATION. -VERBS.
MONEO
Principal Parts moneo, monere, monui, monitus

Fres. Stem mone-
Perf. Stem
monu-
Part. Stem monit-
ACTIVE
INDICATIVE
PRESENT
PASSIVE
I advise,
moneo mones monet
etc.
am
-re
advised,
etc.
monemus
monetis
moneor
moneris,
monemur
monemini monentur
monent
monetur
IMPERFECT
/ was advising,
etc.
/ was advised,
etc.
monebam
monebas monebat
monebamus
raonebatis
monebar
monebaris,
-re
monebamur
monebamini monebantur
monebant
monebatur
I shall advise,
etc.
I shall be advised,
etc.
monebo
monebis monebit
monebimus
monebitis
monebor
moneberis,
-re
monebimur
monebimini monebuntur
monebunt
PERFECT
monebitur
/ have
monui
advised,
I advised,
monuimus
etc.
/ have been {was) advised,

monitus,
-^'-'""
etc
fsum
J
monuisti
monuit
monuistis monuerunt, -re
lest
-ae, -a -"='-"
f sumus ""''J estis

.
[sunt
PLUPERFECT
I
had advised,
etc.
had been
feram
I
advised,
.
etc. f
I
monueram
monueras monuerat
monueramus
monueratis
momtus,
eramus
^^-^.^
^^-^
moniti, "^^'"^
monuerant
^'-"^
FUTURE PERFECT
lerat
[erant
/ shall have
monuero
monueris monuerit
advised,
etc.
/ shall have
monitus, -*'-"'"
fero
I
been advised,
.
etc.
monuerimus
monueritis
g^j3
moniti,
-*>-^
ferimus
I
^^.^.^
monuerint
[erit
lerunt
SECOND CONJUGATION
247
248
490.
APPENDIX
THIRD COWJUGATIOW. -VERBS. REGO

Principal Pasts rego, regere, rexi, rectus
Pres. Stem rege-
Perf. Stem rex-
Part. Stem rect-
ACTIVE
INDICATIVE
PRESENT
PASSIVE
/ rule,
rego
regis
regit
etc.
I am
regor
re'geris, -re
ruled, etc.
regimus
regitis
re'gimur
regi'minl
regunt
re'gitur
regun'tur
IMPERFECT
/ was
regebam
regebas regebat
ruling, etc.
/ was
rege'bar
regeba'ris, -re
ruled, etc.
regebamus
regebatis
regebant
regeba'tur
regeba'mur regeba'mini regeban'tur
/ shall rule,
regam
reges reget
etc.
/ shall be ruled,
re gar
rege'ris, -re
etc.
regemus
regetis
regent
rege'tur
rege mur rege'mini regen'tur
/ have
rexi
ruled, etc.
THIRD CONJUGATION
249
250
491.
APPENDIX
FOURTH COIfJUGATIOW. /-VERBS. AUDIO

Principal Parts audio, audire, audivi, auditus
Pres. Stem audi-
Perf. Stem audiv-
Part. Stem audit-
ACTIVE
INDICATIVE
/ hear,
audio audis audit
etc.
PASSIVE
r
au'dior
am
heard,
etc.
audlmus
auditis
audi'mur
audi'mini audiun'tur
audi'ris, -re
audiunt
audi'tur
IMPERFECT
/ was hearing,
audiebatn audiebas audiebat
etc.
/ was heard,
audie'bar
audieba'ris, -re
etc.
audiebamus
audiebatis
audieba'mur audieba'mini
audieban'tur
audiebant
audieba'tur
FUTURE
I shall hear,
etc.
/ shall
au'diar
be heard,
etc.
audiam
audies audiet
audiemus
audietis
audie'mur
audie'mini audien'tur
audie'ris, -re
audient
audie'tur
/ have
audivi
audivisti
heard,
etc.
I have been heard,

auditus,
etc.
audivimus
audivistis
^''^
I
auditi.
<
'
es
estis
audivit
audlverunt, -re
est
[sunt
PLUPERFECT
/ had heard,
audlveram
audiveras audlverat
etc.
I
auditus,
-a,
had been
eram
eras
erat
heard,
etc.
audiveramus
audiveratis
audiverant
-um
-ae.
auditi, f^"^!,^"^ _1\ eratis
[erant
FUTURE PERFECT
/ shall have
audivero audiveris
audiveri?
heard,
etc.
I shall have been heard,

auditus,
-a,
etc.
audiverimus
audlveritis
fero
auditi,
{ eris
audlverint
-um
[erit
-ae,
-A
f^"""^ ^"ti^
|_
erunt
FOURTH CONJUGATION
251
252
492.
APPENDIX
THIRD CONJUGATION. VERBS IN
-70.
CAPI6
Principal Parts capio, capere, cepi, captus

Pres. Stem Cape-
Perf. Stem cep-
Part. Stem capt-
ACTIVE
INDICATIVE
PRESENT
capio capis
capit
PASSIVE
capimur
capi'mini
capiun'tur
capimus
capitis
ca'pior
ca'peris, -re
capiunt
ca'pitur
IMPERFECT
capiebam
capiebas
capiebat
capiebamus
capiebatis
capie'bar
capieba'ris, -re
capieba'mur
capieba'min?
capieban'tur
capiebant
capieba'tur
FUTURE
capiam
capies
capiet
capiemus
capietis
ca'piar
capie'ris, -re
capie'mur
capie'mini
capien'tur
capient
capie'tur
PERFECT
cepi, cepisti, cepit, etc.
captus, -a,
-um sum,
es, est, etc,
PLUPERFECT
ceperam, ceperas, ceperat,
etc.
captus, -a,
-um eram,
eras, erat, etc
FUTURE PERFECT
cepero, ceperis, ceperit,
etc.
captus, -a,
-um
ero, eris, erit, etc.
SUBJUNCTIVE
PRESENT
capiam, capias, capiat,
etc.
capiar, -iaris, -re, -iatur, etc.
IMPERFECT
caperem, caperes, caperet,
etc.
caperer, -ereris, -re, -eretur, etc.
PERFECT
ceperim, ceperis, ceperit,
etc.
captus, -a,
-um sim,
sis, sit, etc.
PLUPERFECT
cepissem, cepisses, cepisset,
etc.
captus, -a,-um essem, esses, esset, etc.
IMPERATIVE
PRESENT
2d PS-s.
cape
capite
capere
capimini
DEPONENT VERBS
2d Pers.
capito capito
capitote
253
capitor capitor
3d Pers.
capiunto
capiuntor
INFINITIVE
Pres.
Perf.
capere
cepisse
capturus, -a,
capi
captus, -a,
-um
esse
Fut.
-um
esse
[captum
iri]
PARTICIPLES
Pres.
capiens, -ientis
Pres.
Fut.
Perf.
capturus, -a,
-um
Ger.
Perf.
capiendus, -a,
captus, -a,
-um -um
.
GERUND
Gen.
capiendi
etc.
SUPINE
Ace.
(Active Voice)
[captum]
[captu]
Abl.
493.
f
I.
DEPONENT VERBS
hortor, hortari, hortatus vereor, vereri, veritus
sum, urge
yi3f/-
Principal
II.
sum,
sxaa.,
Parts
III.
sequor, sequi, secutus
follow
IV.
partior, partiri, partitus
sum, share, divide
Note. In addition to the passive conjugation, deponent verbs use certain forms from the active. These are marked with a star. Deponent -io verbs of the third conjugation are inflected like the passive of capio.
254
I'res.
APPENDIX
Subjunctive
horter
IRREGULAR VERBS
Future
ero,
eris,
erit,
255
/ shall
be
erimus,
eritis,
thou wilt be he will be
we shall be you will be

'
enint, they will be
Perfect
fui,
/ haTje
been,
was
fuimus,
fuisti,
fuit,
thou hast been, wast
we have fuistis, you have

1
,
been,
were been, were
he has been, was
fuerunt,
mere,
\they have been, were -^

'
Pluperfect
fueram,
/ had
been
fueramus,
fueratis,
we had been
fueras, thou hadst been

f uerat,
he had been
fuerant,
you had been they had been
Future Perfect
fuero,
fueris,
fuerit,
/ shall have
been
fuerimus,
fueritis,
we
shall have been

been
thou wilt have been
you wilt have
he will have been
fuerint, they
will have been
Present
256
IRREGULAR VERBS
fvolo, velle, volul,
-,
,
257
wish
be willing^ will,
497.
Principal 'I nolo, nolle, nolui, Parts y malo, malle, malui,
be unwilling, will not

,
be
more willing, prefer

volo,
is
Nolo and malo are compounds of volo. Nolo is for ne (not) + malo for ma (from magis, more) + volo. The second person vis
different root.
and from a
Indicative
258
APPENDIX
Infinitive
velle
Pres.
nolle
malle
maluisse
Perf.
voluisse
noluisse
Participle
Pres.
volens, -entis
nolens, -entis
498.
fero, bear, carry,
endure
tuli, latus
Principal Parts fero, ferre,

Pres. Stem fer-
Perf. Stem tul-
Part. Stem lat-
26o
Indicative
Perf.
f actus, -a,
APPENDIX
-um sum -um eram -um ero
Subjunctive
factus,
factus,
-a, -a,
Phip.
factus, -a,
-um sim -um essem
F. P.
factus, -a,
Infinitive
Pres.
fieri
Participles
Perf.
factus, -a,
Perf.
iût.
factus,, -a,
-um esse
Ger.
faciendus,
-um -a, -um
[factum In]
castra muro fossaque muniuntur
APPENDIX
501.
II
RULES OF SYNTAX
Note. The rules of syntax are here classified and numbered consecutively. The number of the text section in which the rule appears is given at the end
of each.
Nominatbie Case
1.
The
subject of a finite verb

?
is
in the nominative
and
ansvifers the
question
Who
or
What?
36.
Agreement
2.
its
A A
finite
verb must always be in the same person and number as
subject. 3. 4.
28.
predicate
noun agrees
in case with the subject of the verb.
76.
81. 65.
An
appositive agrees in case with the
noun which
it
explains.
5. Adjectives
agree with their nouns in gender, number, and case.
6.
A A
;
predicate adjective completing a complementary infinitive agrees
in gender,
7.
number
224.
number, and case with the subject of the main verb. 215. a. pronoun must agree with its antecedent in gender and but its case is determined by the way it is used in its own clause.
relative
Prepositions
8.
noun governed by a preposition must be

52.
in the accusative or
ablative case.
Genitive Case
9.
The word
The
genitive
denoting the owner or possessor of something and answers the question Whose ? 38.
is
in the
10.
possessive genitive often stands in the predicate, especially after
the forms of sum, 11.
and
is
Words denoting
then called the predicate genitive. 409. a part are often used with the genitive of the whole,
known
as ^^ partitive genitive. 331. 12. Numerical descriptions of measure are expressed by the genitive
443.
with a modifying adjective.
261
262
Dative Case
13. 14.
APPENDIX
II
The The
indirect object of a verb
is
in the dative.
is
45.
dative of the indirect object
used with the intransitive verbs
credo, faveo, noceo, pareo, persuadeo, resists, studeo,
and others of
like
meaning.
15.
154.
Some
verbs
compounded with
ad, ante, con, de, in, inter, ob, post,
prae, pro, sub, super, admit the dative of the indirect object.
Transitive
compounds may
16.
talce
is
The
dative
both an accusative and a dative. 426. used with adjectives to denote the object toward which
the given quality

fit,
is
directed.
Such
are, especially, those 143.
meaning near,
also
friendly, pleasing, like, and their opposites.
17.
The
dative
is
used to denote the purpose or end for which j often

437.
with another dative denoting the person or thing affected.
Accusative Case
18.
The
direct object
of
a transitive
or
verb
37.
is
in the
accusative and
answers the question

19.
Whom?
What?
20.
The subject of the infinitive is in the accusative. 214. The place to which is expressed by ad or in with the
263, 266.
accusative.
is
Before names of towns, small islands, domus, and rus the preposition
omitted.
21. Duration
accusative.
336.
of time and extent of space are expressed by the
22. Verbs of making, choosing, calling, showing, and the like,

2^
may
take
predicate accusative along with the direct object.
With
the passive voice
the two accusatives
become nominatives.
392.
Ablative Case
This answers what? 102. 24. Means is denoted by the ablative without a preposition. This answers the question By means of what? or With what? 103. 25. Accompaniment is denoted by the ablative with cum. This answers
is
23. Gzaj
denoted by the ablative without a preposition.
the question Because of
With whom ? 04. The ablative with cum is used to denote the manner of an action. Cum may be omitted, if an adjective is used with the ablative. This answers
the question 26.
1
the question
27.
How? or In what manner? 105. With comparatives and words implying comparison
317.
the ablative
is
used todenote the measure of difference.
RULES OF SYNTAX
28.
ciple in
263
The
ablative of a
is
agreement
I.
noun or pronoun with a present or perfect partiused to express attendant circumstance. This is called
381.
the ablative absolute,
29.
Descriptions
of
physical characteristics
444.
are
expressed by the
ablative with a
2.
modifying adjective.
Descriptions involving neither numerical statements nor physical char-
acteristics
may be
expressed by either the genitive or the ablative with a

445.
modifying adjective.
30.
The
ablative is used to denote in
what
respect something
is true.
39831.
the
The place from which

ablative.
separative
is expressed by a or ab, de, e or ex with This answers the question Whence? Before
names of towns, small
islands, flomus,
and rus the preposition
is
omitted.
264, 266. 32. Words expressing separation or deprivation require an ablative to
complete their meaning.

33.
This
is
called the ablative
of separation.
an action
starts,
80.
The word
is
expressing the person from
whom
when
is
not the subject,
put in the ablative with the preposition a or ab. This
called the ablative
of the personal agent.

degree,
if
181.
is
34.
The comparative
quam
omitted,
is
followed by the.
separative ablative.
309.
is
35.
The time when or within which anything happens

275.
is
I.
expressed by
in.
the ablative without a preposition.
36.
Tas. place at or in
which
expressed by the ablative with
Where ? Before names

omitted.
of towns, small islands,
and
2.
riis
the preposition
of towns
is
265, 266.
and small islands, if singular and of the first or second declension, and the word domus express the place in which by the
Names
locative.
268.
Gerund and Gerundive

is a verbal noun and is used only in the genitive, and ablative singular. The constructions of these cases are in general the same as those of other nouns. 406. i. 2. The gerundive is a verbal adjective and must be used instead of gerund -|- object, excepting in the genitive and in the ablative without a preposition. Even in these instances the gerundive construction is more
37.
I.
The gerund
dative, accusative,
usual.
406. 2.
38.
The
accusative of the gerund or gerundive with ad, or the genitive

is
with causa,
used to express purpose.
407.
264
Moods and Tenses of Verbs
APPENDIX
II
39. Primary tenses are followed by primary tenses, and secondary by

secondary.
358.
40.
The
subjunctive
is
used in a dependent clause to express the pur-
pose of the action in

41.
349. substantive clause of purpose with the subjunctive is used as object with verbs of commanding, urging, asking, persuading, or advising,
the" principal clause.
where
in English
we should
usually have the infinitive.
366.
42. Verbs of fearing are followed by a substantive clause of purpose

introduced by ut ifhat not) or ne {that or
lest). 372. 43. Consecutive clauses oj result are introduced by ut or ut non, and
have the verb in the subjunctive.
385. 44. Object clauses of result with ut or ut non are found after verbs of effecting or bringing about. 386.
45.
relative clause
with the subjunctive
is
often used to describe an
antecedent.
39-
This
is
called the subjunctive
of characteristic or description.
46. The conjunction cum means when, since, or although. It is followed by the subjunctive unless it means when and its clause fixes the time at which the main action took place. 396. 47. When a direct statement becomes indirect, the principal verb is changed to the infinitive, and its subject nominative becomes subject
accusative of the infinitive.
416.
is
48.
The
accusative-with-infinitive construction in indirect statements
found 41949.
after verbs of saying, telling,
knowing, thinking, and perceiving.
present indicative of a direct statement becomes present infinitive
of the indirect, a past indicative becomes perfect infinitive, and a future

indicative
becomes future
infinitive.
418.
is
50. In an i}idirect question the verb

is
in the subjunctive
432.
and
its
tense
determined by the law for tense sequence.
DOMINA
APPENDIX
REVIEWS'
I.
III
REVIEW OF VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR THROUGH LESSON VIII

:
502. Give the English of the following words
Nouns
266
APPENDIX
III
;
503. Give the Latin of the following words
Underline the words you do not remember. Do not look up a single word till you have gone through the entire list. Then drill on the words you have underlined.
flight
REVIEWS
505.
Fill
267
iirst
out the following
summary
'
of the
declension
The First or A-Declension
2.
-
3.
,
4.
in the nominative singular Rule for gender ^ Case terminations J . 1^. Plural Irregular nouns
' ,
Ending
II.
REVIEW OF LESSONS IX-XVII

:
Nouns of the First Declension

agri cultura
copia
268
Verbs
APPENDIX
III
REVIEWS
Decline bonus, liber, pulcher.
is
269
tell
How can we
whether an adjective
in -er
declined like liber or hke pulcher ?
Why
must we say nauta bonus and
not nauta bona ?

declined
?
Name
the Latin possessive pronouns.
How
are they
tuus
With what does the possessive pronoun agree ? When do we use and when vester ? Why is suus called a reflexive possessive ? What is
the non-reflexive possessive of the third person?
When
are possessives
omitted
What
four uses of the ablative case are covered by the relations
expressed in English by with ?
Give an illustration in Latin of the ablative of manner J of the ablative of cause; of the ablative of means j of the ablative of accompaniment. What ablative regularly has cum ? What ablative sometimes has cum ? What uses of the ablative never have cum ? Name the nine pronominal adjectives, with their meanings. Decline alius,
nuUus.
Decline
?
is.
What
does
is
mean
as a demonstrative adjective or
it ?
pronoun
509.
What
other important use has
Fill
out the following

'
summary
of the second declension
I.
2.
3.
Endings in the nominative Rule for gender Case terminations of nouns

in -us
a.
f a.
Singular
Plural
b.
The Second or
0-Declension
4.
The
-um
vocative singular of nouns in -us

f a.
L b.
Case terminations of nouns

in
Peculiarities of
Singular
Plural
5.
6.
Peculiarities of
nouns nouns
in -er
in -ius
and -ir and -ium
III.
REVIEW OF LESSONS XVIII-XXVI
disciplina
Nouns of the First Declension regma poena

potentia
tristitia
forma
superbia
Nouns of the Second Declension

ICdus
ornamentum
sacrum
socius
verbum
Adjectives of the First and Second Declensions

amicus
antiquus
finitimus
gratus
interfectus
iratus
molestus
septem
superbus
idoneus
perpetuus
inimicus
laetus
proximus
270
Adverbs
APPENDIX
III
REVIEWS
What
tive
271
is mood ? What are the Latin moods ? When do we use the indicamood? Name the six tenses of the indicative. What are personal Sndings? Name those you have had. Inflect sum in the three tenses you have learned. How many regular conjugations are there? How are they
distinguished?
How
is
the present stem found?
What
tenses are formed
from the present stem?

is
What
is
the tense sign of the imperfect?
What
meaning of the imperfect? What is the tense sign of the future in the first two conjugations ? in the last two ? Before what letters is a final
the
long vowel of the stem shortened

of a present, as of
What
are the three possible translations
pugno? Inflect aro, sedeo, mitto, faci5, and venio, in the present, imperfect, and future active. What forms of -io verbs of the third conjugation are like audio? what like rego? Give the rule for the dative
with adjectives.
Name the
special intransitive verbs that
govern the
dative.
What
does the imperative
mood
?
express?
How
is
the present active im-
perative
formed
in the singular
in the plural
?
shortened present active imperative

porto, deleo, ago, facio,
? What three verbs have a Give the present active imperative of
munio.
IV.
REVIEW OF LESSONS XXVII-XXXVI

:
Nouns of the First Declension

ala
:a
mora
porta
provincia
vita
Nouns of the Second Declension

animus
bracchium
272
APPENDIX
III
REVIEWS
516. Review Questions.
voice
?
273
?
What
are the personal endings in the passive
What
is
the letter -r sometimes called
What
?
are the distinguishing

? ?
vowels of the four conjugations ?
What forms
?
constitute the principal parts
What What
are the three different conjugation stems are the tenses of the indicative
How may
?
they be found
of the infinitive
What
tense of
the imperative have
stem ? on the perfect stem
you learned? ? on the

?
What
is
participial
forms are built on the present stem ? What are the endings
of the perfect active indicative
What
the tense sign of the pluperfect
How is the present active infinitive formed? the present passive infinitive? How is the present active imperative formed? the present passive imperative? How is the perfect active infinitive formed ? the perfect passive infinitive ? How is the future active infinitive formed? What is a participle? How are participles in -us declined? Give the rule for the agreement of the participle. How are the
active? of the future perfect active?
perfect, pluperfect,
the verb
sum
in
all
and future perfect passive indicative formed ? Conjugate moods and tenses as far as you have learned it ( 494)ablative
?
What
is
meant by the separative

?
How
is
the place
from which
;
Give the rule for the ablative of separation for the ablative of the personal agent. How can we distinguish between the ablative of means and the ablative of the personal agent? What is the perfect
expressed in Latin
definite
?
the perfect indefinite
What is
the difference in
meaning between
the perfect indefinite
and the imperfect ?
What two
it
cases in Latin
may be
governed by a preposition ?
tive.
Name
the prepositions that govern the abla-
What
? ?
does the preposition in
mean when
governs the ablative ? the

are sometimes used for
accusative
What
are the three interrogatives used to introduce yes-m\dL.-no
questions
Explain the force of each.
What words
yes and no ?
What
are the different meanings and uses of ubi ?
V.
REVIEW OF LESSONS XXXVII-XLIV

:
Nouns
FIRST DECLENSION
2 74
iudex
APPENDIX
mater
III
REVIEWS
519. Review Questions.
infinitive
lish ?
275
What
is is
Give the conjugation of possum.

?
an
What three What is the case

?
uses has the Latin infinitive that are like the

of the subject of the infinitive
?
What
Engmeant by
a complementary infinitive
In the sentence The bad boy cannot be happy,
what is the case of happy ? Give the rule. Decline qui. Give the rule for the agreement of the relative. What are the two uses of the interrogative ? Decline quis. What is the base of a noun ? How is the stem formed from the base? Are the stem and the base ever the same? How many declensions of nouns are there ? Name them. What are the two chief divisions of the third declension ? How are the consonant stems classified ? Explain the formation of lapis from the stem lapid-, miles from milit-, rex from reg-. What nouns have i-stems ? What peculiarities of form do i-stems have, masc, fem., and neut. ? Name the five nouns that have -i and -e in the abl. Decline turris. Give the rules for gender in the third declension. Decline miles, lapis, rex, virtus, consul, legio, homo, pater, fliimen, opus, tempus,
caput, caedes, urbs, hostis, mare, animal, vis, iter.
520.
Fill
out the following scheme

r
Masculine
Gender
Endings
j
Feminine Neuter
I.
The Third
Declension
Case Terminations
Consonant / a. Masc. and fem. Stems \b_ Neuters

a.
Masc. and fem.

Neuters
II.
/-Stems
b.
.Irregular No0ns
VI.
REVIEW OF LESSONS XLV-LII

:
Nouns
first declension amicitla
'
second declension
annus
hora
littera
modus
nuntius
oculus
regnum signum
supplicium,
tergum,
tergum vertere
vestigium
supplicium dare supplicium sumere de
276
THIRD DECLENSION
aestas
APPENDIX
III
FOURTH DECLENSION
REVIEWS
522. Translate the following words.
277
Give the genitive and the gender of the nouns and the principal parts of the verbs.
if not, Unless
278
or u-declension
?
APPENDIX
What nouns
III
are feminine by exception ? Decline advendomus. Give the rules for the ordinary expression of the place to which, the place from which, the place in which. What special rules apply to names of towns, small islands, and riis ? What What words have a locative case? What is the is the locative case?
tus, lacus, cornii,
form of the locative case ? Translate Galba lives at home, Galba lives at Rome, Galba lives at Pompeii. What is the rule for gender in the fifth
or e-declension
?
Decline dies,
res.
When
fifth
is
the long e shortened

?
What
can you say about the plural of the
declension
Decline tuba, servus,
pilum, ager, puer, miles, consul, flumen, caedes, animal.
How
is
the time
when expressed?
Decline ego, tu,
sons
?
Name the classes of pronouns and define each class. is. What are the reflexives of the first and second per?
What
is
the reflexive of the third person
Decline
it.
Translate
is
see myself, he sees himself, he sees him.
Decline ipse.
How
ipse
used?
words.
aliquis,
Decline idem.
Decline hie,
iste,
ille.
Explain the use of these

Decline
Name and
translate the
commoner
indefinite pronouns.
quisquam, quidam, quisque.
VII.
REVIEW OF LESSONS LIII-LX

:
Nouns
FIRST DECLENSION
SECOND DECLENSION
aedificium
aquila
fossa
imperium
negotium
spatium
captivus
vallum
concilium
REVIEWS
Adjectives
first
279
and second declensions
aequus
28o
APPENDIX
III
525. Translate, the following words.
Give the genitive and the
gender of the nouns and the principal parts of the verbs

on account of nearly keenly^ sharply
width
scout cohort tribe, nation business by u little
fear (verb) worse

greater, larger
leave
abandon
be strong
receive, recover
terrify, frighten
thousand two
opportune remaining above (adj.) next grain supply
two by two
least (adv.)
somewhat
crime
difficult
opinion, expectation
dwell
state, citizen-
approach, entrance trader
equal
pace
shout (noun)
move forward,
advance
multitude
all sides
magnitude, size
council, assembly
ship valley slavery greatly best of all (adv.)

better (adv.)
from
space,
room
.
against
woman
desire (verb)
either
rise,
or
around
three
arise
well (adv.) very much
further line of m,arch
give over, surrender

kill
rumor
region
fortification
overtake
hasten, strive
'
allow press hard fall surrender

suffer,
much
unlike
like (adj.)
slow
very greatly, exceedingly
set fire to
hide one
first
defend
possess,
hold
m.ind (noun)
easily
almost
boldly
second, favorable
bravely
across
two hundred former

inner
delay (verb) nearest (adv.) nearer (adv.)

better
{2.6^)^
easy
recent huge, great
between hither (adj .)

so
less
well known,
noble mild, gentle swift
bold
as soon as
low outward
three by three
jnore
for
low
(adj.)
most worst
difficulty
provisions speed
ditch
slender
best (adj.)
wherefore or
death
captive
therefore
this reason
one by one no one

least (adv.)
little (adv.)
greatest
follow
close
command, power for

or
fear (noun)
return inquire set out m.ove out, dis-
learn,
know
encourage annoy, ravage hide
drag
undertake run
fix, decide
and
arrive
attem.p)^, try
follow pursue
both
. . .
and
rampart
length
embark
REVIEWS
281
526. Review Questions. What is meant by comparison ? In what two ways may adjectives be compared ? Compare clarus, brevis, velox, and explain the formation of the comparative and the superlative. What are the adverbs used in comparison.'' Compare brevis by adverbs. Decline
the comparative of velox.
acer, pulcher, liber.
How
are adjectives in -er compared.?
Compare
and superlative?
-limns.
What are possible translations for the comparative Name the six adjectives that form the superlative in
is
Translate in two ways Nothing
brighter than, the sun.
Give
the rule for the ablative with comparatives.
Compare bonus, magnus,

Decline plus.
malus, multus, parvus, exterus, inferus, posterns, supems.
Compare
is
citerior, interior, propior, ulterior.
Translate That route to Italy
much shorter. Give Name five words that

?
the rule for the expression of measure of difference.

are especially
common
.''
in this construction.
first
How
are adverbs usually
formed from adjectives of the
and second declenthe adverbs care,
sions
from adjectives of the third declension
Compare
libere, fortiter, audacter.
What
cases of adjectives are sometimes used as
adverbs?
What
are the adverbs frorri facilis?
multus? primus?
pluri-
mus? bonus? magnus? parvus? Compare

are numerals classified?
prope, saepe, magnopere.
How
Give the first twenty cardinals. Decline unus, duo, tres, mille. How are the hundreds declined ? What is meant by the partitive genitive ? Give the rule for the partitive genitive. What sort of words are commonly used with this construction ? What construction is used with quidam and cardinal numbers excepting mille ? Give the first twenty ordinals. How are they declined ? How are the distributives declined ? Give the rule for the expression of duration of time and extent of space. What is the difference between the ablative of time and the accusative of time? What is a deponent verb ? Give the synopsis of one. What form always has a passive meaning ? Conjugate amo, moneo, rego, capio, audio, in the
active
and
passive.
VIII.
REVIEW OF LESSONS LXI-LXIX

first
527. Review the vocabularies of the
seventeen lessons.
See
502, S3. 56, 507. 528. Review Questions. Name the time is denoted by these tenses ? What
subjunctive?
tenses of the subjunctive.

are the
What
do
mood
signs of the present
How may
the imperfect subjunctive be formed?
How
the perfect subjunctive and the future perfect indicative acdve differ in Inflect the subis the pluperfect subjunctive active formed ? form ?
How
junctive active
and passive of
ciiro, deleo,
vinco, rapio, munio.
Inflect the
282
subjunctive tenses of
ciples in the active?
APPENDIX
sum;
of possum.
III
are the tenses of the parti-
What
What
in the passive?
Give the active and passive
participles of
ticiples
amo, moneo, rego, capio, audio. Decline regens. What pardo deponent verbs have ? What is the difference in meaning" between the perfect participle of a deponent verb and of one not deponent? Give the participles of vereor. How should participles usually be translated ?
Conjugate volo, nolo, malo,
fio.
What
is it
is
the difference between the indicative and subjunctive in their
fundamental ideas ?
duced ?
How
?
is
purpose usually expressed in Enghsh
How
expressed in Latin
When
should
By what words is a Latin purpose clause introquo be used ? What is meant by sequence of tenses ?
Name
the primary tenses of the indicative and of the subjunctive; the
secondary tenses.
clauses of purpose
What Latin verbs are regularly followed by substantive ? What construction follows iube5 ? What construction
follows verbs oi fearing?
How is consequence or result

What words
coming of a
expressed in Latin?
How
is
a result clause introduced?
are often found in the
principal clause foreshadowing the
result clause?
How may
is
negative purpose be distinguished from negative result?
What
meant
by the subjunctive of
introduced?
characteristic or description
How
are such clauses
of such frequent occurrence in Latin?
Explain the ablative absolute. Why is the ablative absolute Explain the predicate accusative.
After what verbs are two accusatives commonly found?

accusatives
What do
these
become when the verb
is
passive ?
IMPERATOR MILITES HORTATUK
SPECIAL VOCABULARIES
The words
in
heavy type are used in Caesar's
" Gallic
War."
LESSON
Nouns
dea, goddess (deity)
IV, 39
Verbs
est,
he
{she, it) is j sunt,

it) kills, is
they are
killing,
Dia'na,
fera,
Diana
(fierce)
necat, he [she,
a wild beast
,
'
does kill
Lato'na, Latotia
Conjunction i
^^^
%^V\.\A,
arrow
^^^
Pronouns
quis, interrog.
pronoun, nom.
sing.,
who ?
sing.,
cuius (pronounced cdbi'ydos,

f
two
syllables), interrog.
pronoun, gen.
whose
LESSON
Nouns
coro'na, wreath, garland,
fa'bula, story (fable)
V, 47
Verbs
crown
flat,
he
{she, if)
gives
it) tells
narrat, he {she,
(narrate)
pecu'nia,
money
(pecuniary)
pugna, battle (pugnacious)

victo'ria, victory
Conjunction
quia or quod, because
cui
(pronounced cdbi, one syllable), interrog. pronoun,

f
dat. sing., to
whom ?
for whom,
LESSON
bona,
VI,
56
Adjectives
good
pleasing
large,
parva, small,
little
gtata.,
pulchra, beautiful, pretty

sola,
magna,
great
alone
mala, bad, wicked

1
conjunction
is
word which connects words,

283
parts of sentences, or
sentences.
284
Nouns
ancil'la,
Pronouns
mea, iny ; tua, /y%y, jcoz^r (possessives) quid, interrog. pronoun, nom. and ace.
sing.,
lulia,
maidservant Julia
Adverbs '
cur,
what?
why J
non, jiot
-ne, the question sign,
an
is
enclitic ( 16)
added to the
is
first
word, which,
? does
in a question, is usually the verb, as
amat, he loves, but amat'ne

not used
interrogative word.
he
the
love ? est, he isj estne ?
he ? Of course -ne
when
sentence contains quis, cur, or
some other
LESSON
Nouns
casa, -ae,
f., f.,
VII, 62
Verbs
ha'bitat,
cottage
he
{she, it) lives, is living,
cena,
-ae,
dinner
f.,
does live (inhabit)

laudat, he {she,
it)
galli'na, -ae,
in'sula, -ae,
hen, chicken
praises, is prais-
f.,
zj/aw^ (pen-insula)
ing, does praise (laud)
Adverbs
de-in'de, then, in the
ubi,
parat, he {she, it) prepares, is pre-
next place
paring, does prepare

vocat, he {she, it) calls, is calling,
where
Preposition
does call J
invites,
is
inviting,
does invite (vocation)
ad, to, with ace. to express
motion
toward
Pronoun
quern, interrog. pronoun, ace. sing.,
whom ?
LESSON
Nouns
Italia, -ae,
Sicilia, -ae,
f., f.,
VIII, 69
Adjectives
alta, high,
Italy
Sicily
deep
(altitude)
clara, clear, bright ;
fam.ovs
tuba, -ae,
via, -ae,
f.,
f.,
trumpet (tube) way, road, street
lata,
wide
(latitude)
longa, long (longitude)
(viaduct)
nova,
new
(novelty)
An
;
adverb
as.
adverb
early.
is a word used to modify a verb, an adjective, or another She sings sweetly ; she is very talented she began to sing very
;
LESSON
bellum,
-i, n.,
285
IX,
77
Nouns
war (re-hel)
f.,
murus,
con-
-i,
m.,
-i,
wa// (mural)
m.,
constantia, -ae,
firmness,
oppidanus,
stancy, steadiness
oppidum,
pilum,
servus,
-i,
-1,
-i, n.,
townsman town
{pile driver)
dominus,
inate).
-1,
m., master, tord (dom-
-i, n.,
spear
m., s/ave, servant

m., Sextus
equus,
-i,
m., horse (equine)

-1, n.,
Sextus,
friimentum,
legatus,
-i,
grain
'"'^*' ^' ^'^'^ '^^ cares for, with ace.
m., lieutenant, atnbas-
sador ( legate)
Marcus,
-i,
m.,
Marcus,
Mark
'^*"'^^' ^' ^'^'^ '^^ ^'''^"''
LESSON
amicus,
-i,
X,
82
Nouns
m.,y^z(/ (amicable)
f.,
populus,
-i,
-i,
m., people
m., the
Germania, -ae,
patria, -ae,
i.,
Germany
Rhenus,
vicus,
-I,
Rhine
fatherland
m., village
LESSON
arma, armorum,
fatoa, -ae,
n,, plur.,
XI, 86
Nouns
arms,
es-
galea, -ae,
f.,
helm.et
booty, spoils (preda-
pecially defensive
f.,
weapons
reputation,
praeda, -ae,
tory)
f.,
rumor;
fame
diirus,
telum, -i,
n.,
weapon ofoffense, spear
Adjectives
-a,
-um, hard, rough; unsevere,
feeling, cruel;
(durable)
toilsome
Romanus, -a, -um, Roman. As a noun, R5manus, -I, m., a Roman

XII,
LESSON
Nouns
filius, fill,
90
Adjectives
m., son
(filial)
finitimus, -a, -um, bordering upon,
fluvius, fluvT, m.,
river {Ruent)
garrison,
neighboring, near to.
As
a noun,
gladius, gladi, m., jK/on^ (gladiator)
fmitimi,-6rum,m.,plur.,^z^,4iJcrj
praesidium, praesi'di,
n.,
'guard, protection
proelium, proeli,
n., battle
Germanus, -a, -um, Germ,an. As a noun, Germanus, -1, m., a German multus, -a, -um, much; plur., many
Adverb
saepe, often
286
LESSON
ager, agri,
copia, -ae,
xa.^
f.,
XIII, 95
Nouns
field (acre) plenty, abundance (co-
praemium, praemi, (premium)
n.,
reward^prize
pious); plur., troops, forces
puer, pueri, m., i5oy (puerile)
Cornelius, Cornell, m., Cornelius

lori'ca, -ae,
f.,
Roma,
-ae,
f.,
Rome
shield (escutcheon)
(virile)
coat of mail, coiselet
sciitum,
-i, n.,
vir, viri, m.,
man, hero
Adjectives
legionarius, -a, -um,^ legionary, be-
pulcher, pulchra, pulchrum, pretty,
longing to the legion. As a noun, legiSnarii, -orum, m., plur., legion-
Preposition
apud, among, '
^
ary soldiers ... ,^ liber, libera, liberum,/

...
,.
,,.,
vjfith ace.
(liberty).
As
a noun,
llberi,
-drum, m.,
plur..
Conjunction
sed,
children
(lit.
the freeborn)
but
LESSON
amicus,
-i,
XIV,
99
Nouns
m., friend (amicable)
n., help,
consilium, consili,
diligentia, -ae,
f.,
n.,
plan
m.,
(counsel)
auxilium, auxili,
iliary)
aid
(aux-
diligence, industry
magister,
-i,
(lit.
xi.,
magistrl,
master,
castrum,
fort
(castle);
plur.,
teacher'''
camp
cibus,
-i,
forts)
m.,food
Adjectives
miser, misera, miserum, wretched,
aeger, aegra, aegrum, sick

creber, crebra, cxi\svi.m., frequent
unfortunate (miser)
LESSON XV,
carrus,
-i,
107
Adjectives
-a,
Nouns m., cart, wagon

f.,
armatus,
validus,
-um,
armed
inopia, -ae,
site of
want, lack; the oppon.,
infirmus,-a,-um,wa,^,7%i5/(infirm)
-a,
copia
zeal,
-um, strong, sturdy
studium, studi,
(study)
1
eagerness
The
vocative in
genitive singular masculine of adjectives in -ius ends in -ii and the ^ Observe that dominus, as distin-ie not in -i, as in nouns.
;
guished from magister, means master in the sense of owner.
Verb
properat, he {she,
if)
287
Adverb
hastens.
Cf.
iam, already,
now
maturat
-que, conjunction,
and; an
enclitic (cf. 16)
second of two words to be connected, as arma tela'que, arms
and always added to the and weapons.
LESSON
agri cultura, -ae,
f.,
XVII,
117
Nouns
agriculture
n.,
Gallia, -ae,
f.,
domicilium,
domici'li,
abode,
Gallus,
-i,
m., a
f.,
Gaul Gaul
tear
dwelling place (domicile)

femina, -ae,
f.,
lacrima, -ae,
woman
ripe,
(female)
numerus,
-i,
m., 2^r (numeral)
Adjective
maturus,
-a,
Adverb
mature
quo, whither
-um,
Verbs
arat,
Conjunction
(arable)
.
he
{she, it)
plows
it)
an, or, introducing the second half

of a double question, as Is he a
desiderat, he (she,
misses, longs
_/^r (desire), with ace.
Roman or a
an Gallus
?
(Ja2</,
EstneRomanus
LESSON
Nouns
liidus,
-1,
XVIII,
124
Adjectives
m., school m.,
Iratus, -a, -um,
socius,
soci,
companion, ally
laetus, -a,
angry furious -um, happy, glad

,
(irate)
(social)
Adverbs
hodie, to-day
ibi, there,
nunc, now, the present moinent

nuper, lately, recently, of the imme-
in that place
raox, presently, soon, of the diate future
imme-
diate past
LESSON XX,
Nouns
forma, -ae, i.,form, beauty
SOtna.,-ai&,i., punishment,
136
regina, -ae,
f.,
queen
f.,
(regal)
penalty
superbia, -ae,
tristitia, -ae,
pride, haughtiness
sadness, sorrow
potentia, -ae,
f.,
power (potent)
f.,
Adjectives
septem, indeclinable, seven
superbus, -a, -um, proud, haughty
(superb)
Conjunctions
non solum
. . . .
sed etiam, not only
but also
288
LESSON
Nouns
sacrum,
-i,
XXI,
140
Adjectives
n., sacrifice, offering,
7-ite
interfectus, -a, -um, slain
verbum,
J _
-i, n.,
word (verb)
Verbs
(sediment)
,
molestus, -a, -um, troublesome, an-
noying
ts
.
{mo\e.%i)
i
sedeo,
_ , -ere, sit
J-
-ber-betual, conperpetuus, -a, -um, r r ^
volo, -are,^?^ (volatile)
ego, personal pronoun,
/ (egotism). Always
emphatic in the nominative.
LESSON
disciplina, -ae,
f.,
XXII, 146
Gaius, Gai, m., Caius, a
Nouns
training, culture,
Roman
first
discipline
aiv&m.e.TAVi'sa.,-^,Ti.,
name
ornament, jewel
Tiberius,
Tibe'ri,
first
m.,
Tiberius, a
Roman
Verb
doceo, -ere, teach (doctrine)
name
Adverb
maxime, most of all, especially
Adjective
antiquus, -qua, -quum, old, ancient (antique)
LESSON XXVII,
ala, -ae,
f.,
168
Adjectives
-a, -a,
Nouns wing
1
-i,
deus,
-i,
m.,^0^ (deity)
n.,
commotus, maximus,
-um, moved, excited -um, greatest (maxifierce,
monstrum, monster
oraculum,
oinen,
prodigy
mum)
saevus,
-a, -M-nx,
savage
-i,
n.,
oracle
Adverbs
ita, thus, in this way, as follows tum, then, at that time
Verb
vasto, -are, lay waste, devastate
LESSON
Verbs
respondeo, -ere, respond, reply
servo, -are, save, preserve
XXVIII,
171
Conjunction
autem, but, moreover, now.
ally stands second,
Usu-
never
first
Adjective
carus, -a, -um,
Noun
vita, -ae,
f.,
dear
(cherish)
life (vital)
For the declension of deus, see
468
289
LESSON XXIX,
Verb
supero, -are, conquer^ overcome (in-
176
Adverbs
semper, always
superable)
tamen, yet, nevertheless
Nouns
cura, -ae,
locus,
-i, f.,
Prepositions
de,
care, trouble.
with
abl.,
down fromj
through
con-
m., place, spot (location).

is
cerning
per, with ace,
Locus
is
neuter in the plural and

etc.
declined loca, -orum,

-i, n.,
Conjunction
si,
periculum,
danger, peril
if
LESSON XXX,
Verbs
absum, abesse,
absent,
tive abl.
irreg.,
182
be
away, be
discedo, -ere, depart, go
away,
leave,
be distant, with separa-
with separative with separative

prohibeo,
abl.
egeo, -ere, lack, need,
be without,
adpropinquo, -are,
contineo, -ere,
draw
near, ap-
abl.
proach (propinquity), with dative ^ hold together, hem in,

keep (contain)
interficio, -ere, kill
ere,
restrain, keep
from
(prohibit)
vulnero, -are,
wound (vulnerable)
Adjective
Nouns
provincia, -ae,
f.,
province
defessus, -a, -um, weary,
worn out
vinum,
-i, n.,
wine
Adverb
longe, far, by far,
far away
LESSON XXXI,
Nouns
aurum,
-1,
188
Adjectives
-a,
n.,
f.,
gold (oriole)
delay
n., boat,
attentus,
-um, attentive, careful

faithless, treacher-
mora, -ae,
ventus,
dubius, -a, -um, doubtful (dubious)
navigium, navi'gi,
-i,
ship
perfidus,
-a, -nva,
m.,
wind (ventilate)
ous (perfidy)
Verb
navigo, -are, sail (navigate)
Adverb
antea, before, previously
Preposition
sine, with abl.,
1
without
This verb governs the dative because the idea of nearness to is stronger than that of motion to. If the latter idea were the stronger, the word would be used with ad and the accusative.
290
LESSON XXXII,
Nouns
animus,
-i,
193
Adjectives
adversus, -a, -um, opposite; adverse,
m., mind, heart; spirit,
feeling (animate) bracchium, bracchi, r\.,forearm,

porta, -ae, i.,gate (portal)
contrary
arm
plenus, -a, -um, full (plenty)
Preposition
pro, with abl., before; in behalf of;>
diii,
Adverb
for a long
time, long
instead of
LESSON XXXIV,
Adverbs
celeriter,
200
quickly
(celerity)
graviter, heavily, severely (gravity) subito,
denique, finally
suddenly
Verb
reporto, -are, -avi, bring back, restore;
win, gain (report) 211
LESSON XXXVI,
dexter, dextra, dextrum, right (dextrous)
gero, gerere, gessi, gestus, bear, carry
sinister, sinistra, sinistrum, left

friistra, adv.,
in vain (frustrate)
to
on; wear; bellum gerere,
wage war
occupo, occupare, occupavi, occupatus, seize, take possession

postulo, postulare, postulavi, postulatus,
<?/"
(occupy)
demand (ex-postulate)
recuso, recusare, recusavi, reciisatus, refuse

sto, stare, steti, status,
stand
keep, hold (tenacious)
in the sense of
tempto, temptare, temptavi, temptatus, try, tempt, test; attempt

teneo, tenere, tenui,
,
The word
ubi,
which we have used so much
where in
asking a question, has two other uses equally important

1.
v!o\^^when, as a relative conjunction denoting time; as, Ubi monstrum audiverunt, fugerunt, when they heard
the monster, they fled
2.
ubi
= where, as
Galba
a relative conjunction denoting place; as, Video oppidum ubi Galba habitat, / see the town where
lives
it is
Ubi and
is called a relative conjunction because
equivalent to a relative
pronoun.
When
in the first sentence is equivalent to at the time at which;
in the second,
where
is
equivalent to the place in which.
LESSON XXXVII,
neque or nee, conj., neither, nor, neque, not J neque and
.
.
291
217
ca.ate}him.,-l,Ti.,reiiouit,/i>rt (castle)
cotidie, adv.,
daily
neither
nor
cesso, cessare, cessavi, cessatus, cease, with the infin.

incipio, incipere, incepi, inceptus, begin (incipient),
with the
infin.
oppugno, oppugnare, oppugnavi, oppugnatus, storm, assail peto, petere, petivi or petii, petitus, aim at, assail, storm, attack; seek,
ask
(petition)
pono, ponere, posui, positus, place,
put
(position)
castra ponere, to pitch
camp
possum, posse, potui,
,
be able, can (potent), with the infin.

;
veto, vetare, vetui, Yetitus,yi)ri5/fl?(veto), with the infin.
opposite of iubeo,
command
vinco, vincere, vici, victus,
vivo, vivere, vixi,
,
conquer
(in-vincible)
live, be
alive (re-vive)
LESSON XXXIX,
barbanis, -a, -um, strange, foreign,
234
pedes, peditis, m., foot soldier (pedestrian)
barbarous.
rians
As a noun,
barbari,
-orum, m., plur., savages, barbadux, ducis, m., leader (duke).

the verb duco
eques, equitis, m., horseman, cavCf.
pes, pedis,^ m.,foot (pedal)
princeps, principis, m., chief {pnncipal)
rex, regis, m.,
summus,
-a,
king (regal) -um, highest, greatest

f.,
alryman
(equestrian)
m..,
(summit)
virtus, virtutis,
iudex, iudicis,
judge
manliness, cour-
lapis, lapidis, m., stone (lapidary)
age (virtue)
miles, militis, m., soldier (militia.)
LESSON
Caesar, -aris, m., Ccesar
XL,
237
-i,
impedimentum,
n.,
hindrance
captivus,
-i,
m., captive, prisoner
(impediment); plur. impedimenta,

-orum, baggage
imperator,
imperatoris,
m.,
consul, -is, m., consul

frater, nity) fratris, m.,
brother
(frater-
com-
mander
peror)
in
chief general (em-
homo, hominis, m., man, hum-an

being
1
Observe that
e is long in the
nom.
sing,
and short
in the other cases.
292
legio, legionis,
f., f.,
legion
pater, patris, m.,ya^/^r (paternal)
salus, salutis,
f.,
mater, matris,
ordo, ordinis,
rn.,
mother ixn.2.texrv^ row, rank (order)
safety (salutary)
soror, sororis, f ., sister (sorority)
LESSON
calamitas, calamitatis,
f.,
XLI, 239
orator, oratoris, m., orator
ripa, -ae,
f.,
loss, dis-
aster, defeat (calamity)
bank
(of a stream)
n.,
caput, capitis, n., /zâ</ (capital)
tempus, temporis,
poral)
time (tem-
flumen, fliiminis,
n.,
river (iiume)
task
labor, laboris, m., labor, toil
terror, terroris, m., ter)-or,fear
opus, operis,
n., -work,
victor, victoris, m., victor
accipio, accipere, accepi, acceptus, receive, accept
confirmo, confirmare, confirmavi, confirmatus, strengthen, establish, en-
courage (confirm)
LESSON
animal, animalis (-ium^),
avis, avis (-ium),
f.,
XLIII, 245
inimicus, which
n.,
animal
means
2^
personal
i5z'n^
f.,
(aviation)
enemy
ignis, ignis (-ium), m.,Jire (ignite)
caedes, caedis (-ium),
slaughter
calcar, calcaris (-ium), n.,

civis, civis (-ium),
(civic)
spur
f.,
insigne, insignis (-ium),

tion,
n.,
decora-
m. and
citizen
badge (ensign) mare, maris (-ium^), n., sea (marine)

navis, navis (-ium),
f.,
cliens, clieutis (-ium), m., retainer,
ship (naval);
dependent
finis,
(client)
navis longa, man-of-war

m.,
finis
(-ium),
end, limit
turris, turris (-ium),
f., f.,
tower (twxxf^'C)
city (suburb).
(final); plur.,
country, territory
urbs, urbis (-ium),
hostis, hostis (-ium),
m. and f enemy
.,
An
dum
urbs
is
larger than an oppi-
in
war (hostile).
Distinguish from
LESSON XLIV, 249

arbor, arboris,
f.,
tree (arbor)
mensis, mensis (-ium), m., 7nonth
coUis, collis (-ium), m., hill
moenia, -ium,
cations.
n., plur.,
walls,fortifi-
dens, dentis (-ium), m., tooth (dentist)

fons,
fontis
(-ium),
Cf.
murus
m.. fountain,
mons, montis (-ium), m., mountain;
spring ; source
iter,
itineris,
n.,
march,
summus To.msjtopofthe mountain numquam, adv., never

pons, pontis, m., bridge (pontoon)
is
route (itinerary)
^
genitive plural of mare
jrhe genitive plural ending -ium is not in use.
written to
mark the
i-stems.
The
sanguis, sanguinis, m., blood (san-
293
trans, prep, with ace., across (transatlantic)
guinary)
summus,
-a,
-um, highest, greatest
vis(vis),gen. plur.virium,f.,j/rg-/.4,
(summit)
force, violence (vim)
LESSON XLV,
acer, acris, acre,
(acrid)
258
sharp, keen, eager
omnis, omne, every, all (omnibus)

par, gen. paris, equal (par)
pauci,
-ae,
-a,
brevis, breve, short, brief

difflcilis, difficile, difficult
few, only a few
(paucity)
facilis, ia^cile, facile, fortis, forte,
easy
secundus, -a, -um, second; favorable,
brave (fortitude) gravis, grave, heavy, severe, serious

(grave)
opposite of adversus
signum,
-i, n.,
signal, sign,
standard
velox, gen. velocis, swift (velocity)
conloco, conlocare, conlocavi, conlocatus, arrange, station,
place (collocation)
demonstro, demonstrare, demonstravi, demonstratus, point out, explain

(demonstrate)
mando, mandare, mandavi, mandatus, commit, intrust (mandate)
LESSON XLVI,
adventus,
-iis,
261
-iis,
m., approach, arrival
impetus,
m., attack (impetus);

to
(advent)
ante, prep, with ace, date)
cornii, -iis, n.,
before (ante-
impetum facere in, with ace, make an attack on

lacus,
-iis,
'
horn,
dat.
and
abl. plur. lacu-
wingoi an army
071
bus, m., lake
(cornucopia); a dextro cornu,

the right
manus,
-iis,
f.,
hand; band, force
on the
ezercitus,
wing; a left wing

-iis, -lis,
sinistro cornu,
(manual)
portus, -us, m., harbor (port)
post, prep, with ace, behind, after
equitatus,
m., cavalry
m.,
army
(post-mortem)
cremo, cremare, cremavi, crematus, burn (cremate)

ezerceo, exercere, exercui, exercitus, practice, drill, train (exercise]
LESSON
Athenae, -arum,
Corinthus,
-1, f., f.,
XLVII, 270
Genava, -ae, f., Geneva Pompeii, -orum, m., plur., Pompeii, a city in Campania. See map
plur.,
Athens
f.,
Corinth
house,
Cf. domicilium
domus,
-iis,
locative domi,
home
(dome).
294
tergum,
tergi, n.,
propter, prep, with ace, on account
back; a tergo,
n.,
be-
because of rus, ruris, in the plur. only nom. and

of,
hind^ in the rear

vulnus, vulneris,
nerable)
wound
(vul-
acc. rura, n.,
country
(rustic)
committo, committere, commisi, commissus, intrust, commit; proelium

committere, join battle
convoco, convocare, convocavi, convocatus, call together,
summon
(convoke)
timeo, timere, timui,
fear;
be afraid (timid)
vert5, vertere, verti, versus, turn,
change (convert)
terga vertere, to turn
the backs, hence to retreat
LESSON
acies, -ei,
f.,
XLVIII,
lux,
276
f.,
line
of
battle
liicis,
light
(lucid);
prima
plur.,
aestas, aestatis,
f.,
summer
lux,
daybreak
-e,
annus,
-i, ra.,
dies, diei, m.,

fides, fidei,
year (annual) day (diary) no plur., i., faith, trust;
meridies, ace. -em, abl.
no
m., m.idday (meridian)
nox, noctis (-ium),

turnal)
f.,
night (noc-
promise, word; protection ; in

fidem venire, to come under the
protection
fluctus, -us, m.,
primus,
res, rei,
-a,
f.,
-um, first (prime)

thing, m.atter (real); res
(lit.
wave, billow
winter
(fluc-
gestae, deeds, exploits
things
tuate)
performed)
f., f.,
res adversae, adver-
hiems, hiemis,
hora, -ae,
sity ; res secundae, prosperity spes, spei,

f.,
hour
hope
LESSON XLIX,
amicitia,
cable)
-ae,
f.,
283
niinti, m., messeiiger.
friendship (amiso, therefore, ac-
niintius,
Cf.
nuntio
itaque, conj.,
and
pax, pacis,
f.,
peace
(pacify)
cordingly
regnum,
-i,
n.,
reign, sovereignty,
a letter of the alphaa letter, an epistle metus, metus, ra.,fear nihil, indeclinable, n., nothing
littera, -ae,f.,
kingdom
supplicium,
bet; ^\ax.,
ment;
(nihilist)
pimishsumere de, with abl., inflict punishment on; supplicium dare, suffer punishment. Cf. poena
suppli'ci,
n.,
supplicium
placeo, placere, placui, placitus, be pleasing to, please, with dative.

siimo, sumere, sumpsi, siimptus, take up,
Cf.
54
assume
sustineo, sustinere, sustinui, sustentus, sustain
295
LESSON
corpus, corporis, n., body (corporal)
L,
288
upon a
time
olim, adv., formerly, once
densus, -a, -um, dense
idem, e'adem, idem, demonstrative
pars, partis (-ium),
f.,
part, region,
pronoun, the same (identity)

ipse, ipsa,
direction
ipsum, intensive pronoun,
quoque, adv., also.
Stands after the
selfJ- even, very
minis, -a, -um, wonderful, marvel-
word which it emphasizes sol, solis, m., sun (solar)

verus, -a, -um, true, real (verity)
ous (miracle)
debeo, debere, debui, debitus, owe, ought (debt)

eripio, eripere, eripui, ereptus,
snatch
from
LESSON
hie,
LI, 294
haec, hoc, demonstrative proit
nomen, nominis,
nate)
oculus,
-i,
n.,
name
(nomi-
noun, this (of mine); he, she,

ille,
ilia,
illud,
demonstrative proit
m., eye (oculist)
noun, that (yonder); he, she,

invisus, -a, -um, hateful,
pristinus, -a, -um,

(pristine)
former, old-time
detested,
with dative
Cf. 143
publicus, -a, -vaa, public, belonging

to ihe state; res publica, rei piiblicae,
f.,
iste, ista, istud,
demonstrative pro;
noun, that (of yours)

libertas, -atis,
f.,
he, she, it
the
commonwealth, the
n.,
liberty
state, the republic
modus,
-i,
m.,
measure; manner,
vestigium,
vesti'gi,
footprint,
way, mode
track; trace, vestige

vox, vocis,
f.,
voice
LESSON
incolumis, -e,
LII,
298
enough, sufficiently (satis-
unharmed
satis, adv.,
ne
quidem, adv., not even. The emphatic word stands between ne

.
faction)
tantus, -a, -um, so great

vero, adv., truly,
and quidem
nisi, conj., unless,
indeed, in fact.
if
not
PiS,
paene, adv., almost (pen-insula)

decido, decidere, decidi,
a conj. but, however, usually stands second, never first.
fall
down
(deciduous)
down, dismount maneo, manere, mansi, mansiirus, remain

desilio, desilire, desilui, desultus, leap
tradiico, traducere, tradiixi, traductus,
lead across
296
LESSON
aquila, -ae,
f.,
LIII, 306
eagle (aquiline)
audacis,
adj.,
mens, mentis (-ium),

bold,
tal).
f.,
mind (men-
audax,
celer,
gen.
Cf.
animus
-a,
audacious
celeris,
opportunus,
celere,
-um, opportune
swift,
quick
quam,
adv., than.
With
the super-
(celerity).
Cf. velox
-oris,
lative
quam
gives the force of as
erplorator,
(explorer)
m.,
scout,
spy
huge,
possible,
viri,
as
quam
audacissimi
m.en as bold as possible
ingens,
gen.
ingentis,
adj.,
recens, gen. recentis, adj., recent
vast
medius, -a, -um, middle, middle part
<7/^
tam, adv.,
jective
so.
Always with an
adverb,
adis
or
while
ita
(medium)
generally used with a verb

Cf. peto
quaero, quaerere, quaesivi, quaesitus, ask, inquire, seek (question).
LESSON
alacer, alacris, alacre, eager, spirited,
LIV,
310
from nulm. and f., no one nobile, well known, noble
plur.,
abl.),
(gen. niillius, abl. niillo,

lus),
excited (alacrity)
celeritas, -atis,
f.,
no
j/^î^ (celerity)
nobilis,
clamor, clamoris, m., shout, clamor

lenis, lene, mild, gentle (lenient)
noctu, adv. (an old
by night
(nocturnal)
mulier, muli'eris,
f.,
woman
f.,
statim, adv., immediately, at once
multitude, multitiidinis,
multi-
subito, adv.,
suddenly
tude
tardus, -a, -um,

dat.
slow
(tardy)
nemo,
nemini,
ace.
neminem
wish
(cupidity)
cupio, cupere, cupivi, cupitus, desire,
LESSON
aedificium,
aedifi'ci,
n.,
LV,
314
a noun, m. and n. plur., the
btiilding,
As
dwelling (edifice) imperium, impe'ri, n., command, chiefpower ; empire reliquus, -a, -um, rem.aining, rest of
abdo, abdere, abdidi, abditus, hide
rest (relic)
scelus, sceleris, n.,
crime
f.,
servitus, -utis,
f.,
slavery (servitude)
valley
valles, vallis (-ium),
contends, contendere, contend!, contentus, strain, struggle; hasten (contend)

occido, occidere, occidi, occisus, cut
down,
kill.
Cf. neco, interficio
perterêo, perterrere, perterrui, perterritus, terrify, frighten
trado, tradere, tradidi, traditus, give over, surrender, deliver (traitor)
297
LESSON
aditus, -us, m., approach,
LVI, 318
mors, mortis (-ium),
f.,
access
â/'/%
(mortal)
entrance
civitas,
nam, conj.,/or
f.,
civitatis,
citizenship
(city)
obses, obsidis, m.
and
f.,
hostage
body of citizens, state inter, prep, with ace,
paulo, adv. (abl. n. of paulus), by

little,
among (interstate
habito, vivo
between; commerce)
,
somewhat
incolo, incolere, incolui,
transitive,
inhabit; intransitive, dwell.
Cf.
recipio, recipere, recepi, receptus, receive, recover; se recipere, betake one^s

self,
withdraw, retreat
relinquo, relinquere, reliqui, relictus, leave,
abandon
(relinquisli)
statuo, statuere, statui, statiitus, fix, decide (statute), usually with infin.
LESSON
aequus,
-a,
LVII, 326
gens, gentis (-ium),
f.,
-um, even, level; equal

f.,
race, tribe,
cohors, cohortis (-ium),
cohort, a
nation (Gentile)
negotium, negoti,
regio, -onis,
n.,
tenth part of a legion, about 360
business, affair,
men
curro,
matter (negotiate)
currere, cucurrl, cursus,
run
f.,
region, district
(course)
difficultas, -atis,
f.,
riimor, rumoris, m.,

difficulty
rumor, report.
Cf.
fama
fossa, -ae,
f.,
ditch (fosse)
simul atque, conj., as soon as
suscipio, suscipere, suscepi, susceptus,
undertake
(ex-tract)
traho, trahere, traxi, tractus, drag,
draw
.
valeo, valere, valui, valiturus, be strong;
plurimum
valere, to be
powerful,
have great influence
(value).
Cf validus LVIII,
LESSON
commeatus,
longitiido,
-iis,
332
mercatoris,
m.,
trader,
m., provisions
mercator,
latitudo, -inis,
f.,
width
f.,
(latitude)
merchant
miinitio, -onis,
f.,
-inis,
length (longi-
fortification (mu-
tude)
nition)
-inis,
f.,
magnitudo,
tude
size,
fnagni-
spatium, spati,
tance; time
n.,
room, space, dis-
cognosce, cognoscere, cognovi, cognitus, learn; in the perfect tenses,

(re-cognize) cogo, cogere, coegi, coactus, collect;
know
compel (cogent)
defendo, defendere, defend!, defensus, defend
298
to,
incendo, incendere, incendi, incensus, set fire
burn
(incendiary).
Cf.
cremo
obtineo, obtinere, obtinui, obtentus, possess, occupy,
hold (obtain)
pervenio, pervenire, perveni, perventus,
come through, arrive
LESSON
agmen, agminis, n., line of march, column; primum agmen, /î? vanj novissimum agmen, ^^ râr
atque, ac, conj.,
afl?j-
LIX,
337
Helvetii, -drum, m., the Helvetii, a Gallic tribe
passus,
passiis,
m.,
a pace,
a
five
atque
is
used
Roman
mile
feet;
mille
passuum, a
before vowels and consonants, ac before consonants only. Cf. et and
thousand
{of) paces,
Roman
for
-que
concilium, concili,
n.,
qua de causa, for this

council, as-
I'eason,
what reason
vallum,
-i, n.,
sembly
earthworks, rampart
cado, cadere, cecidi, casiirus, fall (decadence)
dedo, dedere, dedidi, deditus, surrender, give
upj with a
reflexive pronoun,
surrender
ojie^s self,
submit, with the dative of the indirect object
premo, premere, pressi, pressus, press hard, harass

vexo, vexare, vexavi, vexatus, annoy, ravage (vex)
LESSON
aut, conj., orj aut
.
.
LX,
341
f.,
aut, either
opinio, -onis,
opinion, supposi-
or
Hon, expectation
res friimentaria, rei frumentariae,
(K\\..
causa, abl. of causa,^^^ the sake of,
f.
because of Always stands after the gen. which modifies it

fere, adv., nearly,
the grain affair), grain supply

Cf. timeo
timor, -oris, m.,fear.
almost
undique, aAv.,fro7n all sides
Conor, conari, conatus
egredior, egredi, egressus
sum, attempt, try sum, move out, disembark ; progredior, move
forward, advance
orior, oriri, ortus
(egress, progress)
moror, morari, moratus sum, delay
sum,
arise,
proficiscor, proficisci, profectus
spring; begin; be born {from) (origin) sum, set out
sum, return (revert). The forms of this verb are and not deponent, in the perfect system. Perf. act., reverti sequor, sequi, seciitus sum, follow (sequence). Note the following compounds of sequor and the force of the different prefixes consequor {follow with), overtake; insequor {follow against), pursue; subsequor {follow uneBr), follow close after
reverter, reverti, reversus
usually active,
LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
Translations inclosed within parentheses are not to be used as such
to
;
they are inserted
show etymological meanings.
ad-fero,
ad-ferre,
at-tuli,
ad-latus,
a or ab, prep, with
abl.
/rem, by,
off.
bring,
convey;
report,
announce;
Translated on in a dextro comu, onthe right wing ; a fronte, on the front
render, give ( 426)

ad-ficio, -ere, -feci, -fectus [ad, to,
facio, do\, affect, visit
+
of
or in front ; a dextra, on the right;
a latere, on the side
etc.
adflictatus,
-a,
-um,
adj.
[part,
ab-do, -ere, -didi, -ditus, hide, conceal
adflicto, shatter], shattered
ab-duc6, -ere, -duxi, -ductus, lead

lead
off,
ad-fligo, -ere,
strike
-flixi, -flictus,
dash upon,
away
-cidi, -cisus [ab(s), off,
upon; harass,
-ere,
-ui,
distress
[ad,
to,
-t-
abs-cido, -ere,
ad-hibeo,
-itus
caedo, cu{\, cut off
habeo, hold\, apply, employ, use
ab-sum, -esse,
or ab
afui, afuturus, be
away,
with a
ad-hiic, adv. hiiherio, as yet, thus far
be absent, be distant, be off;
aditus,
-lis,
m.
access
[adeo,
;
approach"],
and
abl., 501.
32
approach,
entrance.
Cf.
ac, conj., see atque
adventus
to,
ac-cipio, -ere, -cepi, -ceptus [ad,

capio, take^, receive, accept
ad-ligo, -are, -avi, -atus, bind to, fasten
ad-loquor, -Icqui, -locutus sum, dep.

;
acer, acris,
acre, adj. sharp
figura-
verb
to,
[ad, to,
-)-
loquor, speak], speak
tively, keen, active, eager (
47 1
line of
address, with ace.

-are, -avi, -atus,
acerbus,
acies, -ei,
battle
-a,
f.
-um, adj.
bitter,
sour
;
ad-ministro,
direct
manage,
[acer, sharpy, edge
admiratio,
-onis,
f.
[admiror,
wonder move
come
acriter, adv. [acer, sharp'\,
compared
at],
admiration, astonishment
-ere,
acrius, acerrime, sharply, fiercely
ad-moveo,
to
;
-movl, -motus,
ad, prep, with ace.
to,
towards, near.
apply, employ
-are, -avi, -atus,
ad-aequo,
With the gerund or gerundive, to, for -are, -avi, -atus, make equal,
level with
ad-propinquo,
near, approach, with dat.
make
Tnove,
ad-sum,
ent
;
-esse, -fui, -futiirus, be pres;
ad-diico, -ere, -diixi, -ductus, lead to
assist
with dat., 426

f.
induce
-ii,
adulescens, -entis, m. and

-itus,
[part, of
ad-eo,
-ire,
go
to,
approach,
(
adolescd, grow],
a yotiih, young man,
draw near,
visit,
with ace.
413)
young person
299
300
adventus,
-us,
adventus
m.
[ad,
to,
ancilla
venio,
alacriter, adv. [alacer, active'\,
comp.
come], approach, arrival ( 466) ad versus, -a, -urn, adj. [part, of adverto,
ttirn
to],
alacrius, alacerrime, actively, eagerly
albus,
alces,
-a,
-um,
adj.,
white
turned towards, facing;

res adversae, ad-
-is, f. elk
contrary, adverse,
versity
Alcmena,
aliquis
-ae,
f.
Alcm/na, the mother

-qua,
of Hercules
[aedifico, build],
aedificium, aedifi'ci,n.
building, edifice
(-qui),
-quid
(-quod),
( 487)
-i),
indef. pron.
some one, some

alius
. .
.
aedifico, -are, -avi, -atus [aedes, house,
alius, -a, -ud (gen. -lus, dat.
adj.
+ faciS,
aequalis,
make], build
another, other,
. .
.
alius,
one
. .
.
aeger, aegra, aegrum, adj. sick, feeble

-e,
another,
1
alii
alii,
some
adj.
equal,
-is,
like.
f.
As
others (
10)
f.
noun, aequalis,
the
m. or
one of
Alpes, -ium,
alter, -era,
plur. the
Alps
-i),
same age
-a,
-erum (gen.
one
-ius, dat.
adj.
.
aequus,
fables
-um, adj. even, level; equal
the one, the other (of two),

alter, the
. .
.
alter
1
Aesopus,
-I,
m. .Msop, a writer of
inita aestate,
the other (
10)
altitudo, -inis,
.
f.
[altus, high], height

tall,
aestas, -atis, f summer,
altus, -a, -um, adj. high,
deep
at the beginning of sum.m.er
Amazones, -um,
ambo,
f.
plur.
Amazons, a
aetas, -atis,
f.
age
f.
fabled tribe of warlike

Ethiopia, a country
women
Aethiopia,
in Africa
-ae,
-ae, -0, adj. (decl. like duo), both
amice, adv. [amicus, /n><^/}/], superl.

f.
Africa, -ae,
Africa
amiclssime, in a friendly
adj.
manner
wrap
Africanus,
-a,
-um,
to
of Africa.
amicio,
-|-
-ire,
-ictus [am-, about,
name given
Sciplo for his
iacio,
throw], throw around,
victories in Africa
about, clothe
c)
agar, agri, m.field,farm, land (^462.
amicitia,
-ae,
f.
[amicus,
friend],
agger,
-eris,
m.
mound
friendship
agmen, -inis, n. [ago, drive], an army on the march, column, primum agmen, the van
ago,
-ere, egi, actus, drive, lead; do,
amicus,
friend
a-mitto,
-a,
-um,
adj.
[amo,
love],
-i,
friendly.
As
a noun, amicus,
m.
-ere,
-misi,
-missus,
send
be
perform,
vitam ageie, pass
life
agricola, -ae, m. [ager, field,
colo,
away; lose amo, -are, -avi,
-atus,
love,
like,
cu Itivate]
farmer
-ae, f: agriculture
agri cultura,
ala, -ae,
f.
fond of ( 488) amphitheatrum,

amplus,
-a,
-i,
n.
amphitheater
wing
-ere,
-um, adj. large, ample;
alacer,
-cris,
adj.
active,
eager.
honorable, noble
Cf. acer
alacrilias,
-atis,
f.
an, conj.
[alacer,
active],
or,
introducing the second

f.
part of a double question

ancilla, -ae,
eagerness, alacrity
maidservant
ancora
ancora, -ae,
f.
301
auratus
arduus,
-a,
anchor
-ae,
f.
-um, adj. steep
Andromeda,
Perseus
angulus,
-i,
Androm'eda,
Aricia, -ae,
daughter of Cepheus and wife of
f. Aricia, a town on the Appian Way, near Rome
aries, -etis, m. battering-ram (p. 221)
m. angle, corner
-ere, -tl, -sus
arma, -orum,
[animus,
turn the
Cf. telum
n. plur.
arms, weapons.
anim-adverto,
mind,
adverto, turn
notice
n.
to],
armatus,
-a,
-um, adj. [armo, arm],
mind to,
(465-*)
armed, equipped
aro, -are, -avi, -atus, plow,
ars, artis,
f.
animal, -alls,
\3xamaL,breaih'\,animal
till
art, skill
animosus,
-a,
-um, adj. spirited
articulus,
-i, ra.
joint
animus,
heart
;
-i,
m. [anima, breath], mind,
ascribo, -ere, -scripsi, -scriptus [ad, in

addition,
enlist
spirit, courage, feeling, in this
scribo,
larite],
enroll,
sense often plural
annus,
-i,
ra.year
Asia,
-ae,
f.
Asia,
i.e.
Asia Minor
ante, prep, with ace. before
at, conj. but.
Cf. autem, sed

f.
antea, adv. [ante], before, formerly
Athenae, -arum,
plur.
Athens
antlquus,
-a,
-um, adj. [ante,
before],
Atlas, -antis, m. Atlas, a Titan
who
and
former, ancient, old

aper, apri, m. wild boar
was said
to hold
up the sky
at-que, ac, conj. and,
and
also,
Apollo,
-inis,
m. Apollo, son of Jupiter

[ad
what
is
THore.
atque
may be used
and Latona, brother of Diana

ap-pareo,
-ere, -ui,
before either vowels or consonants,

ac before consonants only
pareo,
appear], appear
attentus,
tends,
-a,
-um, adj. [part, of at(the
ap-pell6, -are, -avi, -atus, call by name,
direct
mind)
toward],
name.
Cf. nomino, voco

-a,
attentive, intent on, careful
Appius,
turn
-um, adj Appian

.
at-tonitus, -a, -um, adj. thunderstruck,
ap-plic6, -are, -avi, -atus, apply, direct,
astounded
audacia,
-ae,
f.
[andax, bold], boldness,
apud, prep, with ace. among;

the house
at,
at
audacity
aqua,
-ae,
f.
of water
f.
audacter, adv. [audax, bold], compared

audacius, audaclssime, boldly
aquila, -ae,
ara, -ae,
f.
eagle
audax,
audeo,
audio,
to
-acis, adj. bold,
daring
daj-e
altar
-ere,
ausus sum,
arbitror, -ari, -atus sum, think, sup-
-ire, -iv5
or -u, -itus, hear, listen
pose
420.
f.
c).
Cf. existimo, puto

1.
(420.<^, 491)
-ae,
arbor, -oris,
tree ( 247.
f.
a]
Augeas,
stables
Arcadia,
-ae,
Arcadia, a district in
m. Auge'as, a king whose Hercules cleaned

f.
southern Greece
ardeo, -ere, arsi, arsnrus, be on
blaze,
fire,
aura, -ae,
air, breeze
auratus,
-a,
-um, adj. [aurum, gold],
bum
adorned with gold
302
aureus,
golden
casa
-a,
-um, adj. [aurum, gold],
C
C. abbreviation for Gaius, Eng. Caius
aurum,
autem,
first,
-i,
.1.
gold
aut
.
cado, -ere,
.
.
ce'cidi, casiirus,
f.
fall
aut, conj. or.

conj.,
aut, either
.or
caedes,
-is,
[caedo, cut], [a cutting

( 465. a)
usually second, never

clause, but, moreover,
Cf. at, sed
n. help, aid, assist-
down), slaughter, carnage
in the
caelum,
Caesar,
-i,
n. sky,
heavens
Ccesar, the
however, now.
-aris,
m.
auxilium, auxili,
ance
;
general, statesman,
famous and writer
plur. auxiliaries
-ti,
calamitas,
-atis,
f.
loss, cala-mity, defeat,
a-verto, -ere,
aside avis,
-is,
f.
-sus, turn
away, turn
disaster
calcar, -aris, n. sfttr ( 465. b)
bird ( 243.
i)
Campania,
B
ballista, -ae,
f.
ballista,
{p.
an engine for
Campania, a disSee map Campanus, -a, -um, adj. of Campania campus, -i, m. plain, field, esp. the
-ae,
f.
trict of central Italy.
hurling missiles
balteus,
-i,
220)
Campus Martius, along the Tiber

just outside the walls of
m.
n.
belt,
sword belt
Rome
barbarus,
bellutn,
-i,
-i,
m. barbarian, savage
war. bellum inferre, with
canis,
-is,
m. and
f.
dog
,
cano, -ere, ce'cini,
sing
[cano,
sing],
dat. viake
war upon
canto, -are, -avi, -atus
bene, adv. [for bone, from bonus], com-
sing
pared melius, optime, well

benigne, adv. [benignus, kind], comparedbenignius,benignissime,/5;fl?/)'
Capenus,
-a,
-um,
adj.
of Capena, esp.
the Po7ia Cape'na, the gate at
Rome
leading to the Appian

capio, -ere,
cepi,
Way
benignus,
-a,
-um,
a.A).
good-natured,
captus, take, seize,
kind, often used with dat.

bini, -ae, -a, distributive
numeral
(
adj.
capture ( 492) Capitolinus, -a, -um, adj. belonging

to
two each, two at a time

bis, adv. twice
334)
the Capitol, Capitoline

Capito'li,
n.
Capitolium,
[caput,
bonus,
-a,
-um, adj. compared melior,

(
head], the Capitol, the hill at
Rome
of
optimus, good, kind

bos, bovis (gen. plur.
dat.
469. a)
on
which
f.
stood the
temple
boum or bovum,
bobi^Tor biibus),
Jupiter Capitolinus and the citadel
and
f.
abl. plur.
capsa, -ae,
captivus,
box for books
m. and
brevis,
ox,
cow
n.
-i,
m.
f.
[capio, take], captive
bracchium, braccM,
-e, adj.
arm
Capua,
caput,
-ae,
Capua, a large city of
short
Brundisium,
bulla, -ae,
-i, ii.
BrundisiuTn, a sea-
Campania. See map -itis, n. head ( 464.

m..
2. b)
port in southern Italy.

f.
See map
career, -eris,
of
prison, jail
bulla, a locket
made
carrus,
-i,
m.
cart,
wagon
small concave plates of gold fas-
earns, -a, -um, adj. dear, precious
tened by a spring
(p.
212)
casa, -ae,
f.
hut, cottage
castellum
castellum,
-I,
collum
of castrum,
n.
[dim.
Cimbri, -orum, m. plur. the Cimbri
fori], redoubt, fort
Cimbricus,
Usually in the
a
military
-a,
-um, adj. Cimbrian
castrum,
plural,
-i,
n. fort.
cinctus, -a, -um, adj. [part, of cingS,
castra,
-orum,
to
suiTOund~] girt, surrounded

,
camp, castra p5nere,

casus,
-us,
pitch
camp
cingo, -ere, cinxi, cinctus, gird, sur-
m.
[cado, falll,
chance
circiter, adv.
misfortune, loss
about
catapulta, -ae,
f.
catapult, an
engine
circum, prep, with ace. around

circum'-do, -dare, -dedi, -datus, plcu:e
for hurling stones
catena, -ae,
f.
chain
f.
around, surroujid, inclose

circum'-eo,
-ire, -ii, -itus,
caupona,
-ae,
f.
inn
cause, reason,
go around
,
causa, -ae,
ca.usSi,
qua de
circum-sisto, -ere, circum'steti,
for
this reason
stand around, surround

circum-venio,
-ire, -vini,
cedo, -ere, cessi, cessflrus, give way,

retire
-ventus [come
arottnd), s^trround
citerior,
-ius,
celer, -eris, -ere, adj. swift, fleet
adj. in
comp., superl.
celeritas, -atis,
ness, speed
f.
[celer,
swift\ swift-
citimus, hither, nearer (475)

civilis, -e, adj. [civis], civil
celeriter, adv. [celer, swift],

celerius, celerrime, swiftly
compared
civis, -is,
m. and
f.
f.
citizen ( 243. i)
civitas, -atis,
[civis, citizen],
(body
cena, -ae,
f.
dinner
adj.
centum, indecl. numeral
hundred
Cephea),
of citizens'), state; citizenship clamor, -oris, m. shout, cry

clarus, -a,
centurio, -onis, m. centurion, captain
-um, adj. clear; famous,

bright,
Cepheus
(dissyl.), -ei
(ace.
renowned ;
classis,
shining
m. Cepheus, a king of Ethiopia and

father of
-is, i. fleet -si,
Andromeda
m. Cerberus, the fabled
claudo, -ere,
clavus,
-i,
-sus, shut, close
Cerberus,
-i,
m.
stripe
three-headed "dog that guarded the

entrance to
cliens, -entis,
m. dependent,
retainer,
Hades
u. [certo,
client ( 465. a)
certamen,
adv.
-inis,
struggle],
Codes,
-itis,
struggle, contest, rivalry
Codes, the
m. (blind in one eye). surname of Horatius

scio ( 420. b)
to-
certe,
[certus, sure],
compared
certain,
(to
co-gnosc6, -ere, -gnovi, -gnitus, learn,
certius, ceitissime, surely, certainly
know, understand. Ci.

gether,
certus,
sure,
-a,
-um,
adj. fixed,
COgO, -ere, coegi, coactus [co(m)-,

-\-
aliquem certiorem facere

certain),
ago, drive], (drive together),
make some one more

inform some one
cervus,
-5,
to
collect; compel, drive
cohors, cohortis,
deer
f.
cohort, the
tenth
m.
stag,
part of a legion, about 360

collis, -is,
men
coUe, on
cesso, -are, -avi, -atus, delay, cease

cibaria, -arum, n. ^\wr.food, provisions
m.
n.
hill,
iu
summo
2. a)
top of the hill ( 247.
cibus,
-1,
ra.food, victuals
collum,
-i,
neck
304
colo
con-scendo
con-curro, -ere, -curri, -cursus [com-,
together, -y curro, run],
rally,
colo, -ere, colui, cultus, cultivate, till;
honor, worship; devote one^s self to
run
together;
columna,
-ae,
f.
column, pillar
cor-, co-),
gather
f.
com-
(col-,
con-,
a prefix,
condicio, -onis,
dico,
talli],
[com-, together, -f
together,
with, or intensifying the
agreement,
condition,
meaning of the root word coma, -ae, f. hair comes, -itis, m. and f. [com-, together, + eo, go^ companion, comrade
comitatus, -us, m.
[comitor,
terms
con-dono, -are,
-avi, -atus,
pardon
bring
one's
con-duco, -ere, -duxl, -ductus, hire

con-fero,
together,
-ferre,
-tuli,
-latus,
accom-
se
conferre,
betake
pany],
comitor,
escort,
-ari,
company
sum, dep. verb
self
-atus
con-fertus, -a, -um, adj. crowded, thick
[comes, companion], accompany
confestim, adv. immediately

c5n-ficio, -ere, -feci, -fectus [com-,
-1-
com-meatus, -us, m. supplies com-minus, adv. [com-, together,

manus, hand], hand
com-mitto,
gether;
to
com-
pletely, -f facio, do],

,
make, complete,
hand
join
to-
-ere, -misi, -missus,
accomplish fin ish con-firmo, -are, -avi, -atus, make firm,

establish, strengthen, afiirm, assert
commit,
intrust,
battle,
proelium
committere, join
se commit-
con-fluo, -ere,
-fliixi,
,fiow together
tere with dat., trust one's self to
con-fugio, -ere, -fugi, -fugiturus, fiee
commode,
adv. [commodus,
fit],
com-
for
refuge, fiee
pared commodius, commodissime, conveniently, fitly
con-icio, -ere, -iici, -iectus [com-, in-
tensive,
-|-
iacio,
throw], hurl
commodus,
com-m5tus,
com-paro,
-a,
-um, adj. suitable, fit -um, adj. [part, of com-
con-iungo,
together,
-ere, -iunxi, -iunctus [com-,

-f-
-a,
vx^t^^, join], join together,
moveo, move], aroused, moved

-are, -avi, -atus
unite
con-iiiro, -are, -avi, -atus [com-, together,
\-
[com-, in-
tensive, -f paro, prepare], prepare;
iuro, swear], unite
by oath, con-
provide, get
spire
-plevi,
com-pleo,
-ere,
-1-
-pletus
[com-,
con-loco,
gether, station
-are,
-1-
-avi,
-atus [com-,
to-
intensive,
s\eo, fill], fill
up
-pressus
press],
loco, place],
arrange, place,
COmplexus, com-primo,
[com-,
-us,
m. embrace
-pressi,
-f-
-ere,
conloquium,
gether,
-j-
conlo'qui,
n.
[com-,
to-
together,
premo,
loquor, speak], conversation,
press together, grasp, seize
conference
con-cido, -ere,
sive,
-)-
-cidi,
[com-, inten-
Conor,
-ari,
-atus sum, dep. verb, en-
caio, fall], fall

conci'li, n.
down
deavor, attempt, try
concilium,
meeting, council
con-scendo,
-ere,
-scendi,
-1-
-scensus
con-cliido, -ere, -clusi, -clusus [com-,
[com-, intensive,
scando, climb],
intensive,
-|-
claudo, close], shut up,
climb
dere,
up, ascend,
navem conscen-
close; end, finish
embark, go on board
con-scribo
305
cresco
-scriptus
write\,
con-scribo,
[com-,
-ere,
-scripsi,
controversia, -ae,
f.
dispute, quarrel [com-,

to-
together,
scrlbo,
con-venio,
together,
-ire,
-veni, -ventus
(write together), enroll, enlist
-f
venio, come^,
come
con-secro, -are, -avi, -atus [com-, intensive,
gether, meet, assemble
sacro, consecrate^ consecrate,
con-verto, -ere, -verti, -versus [com-,

intensive,
-|-
devote
verto, tum'\, tu>-n

to-
con-sequor, -sequi, -seciitus sum, dep.
con-voco, -are, -avi, -atus [com-,

gether,
verb [com-, intensive,

low],
sequor,y<;/-
voco, cfl//], call together
pursue ; overtake; win

servo, save'],preserve, save
CO-orior,
-iri,
-ortus
-f-
sum, dep. verb

orior, rise\, rise,
con-servo, -are, -avi, -atus [com-, intensive,

-t-
[com-, intensive,
break forth
copia, -ae,
wealth~\,
f.
consilium, consili, u. plan, purpose,

design
;
[com-, intensive, -f ops,
wisdom
-ere,
-|-
abundance, wealth, plenty.
con-sisto,
-stiti,
-stitus
to
[com-,
stand'\,
Plur. copiae, -arum, troops
intensive,
sisto,
cause
coquo,
-ere, coxi, coctus, cook

-i, f. Corinth, the famous on the Isthmus of Corinth
f.
stand firmly, halt, take one's stand

con-spicio, -ere, -spexi, -spectus [com-,
intensive,
-|-
Cprinthus,
city
spicio, spy\, look at at-
Cornelia, -ae,
Cornelia, daughter of
tentively, perceive, see
Scipio and mother of the Gracchi

steadiness,
constantia, -ae,
perseverance
i. firmness,
Cornelius,
Come'li,
m. Cornelius, a
Roman name
cornii, -us,
con-stituo, -ere, -ui, -utus [com-, intensive,

-|-
n.kom; wing of an army, a

.
statuo, set^ establish, de-
dextro comu, on the right
termine, resolve
con-sto, -are, -stiti, -staturus
together,
\-
corona, -ae, f garland, wi '.ath

[com-, be
coronatus,
corpus,
-a,
-um, adj.
body
wing(% 466) ; crown crowned
sto,
standi agree;
of
-oris, n.
certain
consist
cor-ripio, -ere, -ui, -reptus [com-, in-
consul, -ulis, m. consul ( 464. 2. a) con-sumo, -ere, -sumpsi, -sumptus

[com-, intensive,
-)-
tensive, -f rapio, seized seize, grasp
cotidianus,
-a,
-um, adj. daily
sumo,
take^, con-
cotidie, adv. daily
sume, use up
con-tendo, -ere,
ten
;
creber, -bra, -brum, adj. thick, crowded,

-di, -tus,
strain
has-
numerous, frequffnt
credo, -ere,
-didi, -ditus, trust, believe,
fight, contend, struggle

to-
con-tineo, -ere, -ui, -tentus [com-,

gether,
-|-
with dat.
( 501. 14)
teneo, hold'\, hold together,
cremo,
creo,
-are, -avi, -atus, bui-n -avi,
hem
in, contain; restrain
-are,
-atus,
make;
elect,
contra, prep, with ace. against, contrary to
appoint
Creon,
draw\, draw
-ontis,
m. Creon, a
Icing
of
con-traho, -ere, -traxi, -tractus [com-,

together,
\-
Corinth
cresco, -ere, crevi, cretus, rise, grow,
increase
traho,
to-
gether; of
sails,
shorten, furl
3o6
Creta, -ae,
Creta
f.
densus
de-cido, -ere,
-cidi,
Crete, a large island in
[de,
down,
-H
the Mediterranean
zaAo, fall], fall
down
adj. tenth
Cretaeus,
-a,
-um, adj. Cretan
decimus,
-a,
-um, numeral
criis, cruris, n. leg
declivis, -e, adj. sloping
downward
criistulum,
cubile,
-5,
n.pastiy, cake
de-do, -ere, -didi, -ditus, give up, sztrrender.
-is, n.
bed
f.
se dedere, surrender one's self
cultiira, -ae,
culture-, cultivation
de-duco, -ere, -duxi, -ductus [de, down,
cum, conj. with the indie, or subjv. when; since; altho^tgh { 501. 46) cum, prep, with abl. -with ( 209) cupide, adv. [cupldus, desirous], compared cupidius, cupidissime, eagerly
cupiditas, -atis,
desire,
f.
duco, lead], lead
down,
escort
de-fendo,
repel,
-ere, -di, -fensus,
ward
off,
defend
bring], bring
(
de-fero, -ferre, -tuli, -latus [de, down,

\- fero,
down ;
report,
[cupidus, desirous],
announce
de-fessus,
426)
longing
-ivi
-a,
-um, adj. tired out, weary
cupio, -ere,
wish.
ciir,
or
-ii,
-itus,
desire,
de-ficio, -ere, -feci, -fectus [de,

\-
from,
Cf. V0I6
facio,
make], fail, be wanting;
adv. why, wherefore

f. f.
revolt from,
cura, -ae,
ciiria, -ae,
care, paijis
anxiety
de-flgo, -ere,
-fixi,
,
-fixus [de,
down,
-|-
senate house
[ciira, care],
i\^, fasten] fasten, fix

care
de-icio, -ere, -ieci, -iectus [de,
-)-
euro, -are, -avi, -atus

for, attend
to,
down,
bring
look after
iacio,
hurl], hurl
down
curro, -ere, cucurri, cursus,
run
down,
kill
currus,
-ijs,
-lis,
m. chariot m. course
de-inde, adv. (from thence), then, in

the next place
cursus,
custodio, -Ire, -ivi, -itus [cust6s,^<7/],
delects, -are, -avi, -atus, delight

deleo, -ere, -evi, -etus, blot out, destroy
guard, watch
deliberS, -are, -avi, -atus, weigh, deliberate,
ponder
Daedalus,
-i,
m. Dced'alus, the sup-
de-ligo, -ere, -legi, -Iectus [de, from,
posed inventor of the first flying machine Davus, -i, m. Davus, name of a slave
de, prep, with abl.
lego, gather], choose, select

-a, -a,
Delphicus,
-um, adj. Delphic
demissus,
-um
[part,
of demitto,
down from, from
send down], downcast, humble

de-monstro,
-I-
concerning, about, for ( 2og).
qua
-are, -avi, -atus [de, out,
de causa, for this reason, wherefore
r^'as.txa, point],
point out, show

not
till
dea, -ae,
f.
goddess
-ui,
( 461. a)
demum,
from,
-f
adv. at
last,
then,
tum
Cf.
debeo,
-ere,
-itus
[de,
demum, then
denique,
postremd
adv.
at last at
last, finally.
habeo, hold], owe, ought, should
decem, indecl. numeral
adj. ten
de-cerii5, -ere, -crevi, -cretus [ie,from,

-f cern5, separate], decide, decree
dens, dentis, m. tooth
{ 247. 2. a)
densus,
-a,
-um, adj. dense, thick
de-pendeo
de-pendeo,
-ere,
,
307
from
faci-
dis-tribuo
[de,
down,
differ,
differre inter se, differ
pendeo, hang\,
hang from, hang
each other
dif-ficilis, -e,
lis,
down
de-ploro, -are, -avi, -atus [de, intensive,
adj. [dis-,
not,
easy], hard, difficult

f.
(307)
hard],
ploro, wail\, bewail, deplore

[de,
difacultas, -atis,
difficulty
[difficilis,
de-pono, -ere, -posui, -positus
down,
^rxi, pu{\,
put down
-di,
diligenter,
adv.
[diligens,
careful],
de-scendo, -ere,
-scensus [de, down,
compared
diligentius, diligentissime,
+ scando, climb\,climb down, descend

de-scribo, -ere, -scrips!, -scriptus [de,
industriously, diligently
diligentia, -ae,
f.
[diligens,
careful],
down,
-f scribo,
write^ write down
industjy, diligence
desidero, -are, -avi, -atus, long for

de-silio, -ire, -ui^ -sultus [de,
salio, leap\, leap
di-mico, -are, -avi,
^^tViS, fight,
struggle
[di-, off,
down,
di-mitto, -ere, -misi, -missus
down
away
[de,
mitto, send], send away, dismiss,
de-spero, -are, -avi, -atus [de,
disband,
one's
dimittere
animum in, direct
from,
\- spero,
hope\, despair
-spexi, -spectus
mind to,
-is,
apply one's self to
de-spicio, -ere,
Diomedes,
tion,
m. Di-o-me'des, a name
expressing separa-
down], look down upon, despise
dis-, di-, a prefix

off,
de-sum, -esse,
-fui,
-futurus [de,
away
lack,
apart, in different directions.
from, -)- sum, be], be wanting, with dat. ( 426)

deus,
-i,
Often negatives the meaning

dis-cedo, -ere, -cessi, -cessiirus
apart,
-|-
[dis-,
m. god
-ere,
468)
-volutus
[de,
ceio,go], depart from, leave,
de-volvo,
-volvi,
withdraw, go away
dis-cerno, -ere,
fl/3;-^, -f
down,
-y volvo, roll], roll
down
down,
-crevi,
sift],
-cretus
[dis-,
de-voro, -are, -avi, -atus [de,

\- voro,
cemo,
separate; dis-
swallow], devoitr
tinguish
disciplina, -ae,
ing, discipline
f.
dexter, -tra, -trum (-tera, -terum), adj.

to
instruction, train-
the right, right,
a dextro
cornii,
on the right wing Diana,

-ae,
f.
discipulus,
disciple
-i,
m.
[disco, learn], pupil,
Diana, goddess of the

dictus
moon and
dico,
-ere,
twin sister of Apollo

dixi,
tell.
disco, -ere, didici,
learn
[dis-,
(imv.
die),
dis-cutio, -ere, -cussi, -cussus

apart,
say, speak,
Usually introduces
quatio, shake], shatter, dash
indirect discourse ( 420. a]

dictator,
dictator,
-oris,
to pieces
m.
[dicto,
.dictate],
dis-pono, -ere, -posui, -positus

apart,
-f-
[dis-,
chief
magistrate
with
pono, put],
put
here
and
unlimited power
dies, -ei or die, m.,
sing.,
there, arrange, station
sometimes
f.
in
dis-similis, -e, adj. [dis-, apart,
si-
day (467)
dilatus [dis-,
milis, like], unlike, dissimilar ( 307)
dif-fero, -ferre, distuli,
dis-tribuo, -ere,
distribute
-ui,
-utus,
divide,
apart, \- fero, carry], carry apart;
3o8
diu,
diu
adv.,
eruptio
diutius, diutis-
compared
ecce, adv. seel behold! there! here!

e-diic6, -ere, -dujfl, -ductus [e, otit,
-|-
simef /or a long
tiine,
long
( 477) in
do, dare, dedi, datus, give,

dare, dare,
fugam
duco, lead], lead out,
draw out
[ex,
put
to flight,
alicui
negotium
ef-ficio, -ere, -feci, -fectus
thor-
employ some one

-ui, -tus, teach,
oughly,
-I-
facio, do],
work out ; make,

-fugiturus
[ex,
doceo, -ere, doctrina,
show
teacher\,
cause
ef-fugio,
-ere,
-fiigi,
-ae,
f.
[doctor,
teaching, learning,
wisdom
adj.
from,
[domus,
-I-
fugio, ^^^], escape

-ui,
,
dolor, -oris, m. pain, sorrow
ege5, -ere,
be in need of, lack,
domesticus,
-a,
-um,
with
abl. ( 501. 32)
hoitse\, of the house, dom-estic domicilium, domici'li, n. dwelling,
ego, pers. pron. /; plur. nos,

e-gredior,
[e,
-i,
we
go
480)
egressus sum, dep. verb
house, abode.
Cf.
domus
out
of,
gradior, go],
out,
go
domina,
-ae,
f.
mistress (of the house),
forth.
navi egredi, disembark
lady (461)
e-icio, -ere, -ieci, -iectus [e, forth,
dominus,
-i,
m. master
(
(of the house),
iacio,
hurl], hurl forth, expel

-i,
owner, ruler
462)
elementum,
ciples,
n.,
in plur. first prin-
domus,
dormi5,
-us,
f.
house, home, domi, loca(
rudiments
-i,
f.
tive, at
home
468)
elephantus,
lis, Elidis,
m. elephant
-ire, -ivi, -itus, sleep
E'lis, a district of south-
draco, -onis, m. serpent, dragon
dubito, -are, -avi, -atus, hesitate
dubius,
-a,
-um,
adj. [duo, two'], [mov--
ern Greece emo, -ere, emi, emptus, buy, purchase enim, conj., never standing first, for,
in fact, indeed. Cf.
ing two ways), doubtful, dubious

du-centi,
-ae,
-a,
nam
numeral
adj.
two
Ennius, Enui, m. Ennius, the father of
hundred
diico, -ere, duxi,
Roman
ductus (imv.
&.xic],lead,
poetry, born 239 B.C.

(ivi),
eo, ire,
ii
iturus, go ( 499)
conduct
eo, adv. to that place, thither
dum,
duo,
(
conj. while, as long as
Epirus,
adj.
-i, f.
Epi'rus, a district in the
duae, 479)
duo,
numeral
two
north of Greece
eques,
-itis,
m. [equus, horse], horse-
duo-decim, indecl. numeral

pitiless, bitter
adj. twelve
;
man, cavalryman
equitatus, -us, m. [equito, ride],cavahy
diirus, -a, -um, adj. hard, tough
harsh,
equus,
f.
-i,
m. horse
[e,
dux, ducis, m. and

leader,
[cf.
duco, lead],
e-rig5, -ere, -rexi, -rectus

rego,
out,
-)-
commander
make
straight], raise
up
-\-
e-ripio, -ere, -ui, -reptus [e, out of,
E
e or ex, prep, with abl. out of,
rapid, seize], seize; rescue
from,
e-rumpo,
H-
-ere, -rupi, -ruptus [e, forth,
off,o^(%2oo,)
rumpo, break], burst forth

f.
eburneus,
-a,
-um,
adj.
of ivory
eruptio, -onis,
sally
Erymanthius
Erymanthius, -a, -um, adj. Erymanthian, of Erymanthus, a district in southern Greece
et, conj.
fama
explorator,
-oris,
m.
[explore, investi-
gate], spy, scout
exploro, -are, -avi, -atus, examine, explore
and, also,
et
et, ioi&
and.
Cf. atque, ac, -que

[et, also,
ex-pugno,
-are, -avi, -atus [ex, out,
-|-
etiam, adv. (rarely conj.)
pugno,_/?^/i?], take by storm, capture
iam, now], yet, still; also, besides. Cf.
exsilium,
exsi'li, n. [exsul, exile],
ban-
quoque.
non solum
.
sed etiam, not
ishment, exile
only
but also
ex-specto, -are, -avi, -atus [ex, out,

specto, look], expect, wait
Etrusci, -orum, m. the Etruscans, the
people of Etruria. See
map
of Italy
ex-struo, -ere, -struxi, -structus [ex,

out,
Europa,
-ae,
f.
Europe
m. Eurys'theus, a king
struo, build], build up, erect

-a,
Eurystheus,
-i,
exterus,
terior,
-um,
adj.,
compared ex-
of Tiryns, a city in southern
Greece
extremus or extimus, outside,

(
e-vado, -ere, -vasl, -vasus

vado, gol, go forth, escape
ex, see e
[e, out,
outer
312)
extra, prep, with ace. beyond, outside of
ex-traho, -ere, -traxi, -tractus [ex, out,

-a,
exanimatus,
-um
[part, of
ezanimo,
adj.
+ trziho, drag], drag out, pull forth

extremus,
-a,
put out of breath (anima)],

of breath, tired ;
lifeless
out
-um,
adj., superl.
of ex-
terus, utmost, farthest ( 312)
ex-cipio, -ere, -cepi, -ceptus [ex, out,

-|-
capio, take'\, welcome, receive

-i,
F
fabula, -ae,
facile, adv.
f.
exemplum,
n.
example, model
story, tale, fable
ex-eo,-ire,-ii,-iturus [ex, out,
eo,go'\,
[facilis,
easy],
compared
go out, go forth (413)

ex-erceo, -ere, -ui, -itus [ex, out,
facilius, facillimS, easily ( 322)
facilis, -e, adj. [cf. facio, make], easy,
arcQO, shuti, {shitt out), e7nploy, train,

exercise, use
without
facio,
difficulty ( 307)
feci,
-ere,
f actus
{imv.
fac),
exercitus, -us,
m.
[exerceo,
train'],
make, do ; cause, bring about,
impe-
army
ex-istimo, -are, -avi, -atus [ex, out,
aestimo,
reckon],
tum
facere in,
make an
attack upon.
battle,
proelium facere, fight u

facere,
iter
estimate;
think,
m-ake a march certiorem
or journey.
judge
ex-orior,
{^
420.
c)
Cf. arbitror, puto
aliquem
facere,
inform
factus
-iri,
-ortus
sum, dep. verb come forth,
[ex,
some one. facere verba

behalf
of.
pro, speak in
fieri,
forth,
orior, rise],
rise
Passive
fio,
expeditu8,-a,-um, adj. without baggage

ex-pello, -ere, -puli, -pulsus [ex, out,
sum, be done, happen,

be inform.ed
certior fieri,
pello, drive], drive
out
fallo, -ere, fefelli, falsus, trip, betray,
ex-pio, -are, -avi, -atus [ex, intensive,
deceive
pio,
atone for],
make amends for,
fama,
-ae,
f.
report,
rumor; renown,
atone for
fame, reputation
3IO
fames,
-is (abl.
f.
fames
fame),
f.
fuga
hunger
llumen,
-inis, n.
[cf. &a.o,
flow], river
familia, -ae,
servants slaves ; house^
(464.2.^)
fluo, -ere, fluxi, fluxus,7fra
hold, family
fasces, -ium (plur. of fascis),

(p.
i.
fasces
fluvius, fluvi,
m.
[cf.
fLuo,flow], river
225)
fasti'gi,
fodio, -ere, fodi, fossus, dig

n.
fastigium,
descent
top;
slope,
fons, fontis, m. fountain ( 247. z.a)
forma,
n.fate, destiny
f.
-ae,
i.form, shape, appearance
fatum,
faveo,
to,
-i,
beauty
fauces, -ium,
plur.yaicj, throat
Formiae, -arum,
forte,
f.
Formiae, a town of
-ere, favi, fauturus, be favorable
LatiumontheAppianWay. See map

adv.
[abl.
favor, with dat. ( 501. 14)
of fors, chance], by
fellX, -icis, adj. happy, lucky
chance
fortis, -e, adj. strong ; fearless, brave
femina,
-ae,
f.
f.
woman.
Cf. mulier
fera, -ae,
[ferus, wild],
wild beast
fortiter,
adv.
[fortis,
strong],
com-
ferax, -acis, adj. fertile

fere, adv. about, nearly, almost
pared
bravely
graviter
fortius, fortissime, strongly;
fer5, ferre, tuli, latus, bear,
fortiina, -ae,
f.
[fors, chance], chance,
or
moleste
ferre,
be
annoyed
fate, fortune
(498)
ferreus,
-a,
forum,
-um, adj. [ferrum, iron],
-i,
n.
market place, esp. the

life
Forum Romanum, where the
of
Tnade of iron
fidelis, -e, adj. [fides, trust], faithful,
Rome
in
;
centered
a town
Forum Appi, Fontm of Appius,

Latium on the Appian
f.
true
fides, fidei tJrfide, trust, faith
Way
break],
promise,
venire,
in fide
fossa, -ae,
[cf. fodio, dig], ditch
word; protection, in fidem come under the protection,

manere, remain loyal
filia, -ae (dat.
f.
fragor,
-oris,
m.
[cf.
frango,
crash, noise
frango,
-ere, fregi, fractus, break
and
abl. plur. filiabus),
frater, -tris,
m. brother
daughter
fill
( 461. a)
fill),
fremitus,
-iis,
m.
lotid noise
fnius,
finis, -is,
m. son m. boundary, limit, end ;

(voc. sing,
-a,
frequents, -are,
in
-avi, -atus,
.
attend
f retus, -a, -um, adj supported, trusting.
plur. territory, country { 243. i)
Usually with
f rons, frontis,
friictus,
-lis,
i.
abl. of
means
finitimus,
-um,
adj. [finis,
boundPlur.
front, a fronte, in front
ary], adjoining, neighboring.

finitimi, -drum,
fio, fieri, factus
m. fruit
-a,
m. neighbors
frumentarius,
to
-um, aAy. pertai7iing

friimentaria,
sum, used as passive

facio ( 500)
grain,
res
grain
of facio.
See
i.
supplies
flamma,
-ae,
fire, flame
frumentum,
fuga,
in -ae,
f.
-i,
n.
grain
fugio, flee], flight.
to flight
flos, floris, -m. flower
frustra, adv. in vain, vainly

[cf.
fluctug, -us, m. [cf. Uno, flow], flood,
wave, billow
fugam &3.re,pui
fugio
fugio, -ere, fugi, fugiturus, ^f^^,
avoids shztn
311
honestus
run;
gratia, -ae,
f.
thanks, gratitude
adj. acceptable, pleas-
gratus,
, ,
-a,
-um,
fump,
funis,
-are,
-is,
smoke
madness.
ing.
Often with
-e,
dat. ( 501. 16)
m. rope
[fnro, rage\,
gravis,
furor, -oris, m.
in
serious,
heavy; disagreeable; dangerous ; earnest, weighty

adj.
furorem incidere, go
mad
graviter, adv. [gravis,
heavy^ compared gravius, gravissime, heavily

seriously,
greatly,
graviter
ferre,
Gaius, Gai, m. Gaius, a
Roman name,
bear
ill,
take to heart
-oris,
abbreviated C, English form Caius
gubernator,
pilot
m. [guberno,
pilot],
Galba,
-ae,
m. Calba, a
helmet
Roman name
galea, -ae,
Gallia, -ae,
f.
f.
Gaul, the country comis
prising
what
now Holland,
Bel-
habeo,
-ere,
-ui,
-itus,
have,
hold;
gium, Switzerland, and France

Gallicus, -a, -um, adj. Gallic
gallina, -ae,
f.
regard, consider,
deem
[cf.
habito, -are, -avi, -atus

have],
dwell,
abide,
liabeo,
hen, chicken
inhabit.
Cf.
Callus,
-i,
m. a Gaul
Tx.joy
incolo, vivo
gaudium, gaudi, Genaya, -ae, f.

Switzerland
gens, gentis,
f.
hac-tenus, adv. thus far

a
city
in
Geneva,
Helvetii,
-orum,
m. the Helvetii, a
Hercules,
Gallic tribe
[cf.
gigno, bege(\, race,

tribe
Hercules,
Jupiter
-is,
m.
son of
family ; people, nation,

genus,
-eiis, n.
and Alcmena, and god of

-um,
f.
kind, variety
f.
strength
Germania,
-ae,
-i,
.Germany
u.
Hesperides,
the
Hesperides,
Germanus,
wage,
m.
German
wear;
daughters of Hesperus,
haec,
who kept
adj.
gero, -ere, gessi, gestus, carry,
the garden of the golden apples

hie,
hoc,
bellum gerere, wage war. res

bene gerere, carry
demonstrative
gestae, exploits,
and pron.
hie, adv. here
this (of
it
mine)
as pers.
on successfully
gladiatorius, -a, -um, adj. gladiatorial
pron. he, she,
(481)
gladius, gladi, m. sword

gloria, -ae,
i.
hiems, -emis,
f.
winter
Hippolyte, queen of
gloiy,fame
Gracchus,
hinc, adv. [hie, here], from here, hence
Gracchus,
-i, ra.
name
of a
Hippolyte,
the
-es,
f.
famous
Roman
n.
family
Amazons
this day], to-day
f.
gracilis, -e, adj. slender ( 307)
ho-die, adv. [modified form of hoc die,
Graeca, -orum,
plur.
Greek writ-
on
ings, Greek literature
Graece, adv. in Greek

Graecia, -ae,
f.
homo, -inis, m. and man, person

honestus,
-a,
(human
being),
Greece
-i,
-um, adv. [honor, honor],
grammaticus,
m. grammarian
respected,
honorable
312
honor,
honor
-oris,
f.
in-cautus
m. honor
im-mitto,
a
in
-ere,
-misi,
-missus
[in,
hora, -ae,
hour
against, 4- mitto, send'X, send against

let
Horatius, Hora'ti, m. Horatius,
Roman name
horribilis, -e, adj.
terrible.,
immolo,
horrible
-are, -avi, -atus [in,
upon,
4-
mola,
?neal'\,
sprinkle with sacrificial
hortor,
urge,
-ari,
-atus sum, dep. verb,

exhort,
meal ;
talis,
offer, sacrifice
incite,
encourage
im-mortalis,
-e, adj.
[in-, not, 4-
mor-
(493) hortus, -i, m. garden
mortal^, immortal
-atis,
f.
im-mortalitas,
[immortalis,
hospitium,
hostis,
hospi'ti, n. [hospes, .4oj^],
immortal^, immortality
hospitality
-is,
im-paratus,
-a,
-um, adj.
[in-, not, 4-
m.
and
f.
enemy, foe
^SJikcas, prepared'\,
unprepared
[impedio, hin-
(465.0) humilis, -e, adj. low, htimble
impedimentum,
( 307)
der'],
-i,
n.
hindrance; in plur. baggage

-a,
Hydra,
-ae,
f.
the
Hydra,
a.
mythical
impeditus,
im-pello,
against,
-um, adj. [part, of im-
water snake slain by Hercules
pedio, hinder], hindered,

-ere,
4;
burdened
[in,
-puli,
-pulsus
pello,
strike],
strike
iacio, -ere, ieci, iactus, throw,
hurl
against
impel, drive, propel

-oris,
iam, adv. now, already,

no longer
nee iam,
and
imperator,
m.
n.
[impero,
com-
jnand], general
-i,
laniculum,
ianua,
n. the
Janiculum, one
imperium,
impe'ri,
[impero, comCTn-
of the hills of
-ae,
f.
Rome
mand], coTnmand, order ; realm,

pire ; power, authority
door
ibi, adv. there, in that place
impero,
son
blow
of
order.
-are,
-avi,
-atus,
command,
Icarus,
-i,
m. Ic'arus, the m.
[cf. ico, strike^,
Usually with dat. and an ob-
Daedalus
ictus,
-lis,
ject clause of
purpose (501.41).
attack,
With
ace. -object, levy, impose

-us,
idem, e'adem,
pron.
[is
idem,
demonstrative
impetus,
m.
idoneus,
-a,
dem], same {481) -um, adj. suitable, fit
facere in, m,ake
an
attack
impetum upon
[in,
;
im-pono, -ere, -posui, -positus

4- pono, place],
upon,
igitur, conj.,
seldom the
( 243.
first
word,
a
place upon
impose,
therefore, then.
Cf. itaque
I
;
assign
247.
2.
;
ignis,
-is, VD-.fire I)
in, prep,
with ace.
into,
to,
against, at,
in
465.
upon, towards; with

-a,
abl. in, on.
ignotus,
-um,
adj.
[in-,
not,
4-
reliquum tempus,/or the future

in-,
(g)notus,
known^, unknown, strange

demonstrative adj. and
ille, ilia, illud,
inseparable prefix. With nouns and adjectives often with a negative
pron. that (yonder); as pers. pron.

he, sbe, ?
illic,
force, like English un-, in-
(481)
in-cautus,
there
-a,
-um,
adj.
[in-,
not, 4-
adv.
[cf.
m^^ yonder,
cautus, careful], off one' s
guard
incendium
incendium, incendi,
ignis, flanima
xv.
in-struo
Cf.
flame, fire.
ingenium,
mous,
inge'ni, u. talent, ability
ingens, -entis, adj. vast, huge, enor-di,
in-cendo, -ere,
-census, set fire
to,
large.
Cf.
magnus
burn
in-cido, -ere, -cidi,
[in, in,
in-gredior, -gredi, -gressus

on,
sum
[in, in,
\- gradior,
walk], advance, enter
caAo, /all'\, fall in, fall

in
on
happen.
inimicus,
-a,
-um, adj.
[in-,
not,
furorem incidere, go
mad
[in,
anacas, friendly], hostile.

on,
As a noun,
in-cipio, -ere, -cepi, -ceptus
V!yasa.ax&,-\,Ta.enemy,foe. Cf. hostis
capio, take'l, begin

-a,
initium,
[in-, not,
-1-
ini'ti,
entrance, beginning
in-cognitus,
-um, adj.
initus, -a, -um, part,
of ineo.
inita
cognitus, known'],
in-COlo, -ere, -ui,
unknown
[in, in,
-f-
aestate, at the beginning of

colo,
summer
law],
in-
iniiiria, -ae,
f.
[in,
against,
iiis,
dwell], inhabit; live
injustice,
safe,
wrong, injury,
infiict
alicui
incolumis,
injured,
-e,
adj.
sound,
un-
iurias
inferre,
wrongs upon
needy], want,
unhaiyned
-e,
some one
[in-,
in-credibilis,
adj.
not,
-|-
inopia,
-ae,
f.
[inops,
credibilis, to be believed], incredible
need, lack
inde, from that place, thence
in-oplnans, -antis,
opinans,
adj.
[in-,
not,
induo, -ere,
-ui, -fltus,
put on
thinking],
not
expecting,
indiitus, -a, -um, adj. [part, of indu5,
taken by surprise
inquit, said he, said she.
put
on], clothed
-ii,
Regularly
,
in-eo, -ire,
-itus [in, into,
eo, go],
inserted in a direct quotation
go into
(413)
enter upon, begin, with ace.
in-rigo, -are, -avi, -atus, irrigate, water
in-rumpo,
[in-, not,
-ere, -rupi, -ruptus [in, into, in, break in

-|-
in-fans, -fantis, adj.
* fans,
\-
rumpo, break], burst
speaking], not speaking.
As
a noun,
in-ruo, -ere, -rui,
[in, in,
ruo,
m. and
f.
infant
-|-
rush], rush in
felix,
in-felix, -icis, adj. [in-, not,
in-sequor, -sequi, -secutus sum, dep.
happy], unhappy, unlucky
verb
[in,
on,
-|-
sequor, follow], fol-
infensus,
-a,
-um, adj. hostile
low on, purszce

in-signe,
-is,
in'-fero, infer're, in'tull, inla'tus [in,
n.
badge,
decoration
against,
fero, bear],
bring against
(465-^)
insignis,
-e, adj.
or upon,
( 501.
inflict,
with ace. and dat.

dat.,
rem,arkable, noted
1 5).
bellum inferre, with
instans, -antis, adj. [part, of insto, be

at hand], present, iniTnediate
make war upon

inferus,
-a,
-um,
adj.
low,
below
in-st5, -are, -stiti, -staturus [in, upon,

-f-
(312)
in-finitus, -a, -um, adj. [in-, not,
finitus,
sto,
stand], stand ttpon
be at
+
+
hand ; pursue,
instrumentum,
press on
n.
bounded], boundless, endless

-a,
-i,
instrument
[in,
in-firmus,
-um, adj.
[in-,
not,
in-struo, -ere, -struxi, -strflctus
on,
firmus, strong], weak, infirm
struo, btcild],
draw up
314
insula, -ae,
f.
Insula
island
iste, -a, -ud,
lacus
demonstrative adj. and

(of
integer, -gra, -grura, untouched, whole;

fresh,
pron.
that
yours), he,
she,
it
new
(481)
ita, adv. so, thus.
intellego, -ere, -lexi, -lictus [inter, ^s-
Cf. sic
and tam
iween,-\-\e^,choose\, perceive, under-
Italia, -ae,
f.
Italy
stand
( 420. (/)
ita-que, eonj.
and so,
therefore
intents, -are, -avi, -atus,
aim
threaten
item, adv. also

iter, itineris, n.
inter, prep, with ace. between,
among;
journey, march, route
during, while (340) interfectus, -a, -um, adj. [part, of interficio, kill^,
i. a; 468). iter daxe,givea right of 'way, allowtopass.
way, passage ( 247.
slain,
dead
-fectus
[inter,
iter facere,
march (see
p.
59)*
inter-ficio,
-ere,
-feci,
iubeo, -ere, iussi, iussus, order, com-
make\, put out of Cf neco, occido, trucido interim, adv. meanwhile

between,
facio,
mand. Usually with the

subj. ace. ( 213)
iiidex, -icis,
infin.
and
the way, kill.
m. and
f.
judge
( 464. i)
interior, -ius, adj interior, inner (^

.
;î
^)
iudico, -are, -avi, -atus \^vAex., judge],

jicdge, decide ( 420. c)
liilia, -ae,
inter-mitto, -ere, -misi, -missus, leave

off,
suspend
-etis,
fulia, a
interpres,
m. and
f.
interpreter
lulius, lull, m. fuliics, a
Roman name Roman name
inter-rogo, -are, -avi, -atus, question
iungo, -ere, iunxi, mnttxis, join ; yoke,
inter-sum, -esse,
between,
-i-
-fui, -futiirus [inter,
harness
luno, -onis,
f. Juno, the queen of the gods and wife of Jupiter
sum,
be\, be present, take ( 501. 15)
part
in,
with dat.
-i,
inter-vallum,
intra, adv. in
n. interval, distance
luppiter, lovis, m. Jupiter,
the su-
and prep, with
ace. within,
preme god
iuro, -are, -avi, -a^\x^, swear, take
an oath
intro, -are, -avi, -atus, go into, enter
iussus,
-a,
-um, part, of iubeo, ordered
in-venio,
-ire, -veni,
-ventus
[in,
upon,
venio, cornel, find

-a,
invisus,
-um,
adj. [part, of invideo,
L., abbreviation for Liicius
ejivyl, hated, detested
labefactus,
a friend
-a,
-um, adj.
[part, of labe-
lolaus,
-i,
m.
I-o-ld'us,
of
facio,
cause
to shake],
shaken, weak-
Hercules
ipse, -a, -um, intensive pron. that vety,
this very
;
ened, ready to fall
Labienus,
-i,
m. La-bi-e'nus, one of
self,
himself, herself,
itself,
Caesar's lieutenants
(481)
ira, -ae,
f.
labor, -oris, m. labor, toil

turath,
anger
laboro, -are, -avi, -atus [labor, labor],

labor; suffer, be
iratus, -a, -um, adj. [part, of irascor,

be angry], angered, enraged
is, ea,
hard pressed
abl. plur. lacubus),
lacrima,
-ae,
f.
tear
^, demonstrative
that; he, she,
it
adj.
and pron.
lacus, -us (dat.
and
this,
(481)
m. lake
laete
laete, adv. [laetus,
315
magis
levis, -e, adj. light lex, legis,
f.
glad^ compared
laetius, laetissime, gladly
Tneasure,
law
laetitia, -ae,
f.
[laetus, ^/aaf],y?y
libenter, adv. [libens, willing],
com-
laetus, -a, -um, adj. glad, joyful

lapis, -idis,
pared
libentius,
libentissime, will-
m. stone (%% 247. 2. a

;
ifis,. i
ingly, gladly
liber, -era, -erum, aii.free ( 469. b)
liberi, -orum,
Lar, Laris, m.
plur. Lares,
-um
(rarely
-ium), the Lares or household gods

late,
m.
[liber, free],
children
adv.
[latus,
wide'],
compared
libero, -are, -avi, -atus [liber, /r], set

free, release, liberate
latius, latissime,
widely
Latine loqui,
Latine, adv. in Latin.

to
libertas, -atis,
liberty
f.
\^n, free], freedom,
speak Latin
f. f.
latitude, -inis,
[latus, wide],
width
lictor, -6ris,''m. lictor (p. 225)
Latona,
-ae,
Latona,
mother of
limus,
-1,
m.
f.
mud
a
letter of
Apollo and Diana

latus, -a, -um, adj. wide latus, -eris, n. side, flank,
latere,
littera, -ae,
the alphabet
in plur. a letter, epistle
ab utroque
litus, -oris, n. seashore, beach
on each side
locus,
-i,
Ti.),
m.
(plur. loci
and
loca,
m.
laudo, -are, -avi, -atus [lans, praise],

praise
laurea, -ae,
f.
and
place, spot
longe, adv. [longus, long],

laurel
compared
longius, longissime, u long
way
off;
laureatus,
laurel
-a,
-um, adj. crowned with

praise
by far
longinquus, -a, -um,

f.
adj. [longuc, long],
laus, laudis,
distant, remote
lectulus,
-I, -i,
legatus,
m. couch, bed m. ambassador; lieutenant

f.
longitiido, -inis, f [longus, long] length

.
longus,
-a,
-um, adj. long
legio, -onis,
[cf. lego,
gather], (body
loquor, loqui, locutus sum, dep. verb,

talk,
of soldiers], legion, about 3600

(
men
speak
f.
464.
2. a)
lorica, -ae,
-a,
[lorum, thong], coat of
legionarius,
-um,
adj.
legionary.
soldiers
mail, corselet
liido, -ere, lusi, lusus,
Plur. legionarii, -orum,
m. the
play
school,
of the legion
lego, -ere, legi, lectus, read
lenis, -e,
2i^\.
liidus,
-i,
m. play ;
the
ele-
mentary grades. Cf. schola

mild
liina, -ae,
liix,
f.
gentle, smooth,
moon
f.
leniter, adv. [lenis, gentle],

lenius, lenissime, gently
compared
lucis,
(no
gen.
plur.),
light.
prima lux, daybreak
Lentulus,
family
-i,
m. Lentulus, a
Roman
Lydia,
-ae,
f.
Lydia, a
girl's
name
name
m. lion
-a,
leo, -onis,
M
Lemman,
of
Lernaeus,
-um, adj.
magicus,
-a,
-um,
adj.,
magic
Lerna, in southern Greece

Lesbia, -ae,
f.
magis, adv. in comp. degree [magnus,
Lesbia, a girl's
name
great], more, in a higher degree
(^yi)
3i6
magister,
teacher
-tri,
magister
m. master, commander;
mmime
matrimonium, matrimo'ni,
riage,
n.
mar-
in
matrimonium ducere,
many
Cf.
magistratus,
ter'],
-us,
m. [magister, mas[magnus, great\,
mature,
matrirus,
-are, -avi, -atus, hasten.
magistracy ; Ttiagistrate
-inis,
f.
contendo, propero
-a,
magnitudo,
-um, adj.
ripe,
mature
greatness, size
maxime,
adv. in superl. degree [maxi-
magnopere, adv. [abl. of magnum opus], compared magis, meixime,

greatly, exceedingly ( 323)
mns, greatest], compared magnopere,

magis, maxime, especially, very
much
mag-
(323)
maior,
lotid
magnus,
-a,
-um,
adj.,
compared
maximus,
medius,
-a,
-um, -um,
adj., superl. of
maximus, great, large ; strong,
nus, greatest, extreme (311)

-a,
(3")
maior, maius,
-oris,
adj.
m.iddle part;
adj.,
comp. of
middle, intervening
magnus, greater, larger (311) maiores, -um, m. plur. of maior, ancestors
melior, -ins,
better
-oris, adj.,
comp. of bonus,
(311)
better
melius, adv. in comp. degree, com[magis, m.ore,
malo, malle, malui,
pared bene, melius, optime,

(323)
+ void, wish^
malus,
-a,
wish more, prefer (497)

adj.,
-um,
compared
(
peior,
memoria,
memory,
-ae,
f.
[memor, mindful],
pessimus, bad, evil
311)
mando,
order,
-are, -avi, -atus
[manus, hand,
\- do, Jitit],
{fut in hand], intrust;

mansi, mansurus, stay,
command
-ere,
memoria tenere, remember mens, mentis, f. mind. Cf. animus mensis, îs, m. month ( 247. 2. a) mercator, -oris, m. [mercor, trade],
trader,
maneS,
merchant
-a,
remain, abide
merldianus,
-um, adj. [meridies,

(ace. -em, abl. -e),
-f-
Manlius, Manli, m. Manlius, a
Roman
of
noon], of midday
name
mansuetus,
mausuesc5,
-a,
meridies,
-um,
adj.
[part,
m.
[medius, mid,
dies, day],
noon
adj.
ta7ne\,
tamed
force,
metus,
-us, ra. fear,

-a,
dread
manus,
Marcus,
first
-iis, f.
-i,
band m. Marcus, Mark, a Roman

(no gen. plur.), sea. mare
hand ;
meus,
miles,
-um, possessive
( 98)
and
pron. m-y, mine

-itis,
name
-is, n.
m.
soldier ( 464. i)
mare,
militaris,
tary,
-e, adj. [miles, soldier], mili-
tenire, be out to sea
res militaris, science of "war
m. edge, border maritus, -i, m. husband Marius, Mari, m. Marius, a

-inis,
margo,
militS, -are, -avi, -atus [miles, soldier],

serve as a soldier
Roman
mille, plur. milia, -ium, numeral adj.
name,
Martius,
the
esp. C. Marius, the general

-a,
-um, adj. of MUrs, esp.
and subst. thousand ( 479) minime, adv. in superl. degree, compared parum, minus, minime,
very
little;
Qampus Martius
-tris, f.
least,
mater,
mother
by no means (323)
minimus
minimus,
degree,
-a,
317
nauta
in
-um,
adj.
superl.
compared parvus, minor,

least,
minimus,
smallest (311)
adj.
minor, minus,
degree,
-oris,
in
comp.
minor,
compared parvus,
less
moneo, -ere, -ui, -itus, remind, advise, warn ( 489) mons, montis, m. mountain{% 247. z.<z) monstrum, -i, n. monster mora, -ae, f. delay
moror,
-ari,
minimus, smaller,
Minos,
-ois,
m. Minos,
in
(311) king of Crete
-atus
sum, dep.
verb
[mora, delay], delay, linger; impede
minus, adv.
comp. degree, comless
mors, mortis,
f.
[cf.
morior, die], death
pared parum, minus, minime,

(323)
mos, moris, m. custom, habit motus, -us, m. [cf. moveo, move],

motion,
Minyae, -arum, m. the Minyae,

people of Greece
mirabilis, -e, adj. [miror,
movement,
terrae
motus,
earthquake
wonder
dep.
at],
wonderful, marvelous
miror,
-arl,
moveo, -ere, movi, motus, move mox, adv. soon, presently

mulier,
-eris,
f.
-atus
sum,
verb
woman
f.
[mirus, wonderful], wonder, marvel,
multitiido,
-inis,
[multus,
much],
admire
mirus,
-a,
multitude
-um, adj. wonderful
-i,
multum
(477)
(multo), adv. [multus, much],

plus,
Misenum,
Mise'num, a promontory and harbor on the coast of Campania. See map
compared
multus,
miinio,
-a,
plurimum,
much
pliis,
-um,
adj.,
compared
miser, -era, -erum, adj. wretched, unhappy, miserable
plurimns,
much ;
plur.
-ii,
many
(311)
-ire, -ivi
or
-itus, fortify,
missus,
-a,
-um, part, of mitto, sent
defend
miinitio, -onis,
f.
mitto, -ere, misi, missus, send
\js!a.Taa,
fortify], de-
modicus,
-a,
-um [modus, measure],

modus, measure,
only, merely, pist
fense, fortification
modest, ordinary
miirus,
-i,
m. wall.
f.
Cf.
moenia
modo, adv.
now.
[abl. of
0],
.
musica,
-ae,
music
with shortened
modo
.
modo,
now
now,
N
nam,
con], for.
conj.,
sometim.es
sometimes
Cf. enim
modus, -i, m. measure ; manner, way kind moenia, -ium, n. plur. [cf. munio, fortify],
nam-que,
a strengthened nam,
introducing a reason or explanation, _/i?r,
and in fact ;
seeing that
relate
walls, ram-parts
'
narro, -are, -avi, -atus,
tell,
molests, adv. [molestus, trotiblesome],
nascor, nasci, natus sum, dep. verb,

be
compared
annoyed
molestus,
-a,
molestius,
molestissime,
ferre,
to
bom, spring from

f.
annoyingly.
moleste
be
natiira, -ae,
natu7-e
natus, part, of nascor
-um, troublesome, annoy-
nauta,
-ae,
m.
[for navita,
from
navis,
ing, unpleasant ( 501. i5)
ship], sailor
3l8
navalis,
navalis
-e, adj. [navis, ship],
num
naval
nihilum,
-i,
n.,
see nihil
navigium,
navigo,
navi'gi, n. ship, boat
Wiobe,
-are, -avi, -atus [navis, ship,
ago, drive], sail, cruise

-is
-is, f. Ni'obe, the queen of Thebes whose children were destroyed by Apollo and Diana
-|-
navis,
(abl.
-i
or
-e),
f.
ship
nisi, conj. [ne, not,
si,
if],
if not,
( 243. i).
navem
conscendere, em-
unless, except
bark, go on board,
set sail,
navem
solvere,
nobilis, -e, adj. -well
known
noble
navis longa, man-of-^war
noceo, -ere,
-ui, -iturus [cf. neco, kill],
ne, conj.
and adv.
in order that not,
hurt, injure, with dat. ( 501. 14)

noctii, abl.
that (with verbs of fearing), lest;

not.
used as adv.
[cf.
nox, night],
ne
quidem, not even
at night, by night
-ne, interrog. adv., enclitic (seei6,

210).
Nola,
-ae,
f.
Nola, a town in central
Cf. nonne
and num
[ne, not,
Campania. See map
nee or neque, conj.

anc[\,
\
.
.
que,
nolo, nolle, nolui,

,
[ne, not,
void,
and
. . .
not, nor.
nee
nee or
wish], not to wish be unwilling^ 497
neque
neque, neither
-a,
nor
nomen,
-inis,
n.
[cf.
nosc5,
know],
necessarius,
necessary
-um,
adj.
needful,
{means of knowing), name nomino, -are, -avi, -atus [nomen, name],
nec5, -are, -avi, -atus

kill.
[cf.
nex, death],
name,
call.
Cf. appello, voco
Cf. interficio, occido, trucido

-are, -avi, -atus, deny, say not
fl)
non, adv.
[ne, not, \- iinum, one], not.

.
.
nego,
non solum
. . .
sed etiam, not only
( 420-
but also
negotium, nego'ti, n. [nee, not,

negotium dare,
to
+ otium,
alicui
non-dum, adv. not yet

non-ne, interrog. adv. suggesting an
affirmative answer, not ? (210). Cf.
-ne
ease], business, affair, Tnatter.
employ some one

adj.
Nemaeus,
nemo,
f.
-a,
Neme'a, in
dat.
Neme'an, of southern Greece

-um,
abl.
niillus),
and num
nos, pers. pron.

noster,
-tra,
we
(see ego) ( 480)
nemini (gen. nflUius,
-trum,
possessive
adj.
nullo,
supplied from
not,
m. and
u.
[ne,
hom5, man], [not
man), no one, nobody

Neptiinus,
-i,
and pron. our, ours. Plur. nostri, -orum, m. our men ( 98) novem, indecl. numeral adj. nine
nOYUS,
-a,
m. Neptune, god of the
-um, adj. new. novae res, a
sea, brother of Jupiter
revolution
neque, see nee

neuter, -tra, -trum (gen. -trius, dat.
-tri), adj.
nox, noctis,
at night
niillus, -a,
[ne, not,
f.
night,
multa nocte,
late
neither (of two) ( 108)
-um
(gen. -ius, dat.

,
-i)
adj.
ne-ve, conj. adv.
and not, and that

[ne,
not,
+ iiUus, any]
tiot
any, none,
and
lest
no
not,
-|-
( 108)
nihil, n. indecl,
hilum, a
num,
interrog. adv. suggesting a neg-
whU], nothing,
no power
nihil posse, to
have
ative
answer
In
( 210).
Cf. -ne
and
nonne.
indir. questions,
whether
numerus
numenis,
ever\,
-i,
319
all], altogether,
orior
m. number
omnino, adv. [omnis,
numquam,
adv. [ne, not,
umquam,
wholly, entirely
never
Cf.
omnis,
-e, adj. all, every.

f.
Cf. totus
load], with
nunc, adv. now.
iam
oneraria, -ae,
navis
[onus,
nuntio, -are, -avi, -atus [nuntius, mes-
expressed
or
understood,
announce (420. nuntius, nunti, m. messenger

senger'l, report,
a:)
merchant
onus,
opinio,
vessel, transport
-eris, n. load,
burden
[opinor,
Duper, adv. recently,
lately,
just
now
-onis,
f.
suppose],
nympha,
-ae,
f.
nymph
opinion, supposition, expectation
oppidanus,
Ob, prep, with ace. on account of.
-i,
m. [oppidum, town],
town, stronghold
In
ob
townsman oppidum, -i,

opportunus,
op-primo,
n.
-a,
compounds
of,
it
often
means
(
in front
-um, adj. suitable,
against, or is intensive,
quam
opportune, favorable
-ere, -pressi, -pressus [ob,
rem, for this reason

obses,
-idis,
340)
m. and
f.
hostage
against, -f premo,
against^, crush
;
press],
[press
ob-side6,-ere,-sedi,-sessus[ob,afzrf,
surprise
f.
sedeo,
sit],
besiege
oppugnatio,
-onis,
storming, assault
obtineo, -ere, -ui, -tentus [ob, against,
oppugno,
-are, -avi, -atus [ob, against,
+ teneo,
favorable
hold], possess, occupy, hold

i.
+ û%,'c^,fight],fight against, assault,

storm, assail
occasio, -onis,
favorable opportunity,
moment
optime, adv. in superl. degree, com-
OCcasus, -us, m. going down, setting

occido, -ere, -cidi, -cisus [ob, down,
caedo,
kill.
strike'], strike
pared bene, melius, optime, very

best
well,
down ;
cttt
down,
of all ( 323) optimus, -a, -um, adj. in superl. degree,
Cf. interficio, neco

[ob, completely,
compared bonus,
best,
melior, opti-
occupo, -are, -avi, -atus

-I-
mus,
opus,
capio, take], seize, take possession
most excellent (311) n. work, labor, task -eris,

l>)
of,
occupy.
Cf. rapio
( 464- 2-
oc-curro,-ere,-curri,-cursus[ob,ajB/j;,
oraculum,
orbis,
-i, n.
[oro, speak], oracle
curro,
mn], run towards;
meet,
orator, -oris, m. [oro, speak], orator

-is,
with dat. ( 426) oceanus, -i, m. the ocean

OCtO, indecl.
m.
ring, circle,
orbis terra-
rum, the earth, world

orbita, -ae,
f.
numeral
adj. eight
[orbis, wheel],
rut
Oculus,
-i,
m. eye
11.
Orcus,
-i,
officium, ota'ci,
duty
ordo,
m. Orcus, the lower world m. row, order, rank -inis,

[orior,
rise],
olim, adv. formerly, once upon a time
(247.2.0)
origo,
-inis,
f.
omen,
past,
-inis, n. sign, token,
omen
source,
0-mitto, -ere, -misi, -missus [ob, over,
origin
orior,
rise
-iri,
;
mitto,
send], let go, omit.
ortus sum, dep. verb, arise,

;
consilium omittere, give
up a plan
begin
spring, be born
320
ornamentum,
ornatus,
-a,
ornamentum
-i,
per-suadeo
out},
n.
[orno, fit
pax, pacis,
pedes,
f.
(no gen.
f.
-^Xxix.),
peace
ornament, jewel
-um, adj.
out
;
peciinia, -ae,
[part, of orno,
-itis,
[pecus, cattle^,
money
m.
]$%&, foot'l, foot soldier
fit out], fitted
adorned
pedester,
-tris, -tre, adj.
[pes,/w^], on
orno, -are, -avi, -atus,yf^ out, adorn
foot; by land
peior, peius, -5ris, adj. in comp. de-
gree,
P., abbreviation for Publius
compared malus,
f. i.
peior, pessi-
mus, worse (311)

pellis, -is,
paene, adv. nearly, almost
skin, hide
paliidamentum, -i, n. military cloak palus, -udis, f. swamp, marsh

panis,
-is,
penna,
per,
-ae,
feather
ace.
prep,
with
through,
by
m. bread
means of on
accoujtt
of In com-
par, paris, adj. equal (471.
m)
position
it
often has the force of
paratus,
-a,
-um, adj. [part, of paro,
prepare^, prepared, ready
thoroughly, completely, very ( 340) percussus, -a, -um, adj. [part, of percutio, strike throughl, pierced
parco, -ere, peper'ci
(pjirsi),
parsurus,
spare, with dat. ( 501. 14)
per-duco,
-ere,
-diixi,
-ductus
[per,
pareo,
-ere, -ui,
obey,
with dat.
through,
+ diico, lead'\, lead through.

to
(501-14)
paro, -are, -avi, -aXua, prepare for, pre-
fossam perdiicere,
per-exiguus,
-a,
construct a ditch
[per, very,
-|-
-um, adj.
pare
pars,
provide, procure
f.
exiguus, jffl//],werj' small, very short
partis,
part,
share;
side,
perfidus,
-a,
-um,
z.&\.
faithless, treach-
direction
emis, false
parum,
parvus,
passus,
pateo,
open
pater,
patior,
adv.,
compared minus, minime,

(
per-fringo, -ere, -fregi, -fractus [per,
too little,
-a,
not enough
323)
through,
-\-
frango, break'], shatter

perrexi,
rego,
-um,
adj.,
compared minor,
(311)
mille pasm-ile (331.^)
,
pergo,
-ere,
-{
perrectus
[per,
minimus, small,
-lis,
little
through,
conduct], go
on,
m.
step, pace,
,
proceed, hasten
suum, thousand paees

-ere, patui,
;
periculum,
-i,
n. trial, test; n. peristyle,
danger
lie
open, be
peristylum,
peritus,
-i,
an open
it
stretch,
extend
( 464. 2. a)
court with columns around

-a,
-tris, ra.
-i,
father
-um, adj. skillful

-a,
passus sum, dep. verb, bear,
perpetuus,
Perseus,
-um,
2.&\.
perpetual
sttffer,
allow, permit
f.
-ei,
Perseus, a
Greek
hero,
patria, -ae,
[of. ^âter, fatherl, father-
son of Jupiter and Danae

persona,
-ae,
i.
land, [one^s) country
part, character, person
paucus,
-a,
-um, adj. (generally
plur.),
per-suadeo,
-ere, -suasi,
-suasus [per,
few, only a few paullsper, adv. /or

paulQ) adv. by a
thoroughly, -f suade5, persuade], perlittle
while
little, little little,
suadci advise, with dat. ( 501. 14), often with an object clause of pur-
paulum,
adv. a
somewhat
pose (501.41)
per-terreo
per-terreo, -ere, -ui, -Itus [per, thor-
321
parapet
potentia
pluteus,
-i,
m.
i.
shield,
oughly,
terreo,
frighten'],
thor-
poena,
poeta,
-ae, -ae,
oughly
terrify,
-ire,
alarm
-veni,
punishment, penalty m. poet

i.
per-venio,
through,
-ventus
[per,
pompa,
-ae,
procession
s.
+ venio, cornel, arrive, reach,

pedem
referre, re-
come
to
Pompeii, -orum, m. Pompeii, Campania. See map
city of
pes, pedis, ra.foot.

treat ( 247. z.
fl)
Pompeius,
Pomps'!,
m. Pompey, a
pessimus,
gree,
-a,
-um,
adj. in superl. de-
Roman name pomum, -i, n. apple

pono,
-ere, posui, positus,
compared mains,
-ii,
peior, pessi-
put, place.
mus, worst (311)

peto, -ere, -ivi or
seek, beg,
castra ponere, pitch

-itus, strive for,
camp
( 247. i.a)
pons, pontis, m. bridge
ask
make
for, travel
to.
popina,
-ae,
-i,
f.
restatirant
Cf. postulo, quaero, rogo
populus, Porsena,
Pharsalus,
lia,
-i, f.
Pharsa'lus or Pharsa'-
-ae,
m. people m. Porsena, king

gate, door
of
town
in Thessaly,
near which
B.C.
Etruria, a district of Italy.
See map
Caesar defeated
Pompey, 48
i.
porta, -ae,
f.
philosophia, -ae,
philosophy
porto, -are,'-avi, -atus, bear, carry
philosophus,
-i,
m. philosopher
portus,
-lis,
m.
[cf.
porta, âfe],
harbor
pictus, -a, -um, adj. [part, of pingo,
possideo, -ere, -sedi, -sessus, have,
pain{\, colored, variegated

pilutn,
-i,
own, possess
b)
n. spear,
f.
javelin ( 462.
possum,
posse, potui,
irreg.
verb
piscina, -ae,
\$\sas, fish], fish
pond
[potis, able, -f
sum, lam], be able, can have no power

behind
ace. after,
piscis, -is, ra.fish
( 495)-
uihil posse,
pistor, -oris,
m. baker
( 501. 14)
post,
prep, with
placeo, -ere, -ui, -itns, please, be pleasing,
with dat.
-ei, f.
(340) postea, adv. [post,

afterwards
(posterus), -a,
posterior,
after,
-1-
ea, this],
planities,
[planus, level], plain

level, flat
planus,
plenus,
-a, -a,
-um, adj. -ma, full
-um,
adj.,
compared
postremus or postumus,
conj. after, as soon as
plurimum, adv. in superl. degree, compared multum, pliis, plurimum, plurimum valere, be most very much
.
following, next (312)
postquam,
postremo,
last],
adv.
[abl.
of
postremus,
Cf.
influential ( 322)
at last, finally.
(
demum,
-1-
plurimus,
gree,
-a,
-um, adj. in superl. deplus, pluri-
denique
322)
die,
compared multus,
postridie, adv. [postero, next,

day],
mus, most, very

plus, pluris,
adj.
many
(311) in comp. degree,

plus, plurimus
on the next day

Cf. peto, quaero, rogo
f.
postulo, -are, -avi, -atus, ask, demand,

require.
compared multus,
more, several (311)
sing. n. as substantive,
more;
plur.
potentia, -ae,
[potens, able], might,
power, force
322
prae-beo, -ere,
prae-beo
-ui,
pro-pello
[prae, forth,
-itus
princeps,
-cipis,
m. [primus,
first,
-\-
habeo, hold'],
-ae,
f.
offer,
give
capi5, take], {taking the first place),

chief, leader ( 464. i)
praeda,
booty, spoil,
-dixi,
plunder
[prae,
prae-dico,
before,
-ere,
-dictus
prior, prius, -oris, adj. in
comp. degree,
+ +
died, ///], foretell, predict

-ere,
-feci,
superl. -plmus, former (315)
prae-ficio,
before,
-fectus
[prae,
pristinus,
-a,
-um, adj. former, previ-
facio, make'\,
place in com-
ous
pro, prep, with abl. before; for, for
the sake
of,
mand,yiith ace. and

prae-mitto,
-ere, -mlsl,
-f-
dat. ( 501. 15)
-missus [prae,
in behalf of; instead
of,
forward,
mitto, send], send for-
as ( 209).
In composition, forth,
ward praemium, praemi, n. reward, prize praeruptus, -a, -um [part, of praerumpo, break
off'],
forward
pro-cedo, -ere, -cessi, -cessiirus [pro,
forward,
proceed
-|-
cedo, go],
go forward,
broken
off,
steep
praesens, -entis, aA.].present, immediate
procul, adv. far, afar off

pro-curro, -ere, -curri (-cucurri), -cur-
praesertim, adv. especially, chiefly
praesidium,
praesi'di,
n.
guard, gar-
sus \$ia, forward,
+
n.
curro, run],
run
rison, protection
forward
[prae, be-
prae-sto, -are,
fore,
-stiti, -stitus
proelium,
proelium
proeli,
battU^
combat.
battle.
sto,
stand], {stand before),
committere,
join
excel, surpass,
with dat.
( 501. 15)
proelium facere, fight a battle

profectio, -onis,
proficiscor,
set out,
-i,
f.
show, exhibit
departure
prae-sum,
before,-\r
-esse, -fui, -futurus [prae,

^Vi^ca.,
-fectus
sum, dep. verb,
be], be over, be
in com-
march.
-i,
Cf. egredior, exeo
mand of,
with dat.
( 501. 15)
pro-gredior,
\Sx(i,
-gressus sum, dep. verb

graAiar, go],
praeter, prep, with ace. beyond, contrary to ( 340)
forth,
-\-
go forth,
proceed, advance.
-Y ea,
Cf. pergo, prdcedo
praeterea, adv. [praeter, besides,

this], in addition, besides,
progressus, see progredior

prohibeo,
-ere, -ui, -itus
-\-
moreover
[pro, forth,
praetextus, -a, -um, ad]. bordered, edged
awayfrom,
habeo, hold], keep
away
[pro,
praetorium,
praeto'ri, n. prcetorium
prandium, prandi, n. luncheon premo, -ere, press!, pressus, press

hard, compress; crowd, drive, harass
(prex, precis),
i.
from, hinder, prevent pro-moveo, -ere, -movi, -motus
forward, -f moveo, move], move forward, advance

pro-nuntio, -are,
-avi, -atus [pro, forth,
prayer
primo, adv. [primus, y??-i^], at first, in the beginning ( 322)
\-'a&Dt\o,announce],proclaim, declare
prope, adv., compared propius, proxi-
primum, adv. [primus, quam primum, as soon

primus,
-a,
first],
first.
me, nearly.
pro-pello,
forth,
-I-
Prep, with ace. near

-puli,
as possible
-ere,
pello,
-pulsus
[pro,
-um, adj. in superl. degree,

prior, -pvcaas, first
drive], drive forth;
compared
(315)
move, impel
propero
propero, -are, -avi, -atus
quick],
323
qui
[properus,
Cf. con-
pulcher, -chra, -chrum, adj. beautiful,

pretty (469.
li;
go quickly, hasten.
-a,
304)
tends, mature
PuUo,
-um, adj. [prope, near\,
-Snis,
m. Pullo, a centurion stem
propinquus,
pulso, -are, -avi, -atus, strike, beat
near, neighboring
puppis,
nearer
-is (ace. -im, abl. -i),
f.
propior, -ius, -oris, adj. in comp. degree,

superl.
of a ship, deck
proximus,
(315) propius, adv. in comp. degree, com-
pure, adv. [puins, pure], comp. puiius, purely

piirgo, -are, -avi, -atus, cleanse, clean
pared prope, propius, proxime, nearer

(323) propter, prep, with ace. on account
because of ( 340) pro-scribo, -ere, -scripsi, -scriptus [pro,
of,
purpureus,
red
-a,
-um, adj. purple, dark
put5,
-are, -avi, -atus, reckon,
think
{ 420, c).
Cf. arbitror, existimo

f.
Pythia,
-ae,
Pythia, the inspired
forth,
lish.
-|-
scribo, write'], proclaim, pub-
priestess of Apollo at Delphi
Cf. pronuntio
pro-sequor, -sequi, -secutus sum, dep.
verb
escort,
[pro, forth,
-|-
sequor, follow],
qua de causa, for

fore
this reason, where-
attend
pro-sum, prodesse, profui, profuturus

[pro, _/?-,
fit,
-1-
qua
re, therefore, for this reason

-ere,
-sivi,
sum,
be], be useful, bene;
quaero,
quails,
-situs,
seek,
ask,
501. 15) pro-tego, -ere, -texi, -tectus [pro, in
with dat. ( 496
inquire.
-e,
Cf. peto, postulo, rogo interrog.
front,
protect
\ tego,
cover], cover in front,
what
sort,
pronom. adj. of what kind of. talis

. . .
.
qualis, siich
f.
as
after a
provincia, -ae,
territory,
province
quam,
tive,
adv.
how;
;
compara-
proxime, adv. in superl. degree, compared prope, propius, proxime, nearest,
than
with a superlative, trans-
lated as ... as possible,
quam
pri-
next;
last,
proximus,
gree,
-a,
most recently (323) -um, adj. in superl. depropior, proximus,
mum,
how
as soon as possible
-a,
quantus,
-um,
adj.
[quam, how],
tantus
. . .
compared
-a,
great,
how
mitch.
nearest, next
publicus,
ple],
(315) -um, adj. [populus, /ôres pii-
quantus, as great as
quartus,
-a,
-um, numeral
adj. [quat-
of the people, public,
tnor, four], fourth
blica, the
commonwealth
f.
quattuor, indecl. numeral ad], four
puella,
-ae,
[diminutive of puer,
quattuor-decim, indecl. numeral

fourteen
-que, conj., enclitic,
ac, atque, et
adj.
boy], girl,
puer,
-eri,
maiden m. boy ; slave

i. fight,
462.
c)
and
(16).
Cf.
pugna,
pugno,
fight.
-ae,
battle.
Cf. proelium
-are, -avi, -atus [pugna, battle],
qui,
quae, quod,
rel.
pron. and adj.

( 482)
Cf. contends, dimicS
who, which, what, that
324
quia
re-linquo
raro, adv. [rarus, rarel, rarely
Cf. quod
quia, conj. because.
quidam, quaedam, quiddam (quoddam) indef. pron. and adj. a certain one,
a certain, a
{
rarus,
re-
-a,
-um, adj. rare
or
red-,
an inseparable
prefix,
485)
again, back, anew, in retttrn

rebellio, -onis, lion
f.
quidem, adv.
deed,
to be sure, certainly, in. .
renewal of war,
rebel-
ne
quidem,
?iot
even
quies, -etis,
f.
rest,
repose
recens, -entis, adj. recent

re-cipio, -ere, -cepi, -ceptus [re-, back,
quietus,
-a,
-um,
adj. quiet, restful
qumdecim,
qulngenti,
indecl.
-ae,
numeral &&\. fifteen -a, numeral adj. five

2.&].five
capio, takel, take back, receive,
se
recipere,
withdraw,
-a,
retreat
reclino,
hundred
quinque, indecl. numeral
quintus,
-a,
re-clinatus,
-um, part, of
leaning back
re-creatus,
refreshed
-a,
-um, numeral &&]. fifth
-um, part, of recreo,
quis
(qui), quae, quid (quod), interrog.
pron. and adj.

(
who
what
which
rectus,
-a,
-um, adj. [part, of rego, keep
483)
(qui),
straight^, straight, direct
quis
qua (quae), quid (quod),
re-cuso, -are, -avi, -atus, refuse
indef. pron.
nisi, ne,
and
adj.,
used after
si,
red-actus,
-a,
-um, part, of redigo,
re-
num, any one, anything, some

some
(
duced, sitbdited
red-eo,
-ire, -ii, -itus [red-,
one, something, any,
484)
back,
-[-
eo,
quisquam, quicquam or quidquam (no fem. or plur.), indef. pron. any one
(at all),
go\goback,retum ( 413). Cf.reverto reditus, -us, m. [cf. redeo, retumi,

retu.m,
anything
(at all) (
486)
going back
[re-,
quisque, quaeque, quidque (quodque),

indef. pron.
re-duco, -ere, -duxi, -ductus

\-
back,
and
adj. each, each one,
duco, lead'l, lead back
every ( 484) quo, interrog. and
re-fero, -ferre, rettuli, -latus [re-, back,

rel.
adv. whither,
-\-feTo,bear],bearback; report,
referre,
pedem
where
quo, conj. in order
to,
withdraw, retreat
Tuake again, repair.
that,
with comp.
Cf. quia
re-ficio, -ere, -feci, -fectus [re-, again,

4- facio, m.ake\,
degree
350)
that.
quod, conj. because, in
se reflcere, refresh one's self
quoque,
word,
conj., following
also, too.
an emphatic
regina, -ae,
regio, -onis,
f.
f.
[rex, king\,
queen
kingdom,
rex, king],
Cf. etiam
region, district
;
quot-annis, adv. [quot,

quotiens, interrog. and
often ? as often as
how many
rel.
regnum,
-i,
n. sovereignty
annus, j/ar], every year, yearly

adv.
rego, -ere, rexi, rectus
[cf.
how
govern, rule
490)
re-icio, -ere, -ieci, -iectus [re-, back,

iacio, h%irl\,
\
be-
hurl back; throw away

[re-,
R
radix,
-icis, f
.
re-linquo, -ere, -liqui, -lictus
root
foot
seize,
hind,
linquo, leave], leave behind,
rapio, -ere, -ui, -tus,
snatch
leave,
abandon
reliquus
reliquus,
-a,
325
sapiens
[cf.
-um, adj.
relinquo,
leave], left over,
remaining.
As
noun, plur. the
rest
remotus,
-a,
-um, adj. [part, of re-
Roma, -ae, f. Rome. See map Romanus, -a, -um, adj. [Roma, Rome], Roman, follows its noun. As a noun, m. and f. a Roman
rosa, -ae,
f.
moveo, remove], remote, distant
rose
n.
re-moveo, -ere,-mov5, -motus
[re-,
back,
rostrum,
in the
-i,
beak of a
ship.
In
+ moveo,
lemus,
-i,
move], remove
plur., the rostra,
the speaker's stand
m. oar
iaci,
Roman Forum
f.
re-perio, -ire, repperi, refeitas,fnet
rota, -ae,
wheel
re-porto, -are, -avi, -atus
[re-,
Rubico,
-onis,
porto,
cany], carry back, bring
in northern Italy.
m. the Rubicon, a river See map

report,
back, win,
res, rei,
f.
gain
rumor,
rursus,
-oris,
m.
rumor
turned
thing, business, matter, deed,
adv.
[for
reversus,
event, circumstance (% ^6j).
quamob
back], again
rem, for this reason, res adversae,

adversity,
supplies,
TVS, ruris (locative abl.

dat.,
riiri,
no
gen.,
res
frumentaria, grain
res
or abl. plur.), n. the country

Cf. ager, patria, terra
res
gestae, exploits,
( 501- 36. 1).
mQltarls, science of war. res publica,

the
commonwealth,
-ere,
-scidi,
res
secundae,
prosperity re-scindo,
back,
Sabinus,
-scissus
[re-,
-a,
-um, adj. Sabine.
As
noun, m.
4- scindo,
cut],
cut
off,
cut
down
re-sisto, -ere, -stiti,
[re-,
bcu:k,
and f. it Sabine. The Sabines were an ancient people of central Italy. See map
-i,
sacrum,
n.
[sacer,
consecrated],
sacrifice
;
sisto,
cause
to
stand], oppose,
re-
something consecrated,
usu-
sist,
with dat.
( 501. 14)
ally in plur., religious rites
re-spOndeo,
[re-,
-ere,
-spondi,
-sponsus
saepe, adv., compared saepius, saepissime, often, frequently
in return,
(
-I,
s^ni.'^, promise],
answer, reply
re-verto, -ere,
420. a)
,
saevus,
or dep. verb
[re-, back,
-a,
-um, adj. cruel, savage

f.
sagitta, -ae,
arrow
safety;
health, salu-
re-vertor,
-i,
-sus
sum
salio, -ire, -ui, s&\tas, jump
verto, turn],
turn back, return.

the pert, system
-vinxi,
Usu-
saMs,
-utis,
f.
ally active in
tem
[re-,
dicere,
send greetings
re-vincio, -ire,
-vinctus
saluto, -are, -avi, -atus [salus, health],

greet, salute
back, \- vincio, bind], fasten
rex, regis, m.
[cf.
rego, rule],
king
salve, imv. of salveo, hail, greetings
Rhenus,
ripa, -ae,
-i,
m. the Rhine, a river of
sanguis,
-inis,
m. blood
f.
( 247. 2. a)
Germany
f.
sanitas, -atis,
[sanus, sound], health,
bank
Cf. peto,
sanity
Togo, -are, -avi, -atus, ask.

postulo, quaero
sapiens, -entis, adj. [part, of sapio,

be wise], wise, sensible
326
satis, adv.
satis
solvo
and
indecl. noun, enough,
sufficient, sufficiently
saxum,
-i,
n. rock, stone
m. slave sese, emphatic for se sex, indecl. numeral adj. six

servus,
-i,
scelus, -eris, n. crime, sin
Sextus,
-i,
m. Sextus, a
Roman
iirst
sceptrum,
schola,
grades.
scientia,
skill,
-i,
n. scepter
f.
name
the
-ae,
school,
higher
si, conj.
if
Cf. ludus
-ae,
f.
sic, adv. thus, in this
way. Cf.
ita,
tam
[sciens,
knowing],
Sicilia, -ae,
f.
Sicily.
See map
knowledge, science
scidi, scissus, cut,
sic-ut, just as, as if
scindo, -ere,
tear
signifer,
-eri,
m. [signum, standard,
standard bearer
(p.
scio, -ire, -ivi, -itus,
know
{420.^).
fero, bear],
224)
Cf. cognosce
Sjgnum,
buckler
similis,
-i,
n. ensign,
f.
standard ; signal
scribo, -ere, scripsi, scriptus, write
silva, -ae,
wood, forest
adj.,
scutum,
-i,
n. shield,
-e,
compared
similior,
se, see sui
secum
se
cum
[sequor,yi7//i7ia],
simillimus, like, similar ( 307) simul, adv. at the same time
secundus,
-a,
-um, adj.
simul ac or simul atque, conj. as

soon as
sine,
following, next, second; favorable,

successfoil.
res secundae, prosperity
prep, with abl. without
209)
sed, conj. but, on the contrary,
non
. .
singuli, -ae, -a, distributive numeral

adj.
solum
sed etiam,
not only
one at a time, single
334)
but also
sinister, -tra, -trum, adj. left

adj. sixteen
sedecim, indecl. numeral

sedeo, -ere, sedi, sessus,
Sinuessa,
-ae,
f.
Sinues'sa, a
town
plur.),
in
sit
Campania. See map

sitis, -is {ace. -im, abl.
-i,
semper, adv. always, forever

senatus, -us, m.
cil
[cf.
no
f.
senex, old\, coun-
thirst
of elders, senate
-ire,
(
situs, -a, -um, adj. [part, of sino, set],
sentio,
sensi, sensus,/^^/,
know,
situated, placed, lying
perceive
420. d). Cf. intellego, video

adj. seven adj.
socius, soci, m. comrade, ally

sol, solis (no gen. plur.),
septem, indecl. numeral

Septimus,
seventh
-a,
-um,
numeral
dep.
soleo,
-ere,
solitus
m. sun sum, semi-dep.

adj.
verb, be wont, be accustomed
sequor,
-i,
secutus sum,
verb,
soUicitus,
-a,
-um,
disturbed,
follow (493) serpens, -entis,

serpent, snake
anxious
m.
[serpo,
crawl],
solum, adv.
non solum
[solus, alone], alone, only.

. . .
sed etiam, not only
sertae, -arum,
f.
plur. wreaths,
gar-
but also
lands
servitiis,
-utis,
f.
solus, -a,
[servus,
slave],
-um
(gen. -ius, dat.
-i),
adj.
alone, only ( 108)
slaiMry, servitude
solvo, -ere, solvi, solutus, loosen, unbind,
servo, -are, -avi, -atus, save, rescue, keep
navem
solvere, set sail
somnus
somnus,
spatium,
-i,
327
super-sum
m.
f.
sleep
Stymphalus,
district
-\,
m. Stymphaflus, a
soror, -oris,
sister n.
of
southern Greece with
spati,
space,
distance;
a town, mountain,
and
lake, all of
time; opportunity
the
[specto, look at],
same name
-ere,
-si,
spectaculum,
-I,
n.
suadeo,
-sus, advise, recom-
show, spectacle
specto, -are, -avi, -atus, look
ness
at,
mend,
wit-
with
subjv.
of
purpose
under,
(501-41) sub, prep, with ace. and

below,
abl.
spero, -are, -avi,
-atus
c)
[spes, hope'],
up
to ;
at or to the foot of
hope, expect { 420.
sub-igo, -ere, -egi, -actus [sub, under,

H-
spes, spel,
f.
hope
adv.
( 273. 2)
ago, drive], subdue, reduce
splendide,
[splendidus],
com-
subito, adv. [subitus, sudden],suddenly
pared
splendidius,
splendidissime,
sub-sequor,
-i,
-secutus sum, dep. verb

-\-
splendidly,
handsomely
-a,
[sub, below,
brilliant,
sequor, follow], fol-
splendidus,
-um,
adj.
low
close after, follow

-ere,
<xiS),
up
-cessus
[sub,
gorgeous, splendid
suc-cedo,
below,
-|-
-cessi,
Stabianus,
-a,
-um, Stabian
go], follow, succeed
stabulum,
-i,
n. [cf. sto, stand], stand-
sui, reflexive ^ron.
ing place,
stable, stall
[cf.
itself themselves) ( 480).
of himself {herself, secum =
statim, adv.
sto,
stand], on the
se
cum. sese, emphatic form of se
spot, at once, instantly
sum,
place,
set],
esse, fui, futurus, irreg. verb, be;
statua,
statue
-ae,
f.
[sisto,
exist ( 494)
summus,
determine
-a,
-um,
adj.
in
superl.
statuo, -ere, -u5, -utus [status, station],

decide,
degree, compared superus, superior,
supremus or summus (%2i'^2), supreme,

(p.
stilus,
-i,
sto, -are,
m. iron pencil, style steti, status, stand
210)
highest; best, greatest, in
summo colle,
stratus,
-a,
-um, adj. [part, of sterno,

(of streets)
on the top of the hill sumo, -ere, sumpsi, sumptus, take up

assume, put on.
spread],
paved
-us,
sumere supplicium on
strepitus,
m.
din
[strepo,
make a
bind
de, inflict punishment
noise], noise,
super, prep, with ace. and abl. over,

strictus,
strings,
-ere,
strinxi,
above
tight; draw, unsheathe
superbia, -ae,
attention
f.
[superbus, proud],
studeo, -ere,
to,
-ui,
^ve
pride, arrogance
be eager, with
dat
( 501. 14)
superbus,
supero,
above],
-a,
-um, adj. proud, haughty
studium,
studi, u. [cf. studeo, be eager
superior, comp. of superus

-are,
-avi,
for], eagerness, desire, zeal, devotion
-atus
[superus,
stultus, -a, -um, aA]. foolish, stupid
go over; subdue, overcome;

-esse, -fui,
Stymphalis,
-idis, adj.
f.
Stymphalian,
surpass, excel
of Stympha'lus, a lake in southern
super-sum,
be over,
Greece
survive, with dat. ( 501.15)
328
superus,
superior,
-a,
superus
timeo
Tarracina,
taurus,
n.
compared supremus or summus, above,

-um,
adj., adj.,
-ae,
f.
Tarraci'na, a
town
in Latium.
-i,
See map
[part,
uffer (312) supplicium, suppli'ci,

toHure.
flict
m. bull
of tego,
[supplex,
tectus, -a, -um, adj.
kneeling in entreaty], punishment,

supplicium sumere de, in-
cover], covered, protected
telum,
-i, 11.
weapon
-atis,
f.
dare,
punishment on. supplicium suffer punishment

[sub,
temere, adv. rashly, heedlessly
tempestas,
[tempus, time],
surge, -ere, surrexi,

below,
from
[sub,
storm, tempest
+ +
rego, straighten], rise

-ere,
templum,
tempto,
-i,
n. temple,
shrine
sus-cipio,
-cepi,
-ceptus
-are, -avi, -atus, try, test;
make
in
under,
capio, take], undertake, as-
trial of, attempt
sume, begin
suspicor,
-ari,
tempus,
-atus sum, dep. verb,
-oris, n. time {464. z.b). reliquum tempus, for the futtire

,
suspect, sttrmise, suppose
teneo, -ere, tenui,

[sub,
hold, keep
sus-tineo,
-ere,
-tinui,
-tentus
tergum,
rear,
-i,
n. back,
a tergo, on the
retreat, flee
under,
teneo, hold], hold up, bear,
tergum vertere,
sustain, withstand
terni, -ae, -a, distributive

adj.
numeral
adj.
suus,
-a,
-um, reflexive possessive

his, her, hers,
its,
and pron.,
their,
three each, by threes ( 334) terra, -ae, f. earth, ground, land,
orbis
theirs ( 98)
terrarum, the whole world
T
T., abbreviation of Titus
terror, -oris,
m.
[cf. \RTCia,
frighten],
dread, alarm, terror
taberna, -ae,
tabula, -ae,
f.
f.
shop, stall
tablet for writing

talis
.
talis, -e, adj. such,
qualis,
numeral adj. third Teutones, -um, m. the Teutons theatrum, -i, n. theater
tertius, -a, -um,
such
as
Cf. ita, sic
tarn, adv. so, such.
tamen, adv. yet, however, nevertheless tandem, adv^ at length, finally

tango,
tantus,
tantus
-ere, tetigi, tactus, totich
Thebae, -arum, f. Thebes, a city of Greece Thebani, -orum, m. Thebans, the people of Thebes thermae, -arum, f. plur. baths
Thessalia,
-ae,
f.
tantum, adv.
-a,
.
[tantus], only
adj.
Thessaly, a district
-um,
.
so great, such.
of northern
Greece
f.
quantus, as large as
Thracia,
Tiberius,
-ae,
Thrace,
district
tardus,
-a,
-um, adj. slow, late; lazy

f.
north of Greece
Tibe'ri,
first
Tarpeia,
-ae,
Tarpeia (pronounced
m.
Tiberius,
Tarpe'ya), the maiden
who opened
Tarquin,
a
Roman
name
[cf. \Sb\dL, pipe], piper,
the citadel to the Sabines
tibicen, -inis, m.
Tarquinius,
Tarqui'ni,
Roijian king.
With the surname
timeo,
-ere, -ui,
-,fear, be afraid
of.
Superbus, Tarquin the Proud
Cf. vereor
timor
timor,
-oris,
329
m.
[cf.
timeo, fear\,fear,
triumphus,
sion,
celebrate a
-i,
m. triumphal proces-
dread, alarm.
Cf.
metus
f.
triumph,
Tiryns, Tiiynthis,
Ti'ryns,
an an-
triumphum agere, triumph

to pieces,
cient town in southern Greece, where Hercules served Eurystheus
trucido, -are, -avi, -atus, cut

slaughter.
tii,
Cf. interflcio, neco, occido
toga, -ae,
f.
[cf.
-i,
tego, cover\, toga

n.
tui (plur. vos), pers. pron. thou,
tortnentum,
totus, -a,
all,
engine of war
you (480)
tuba,
-ae,
f.
totiens, adv. so often, so
many
times
-i),
trumpet
f.
-um
(gen. -ius, dat.
adj.
TuUia,
-ae,
Tullia, a
Roman name
the whole, entire ( 108)
turn, adv. then, at that time

turris, -is,
f.
tra-do, -ere, -didi, -ditus [trans, across,
tower
( 465. 2)
do, deliver\,
give up,
hand
over,
tutus, -a, -um, adj. safe
surrender, betray
tuus,
-a,
-um, possessive adj. and pron.
tra-duco, -ere, -duxi, -ductus [trans,

across,
your, yours (98)
duco, lead], lead across
traho, -ere, traxi, tractus, draw, pull,
U
and interrog. adv. where, when uUus, -a, -um (gen. -ius, dat. -i), adj. any ( 108) ulterior, -ius, -oris, adj. in comp. degree, superl. ultimus, farther, more
ubi,
rel.
multnm long much

drag,
ixzheie, protract, pro-
tra-icio,-ere,-iec!,-iectus [trans, across,
+ iacio, hurl], throw across ; transfix

tra-no, -are, -avi, -atus [trans, across,
+
_(
no,
swim], swim- across

prep,
remote
over
315)
trans,
with ace.
across,
ultimus,
-a,
-um, adj. in superl. deiMjstSax), farthest
340)
-ire, -ii, -itus [trans, across,
gree (see
(315)
trans-eo,
eo, go],
go
across, cross ( 413)

-fixi,
trans-figo, TPre,
-fixus
[trans,
through,
transitus,
[cf.
figo, drive], transfix
(ace.
-um,
abl. -u),
m.
transeo,
cross
over],
passage
umbra, -ae, f. shade umerus, -i, m. shoulder umquam, adv. ever, at any time una, adv. [unus, one], in the same place, at the same time undecimus,-a,-um, numeral adj. [iinus,
one, -f decimus, tenth], eleventh
across
tres, tria,
numeral
adj. three ( 479)
undi(}ue, adv. from, every quarter, on

all sides, everywhere
triduum,
tridui, n. [tres, three,
dies,
days], three days'' time, three days
iinus,
-a,
-um
adj.
f.
(gen.
-ius,
dat.
-i),
triginta, indecl.
numeral
adj. thirty
numeral
urbs,
-is,
one; alone
( 108)
triplex, -icis, adj. threefold, triple

tristis, -e, adj.
city ( 465. a)
sad;
severe, terrible
urgeo,
vans,
-ere,
ursi,
press
upon,
tristltia, -ae,
f.
[tristis, sad], sadness,
crowd,
-i,
hem
in
sorrow
m. wild ox, urus
triumpho,
-are, -avi, -atus [triumplius,
usque, adv. all the way, even

usus, -us, m. use, advantage
triumph], celebrate a triumph
330
ut
velocitas, -atis,
ness
f.
ut, conj. with the subjv. that, in 07-der

that, that not (with
[velox, swift], swift-
verbs of fearing),
so that, to ( 350. 1)
velox,
-I), in-
-ocis, adj. swift, fleet

-i,
uter, -tra, -trum (gen. -ius, dat.
velum,
vendo,
venio,
n. sail
terrog. pron. which of two?

( 108)
which?
indef.
-ere, vendidi, venditus, sell

-ire,
-i, -i,
veni, ventus, come, go
uterque,
utraque,
utrumque,
ventus,
m. wind
n.
pron. ecuh of two, each, both,
ab
verbum,
vereor,
word,
verba facere pro,
utraque parte, on both sides

utilis, -e, adj. [utor, use\, useful
speak in behalf of
-eri,
-itus
sum,
dep.
verb,
Cf.
utrimque, adv. [uterque, each of two'], on each side, on either hand

uva,
uxor,
-ae,
f.
fear; reverence, respect

timeo
{ 493).
grape, bunch of grapes

f.
Vergilius, Vergili, m. Vergil, the poet
-oris,
wife
vergo, -ere,
turn,
lie
vero, adv. [verus, true], in truth, surely;

conj. but, however,
tum
vero, then
vagina,
vagor,
-ae, sheath,
-ari,
scabbard
you may
verb,
be sure, introducing the
-atus
sum,
dep.
climax of a story
verto,
-ere,
-ti,
wander
valeo, -ere,
-ui, -iturus, be powerful, be
-sus,
tum, change.
tergum vertere,
verus,
-a,
retreat, flee
well; in the imperative as a greeting, ya^-^TOf//.
-um, true, actual
plurimum
valere,
have
vesper,
-eri,
m. evening
the most
power
-inis,
f.
vester, -tra, -trum, possessive adj.

[valeo,
and
valetiido,
be
well],
pron. your, yours
( 98) n.
[cf.
health
vestigium,
-a,
vesti'gi,
vestigo,
validus,
-um,
adj.
[cf.
valeo,
be
track], footstep, track, trace
strong], strong, able, well
valles,
-is,
-i,
f.
valley
vestimentum, garment
vestio,
clothe, dress
-i,
n. [vestis, clothing],
yallum,
varius,
n.
rampart, earthworks
-ire, -ivi, -itus [vestis,
clothing],
-a,
-um, adj. bright-colored
vasto, -are, -avi, -atus [vastus, empty],
vestis,
robe
-is, f.
clothing, attire, garment,
{make empty), devastate, lay waste

vectigal,
-alis, n. tax, tribute
vestitus, -a, -um, adj. [part, of vestio,

eager],
clothe], clothed
vehementer, adv. [vehemens,

sime, eagerly, vehemently
compared vehementius, vehementlsveho,

-ere, vexi, vectus, convey,
Vesuvius, Vesu'vi, m. Vesuvius, the volcano near Pompeii. See map

veteranus,
veto, -are,
-a,
cany.
-um, adj.
old, veteran
In the passive often in the sense of

ride, sail
-ui, -itns,
forbid, prohibit
vexo, -are,
vel
.
-avi, -atus, trouble,

f.
annoy
way,
vel, conj. or.
vel, either
or.
via,
-ae,
way, road,
Cf. iter
street;
Cf.'aut
manner.
viator
viator, -oris, m. [via], traveler
victor, -oris,
vis,
(vis),
f.
331
might
vitam
vulpes
strength, power,
m.
[vinco, conquer}, con-
_(468)
vita, -ae,
f.
queror, victor.
In apposition, with
[victor, victor\, victory
[cf. vivo, live], life,
adj. force, victorious
agere, spend or pass life

vito, -are, -avi, -atus, shun, avoid
victoria, -ae,
f.
vicus,
-i,
m. village
see,
vivo, -ere, vixi,

perceive.
incolo
live.
Cf. habito,
video, -ere, vidi, visus,

Pass, be seen
vigilia, -ae,
f.
seem
( 420.
d)
watch, de
vivus,
-a,
-um, adj.
[cf. vivo, live], alive,
[vigil, awake'],
living
vix, adv. scarcely, hardly
tertia vigilia,
about the third watch
viginti, indecl.
vilicus,
-i,
numeral
[villa,
adj.
twenty
VOCO, -are, -avi, -atus,

invite.
call,
su?nm-on,
m.
farm], steward,
Cf. appello, nominS
overseer of a farm
villa, -ae,
volo, -are, -avi, -aturus,7?j'

VOlo, velle, volui,
tie,
i.farm, villa
vinxi, vinctus, bind,
irreg. verb, will,
vincio,
fetter
-ire,
be willing,
wish (497). Cf. cupio

book centu-
volumen,
-ere,
vici,
-inis, u. roll,
-i,
vinco,
victus,
conquer,
Vorenus,
rion
m.
Vore'nus, a
defeat, overcome.
Cf. subigo, supero

(p.
vinea, -ae,
f.
shed
219)
vos, pers. ^roa. you (see tu) (480)
vinum,
-i,
u.
wine
[violentus,
violent],
votum, -i, n.
VOX, vocis,
[neut. part, of voveo, vow],
violenter,
adv.
vow, pledge, prayer

f.
compared
vir,
(
violentius, violentissime,
[cf.
voco, call], voice, cry
violently, furiously
viri,
word
vulnero,
-are,
-avi,
m.
man, husband; hero

man], manly
-atus
[vulnus,
462.
c)
virilis, -e, adj. [vir,

virtiis, -utis,
f.
wound], wound, hurt vulnus, -eris, n. wound, injury

vulpes,
-is,
[vir,
man], manliness
i.fox
courage, valor; virtue (464. i)
EQUES ROMANUS
ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY
This vocabulary contains only the words used in the English-Latin exercises. For details not given here, reference may be made to the Latin-English vocabulary. The figures I, 2, 3, 4, after verbs indicate the conjugation.
a, an,
commonly not translated

possum, posse, potui,
n.
able
(be),
and so, itaque Andromeda, Andromeda, angry, Iratus, -a, -um

animal, animal,
-alis, n.
i
-ae,/.
(495) abode, domicilium, domici'li,
announce, nuntio,
another,
alius, -a,
about about
{adv.), circiter
annoying, molestus,
abl.
act.
-a,
-um
(prep.), de,
with
-ud
{ 109)
about to, expressed by fut. abundance, copia, -ae,/.

across, trans, with ace.
active, acer, acris, acre
part.
Gllus, -a, -um ( 108) any one, anything, quisquam, quam or quidquam ( 486)
any,
quic-
advance, progredior, 3 advantage, iisus, -iis, m.

advise, moneo, 2
after (cf7/.), postquam; often expressed
appearance, forma, -ae,/. appoint, creo, i
approach, adpropinquS,
as a copula,
arise, orior, 4
i,
with dat.
are, used as auxiliary, not translated
sum
494)
by the perf. part.

after (prep.), post, with ace.
against,
in,
contra, with ace.
aid, auxilium, auxi'li, n.

all,
omnis, -e
totus, -a,
-um
( 108)
arm, bracchium, bracchi, n. armed, armatus, -a, -um arms, arma, -orum, n. plur. army, exercitus, -its, m.
around, circum, with
ace.
allow, patior, 3
ally, socius, socJ,
m.
solus, -a,-um ( 1 08)
arrival, adventus, -us, m.
almost, paene
already, iam
fere
;
arrow,
sagitta, -ae,/.
alone, iinus, -a, -um
art of war, res mllitaris
as possible, expressed by
sitperl.
quam and
i
quoque always, semper ambassador, legatus, -1, m. among, apud, with ace. ancient, antiquus, -a, -um
also,
ask, peto, 3
assail,
at, in,
quaero, 3
i
rogo,
oppugno,
with
ace.
or
abl. ;
with names of
and, at
atque (ac)
-que
towns, locative case or abl. without a preposition ( 268) time when, abl.
;
332
at once
333
carry
at once, statim
at the beginning of
aestate
body, corpus,
-oris, n.
;
summer,
inita
bold, audax, -acis
fortis, -e
boldly, audacter; fortiter
Athens, Athenae, -arum,/;

attack, impetus, -us, m.
boldness, audacia, -ae,/!
booty, praeda, -ae,/!

i
attempt, conor,
tempts,
both, each (of two), uterque, utraque,
away from,
a or ab, with abl
utrumque
both
. .
.
and, et
-eri,
et
B
bad, malus,
-a,
boy, puer,
brave,
m.
-um
fortis, -e
baggage, impedimenta, -orum, n.plur.

bank,
ripa, -ae,/.
bravely, fortiter
bridge, pons, pontis, m.
bright, clarus,
-a,
barbarians, barbarl, -orum, m.plur.

battle, proelium,proeli,.;pugna,-ae,y.
-um
i
bring back, reports, bring upon, infers,

with
be,
sum
494)
( 494) vereor, 2
-ferre, -tulT, -latus,

(
be absent, be far, absum be afraid, times, z be away, absum be in

(
;
ace.
and dat.
-tris,
426)
brother, frater,
m.
aedifi'ci, .
494)
building, aedificium,
dat.
command
of,
praesum, with
fio
(
burn, cremS,
(494,426) be informed, certior

be
off,
incendo, 3 business, negotium, negS'ti, n.

i
;
but, however, autem,

494)
se'd
be distant, absum
by,
a,
ab,
with
abl.
denoting means,
be without, egeo, with
abl. ( 180)
abl.
alone; sometimes implied in a
beast (wild), fera, -ae,/.

beautiful, pulcher, -chra, -chrum
participle
by
abl.
night, noctii
because, quia; quod
because of, propter, with
ace.
or
of cause before, heretofore (adv.), antea

before
(prep.), ante,
Caesar, Caesar,
-aris,
m. nomino,
i
calamity, calamitas, -atis,/

call, voco,
I
;
with ace; pro,
appellS,
with abl.
begin, incipio, 3 believe, credo, 3, with dat. (%
call together,
convocS,
camp,
1
castra, -Srum, n. plur,
53)
can,
could,
possum,
posse,
potui,
belong to, expressed by predicate genitive ( 409)
(495) capture, capiS, 3

care, cura, -ae,/!
occupo,
best, optimus, superl.
^ bonus better, melior, comp. ^ bonus

inter,
care for, euro,
between,
with
ace.
careful, attentus,
-a,
-um
latus ( 498)
billow, fluctus, -us, m.

bird, avis, -is,/ (243.1)
carefulness, diligentia, -ae,/

carry, ferS, ferre,
ports,
I
tuli,
blood, sanguis,
-inis,
m.
334
carry on, gero, 3
cart, carrus,
-1,
carry on
dwelling
D
daily, cotldie
m.
-us,
cause, causa, -ae,/
danger, periculum,
-1,
n.
cavalry, equitatus,
cease, cesso,
i
m. m.
daughter,
day,
filia,
dies, -ei,
-ae,/ (67) m.
Cepheus, Cepheus,
(quiddam)
-1,
daybreak, prima lux

dear, carus,
-a,
certain (a) , quidam, quaedam, quoddam

(
-um
485)
death, mors, mortis,/

deed, res, rel,/
chicken, gallina, -ae,/.

chief, princeps, -cipis, m.
deep,
altus, -a,
-um
children, liberi, -orum, m. flur.
defeat, calamitas, -atis,/
choose, deligo, 3 choose, elect, creo,

citizen, civis,
-is,
defend, defends, 3 delay [noun], mora, -ae,/

i)
m. and f. (243.
delay
[verb],
moror,
i
city, urbs, urbis,/". clear, clarus,

-a,
demand,
postulo,
-a,
-um
dense, densus,
-um
;
cohort, cohors, -rtis,/l
depart, discedo, 3
ciscor, 3
1,
exeo, 4
profi-
come, venio, 4
command,
( 45)
;
impero,
iubeo,
2
;
with
dat.
dependent,
desire,
cliens, -entis,
m.
praesura,
with
design, c5nsilium, consi'li, n.

cupio, 3
dat.
(426)
3
commit, committo,
destroy, deleo, 2
commonwealth,
cae
res publica, rel piibli-
Diana, Diana, -ae,/

difier, differo, differre, distuli, dilatus
concerning, de, with
ail.
(498)
different, dissimilis, -e
difficult, difficilis, -e
conquer, supero,
vinco, 3
construct [a ditch], perduco, 3 consul, consul, -ulis, m.
difficulty, difificultas, -atis,/
contrary to, contra, with

Corinth, Corinthus,
-T,
ace.
diligence, dlligentia, -ae,/
dinner, cena, -ae,/

disaster, calamitas, -atis,/
Cornelia, Cornelia, -ae,/.
Cornelius, Cornelius, Corne'li, m.

corselet, lorica, -ae,/.
distant
(be),
absum,
-esse, afui, afu-
cottage, casa, -ae,/
turus ( 494) ditch, fossa, -ae,/

do, ago, 3
iliary,
;
country, as distinguished from the city,

rus, ruris, n.
;
f acio,
when used as auxabl.
as territory, fines,-ium,
not translated
m., plur. (/finis
down
from; de, with
courage, virtus, -utis,/

crime, scelus,
-eris, n.
drag, traho, 3
drive, ago, 3 dwell, habito,
i
cross, transeo, 4 ( 499)
incolo, 3
vivo, 3
crown, corona, -ae,/
dwelling, aedificium,
aedifi'ci, n.
each
full
335
E
each, quisque, quaeque, quidque (quodque) (484) each of two, uterque, utraque, utrum-
find, reperio, 4
finish, cSnficio, 3 fire, ignis, -is, m. (243.1)
firmness, constantia, -ae,y.

first,
que
each other, inter with
eager, acer, acris, acre
alacre
ace.
;
primus,
-a,
-um
of a reflexive
flee, fugio,
alacer, alacris,
3 flight, fuga, -ae,/

fly, volo,
I
eager
(be),
studeo, i
foe, see
enemy
eagerness, studium, studi, n.

eagle, aquila, -ae,/.
easily, facile
follow close after, subsequor, 3 food, cibus, -i, m.

foot, pes, pedis,
m.
-itis,
easy,
facilis, -e
. . .
foot-soldier, pedes,
.
m.
either
or, aut
aut
for
(conj.),
enim,
nam
empire, imperium, impe'ri, n.
for (prep.), sign of dat.; de, pro, with

abl.;
to
employ, negotium do
encourage, hortor,
i
express purpose, ad, with

ace.
gerundive; implied in
of time
enemy,
cus,
hostis,
-is,
m. and f.; inimi-
and of extent of space

for
-1,
m.
satis
-a,
a long time,
i
diii
enough,
forbid, veto,
entire, totus,
-um
( io8)
forces, copiae, -3.x\xm.,f.,plur. <j/'c5pia

forest, silva, -ae,/.
fort, castellum,
-1,
expectation, opinio, -onis,/!

eye, oculus,
-I,
m.
n.
castrum,
-1,
n.
fortification, miinitio, -onis,/
F
faithless, perfidus,
fortify, munio, 4
famous,
far,
clarus, -a,
-um -um
-a,
fortune, fortuna, -ae,/

fourth, quartus,
free, liber, -era,
-a,
-um
i
longe
-ae,
-erum
farmer, agricola,
m.
free, liberate, liber5,
farther, ulterior, -ius
frequent, creber, -bra, -brum

friend, amicus,
-I,
father, pater, patris, m.
m.
-a,
fatherland, patria,
favor, faveo, z
-ae,/".
friendly
friendly
[adj.],
amicus,
-um
(adv.),
amice
favorable, idoneus,
-a,
-a,
-um secundus,
;
friendship, amicitia, -ae,/

frighten, perterreo, 2
ex, with abl.
-um
-iis,
fear, metus, fear,
m.\ timor,
-oris,
m.
from, a or ab, de,

without a prep.
e,
Often
be afraid, timeo, 5
-ae, -a
expressed by the separative ablative
few, pauci,
fifteen,
field, ager, agri,
m. quindecim
;
from each other,

reflexive pron.
inter,
with
ace.
of a
fight, contendo, 3
pugnS,
full, plenus, -a,
-um
336
Galba
in
G
Galba, Galba,
-ae,
have no power,
he,
is
;
nihil
;
possum
or not expressed
m.
hie
iste
ille
garland, corona, -ae,/.

garrison, praesidium, praesi'di, n.
gate, porta, -ae,/.
head, caput,
-itis,
n.
hear, audio, 4 heart, animus,
-1,
m.
Gaul, Gallia, -ae,/.
heavy, gravis,
m.
-oris,
-e
Gaul
(a),
Gallus,
Helvetii (the), Helvetil, -orum, m.plur.
-i,
general, imperator,
m.
hem
in, contineo, 2
Geneva, Genava, -ae,/

gentle, lenis, -e
hen, gallina, -ae,/

her, eius
ive,
;
huius
-a,
istius
illius
reflex-
German, Germanus, -a, -um Germans (the), Germani, -orum, m.

plur.
suus,
-um (116) -um

-a,
hide, abdo, 3
high,
altus, -a,
Germany, Germania, -ae,/

get (dinner], paro,
girl, puella, -ae,/.
highest, summus,
hill, coUis, -is,
-um
m.
himself,
sul.
See
self
-1,
give, do, dare, dedi, datus
hindrance, impedimentum,
;
n.
give over, surrender, dedo, 3 give up, omitto, 3

go, eo, 4 ( 499) go forth, progredior, 3 god, deus, -i, m. { 468)
trado, 3
his, eius
huius istius
;
illius
reflexive,
suus,
-a,
-um (116)
hither, citerior, -ius ( 315) hold, teneo, z
goddess, dea, -ae,/.

gold, aurura,
-1,
{ 67)
n.
good, bonus,
-a,
-um
-1,
home, domus, -us,/ (468). at home, domi ( 267) hope (noun), spes, spei,/ hope (verb), spero, i
horse, equus,
-I, m. horseman, eques, -itis, m. hostage, obses, -idis, m. and/. hostile, inimicus, -a, -um
grain, frumentum,
n.
grain supply, res frumentaria

great, ingens, -ends
;
raagnus,
greatest, maximus,
-a,
-a,
-um
-a, -um summus,
-um
hour, hora, -ae,/
guard, praesidium, praesi'di, n.

IS.
house,
domicilium,
(
domici'li,
.;
domus, -us,/
hurl, iacio, 3
468)
hand, manus,
-lis,/
-a,
happy,
laetus,
-um
m.
;
harbor, portus,
-iis,
I,
ego
(
if
280)
or not expressed
hasten, contends, 3
pero,
I
maturS,
pro-
if, SI.
ill,
not, 'nisi
-gra,"
aeger,
-grum
-um haughty, superbus, -a, -um

hateful, invTsus,
-a,
immediately, statim
in [of place), in, with abl.; (of time or
have, habeo,
of specification)
abl.
without prep.
in order that in order that^
ut,
337
love
with subjv. ; in order
L
labor (noun), labor, labor (verb), lab5ro,
-oris,
i
that not, lest, ne, with subjv. in vain, frustra
m.
industry, dlligentia, -ae,/.

inflict injuries
upon, iniurias Tnfero
lack (noun), inopia, -ae,/ lack (verb), egeo, 2, with abl.

lady, domina, -ae,/
lake, lacus,
-iis,
( 180)
with dat.'(^ 426)

inflict
punishment on, supplicium
m.
( 260. 2)
sum^de
inform some one, aliquem certiorem
faci5
injure, noceo,
2,
land, terra, -ae,/
language, lingua, -ae,/

large, ingens, -entis
;
magnus,
-a,
-um
with dat.
( 153)
larger, maior, maius

lately,
injury, iniuria, -ae,/.

into, in, with ace.
nuper
intrust, committo, 3
invite, voco,
is,
i
mando,
Latona, Latona, -ae,/ law, lex, legis,/

lay waste, vasto,
i
used as auxiliary, not translated
as a copula,
sum
iste
;
494)
lead, diico, 3 leader, dux, ducis, m. and/.
island, insula, -ae,y;

it,
is
;
hie
ille
or not ex-
pressed
Italy, Italia, -ae,/
its,
know, cognosco, 3 leave, depart from, discedo, 3 leave behind, abandon, relinquo, 3
learn,
left, sinister, -tra,
-trum
eius
huius
istius
illius
re-
legion, legis, -5nis,/.
flexive, suus, -a,
-um (116)
legionaries,
legiSnaril,
-orum,
vi.
itsHf, sui.
See
self
plur.
length, longitiidS, -inis,/

lest, ne, with subjv.
join battle, proelium committo
letter
(of the alphabet),
littera,
-ae,
journey,
iter, itineris, . (
-icis,
468)
(an epistle) litterae, -arum,
judge (noun), iudex,

judge
Julia,
-ae,/.
m.
plur.
(verb), iiidico, i
Ifllia,
lieutenant, legatus,
light,
liix,
-1,
m.
Wcis,/
sirailis, -e
just
now,
niiper
like (adj.),
like, love,
amo,
line of battle, acies, aciel,/
keep, contineo, 2; prohibeo,

by the impf. indie.
kill, interficio, 3
;
2; teneo, 2
little,
parvus,
i
-a,
;
-um
;
keep on doing something, expressed

neco,
occido, 3
live; habito,
incolo, 3
vivo, 3
long, longus,
i
;
-a,
-um
i
long, for a long time, diu
king, rex, regis, m.
long for, desTdero,

look after, euro,
;
i
kingdom, regnum, -1, n. know, cogn5sc6, 3, in perf.
scio,
love, amo,
338
maid
once
M
maid, maid servant,
ancilla,
W
-ae,/
name, nomen,
-inis, n.
make,
facio, 3
nation, gens, gentis,/

-with
make war
upon, bellum Infero
near, propinquus,
-a, -a,
dat. { 426)
nearest, proximus,
-inis,
-um -um
m.
-a,
man, homo,
viri,
m. and f.;
vir,
nearly, fere
m.
plur. of multus
(
neighbor, finitimus,
-i,
man-of-war, navis longa
neighboring, finitimus,
-unj
. .
many,
multl, -ae,
-a,
neither, neque ornec; neither
nor,
march, iter, itineris, n. Mark, Marcus, -1, m.

marriage,
m5'ni, n.
468)
neque (nee)
never,
matri-
neque (nee)
numquam
-a,
matrimonium,
m.;
nevertheless, tamen
new, nevus,
-T,
-um
diei
-a,
master,
-trl,
dominus,
magister,
next day, pestridie eius next

to,
m.
negotium, nego'ti, n.
of, the abl.
;
proximus,
-um
matter,
re!,/.'
res,
night, nox, noctis,/

nine,
no,
novem
repeat
means, by means
minime; or
verb with a
messenger, nuntius, nunti, m. midnight, media nox

mile, mille passuum
( 331. b)
negative ( 210)
no, none, niillus,
-a,
-um
( 109)
miles, milia passuum
no one, nemo, niillius nor, neque or nee

not,
mind, animus, -i, m.\ mens, mine, meus, -a, -um

mistress, domina, -ae,y.
mentis,/".
non
.
.
not even, ne
not only
. .
quidem
but also, non sSlum

n.
money, pecunia, -ae,/ monster, monstrum, -i, month, mensis, -is, m. moon, liina, -ae,/.
parative
sed etiam
-i,
n.
nothing, nihil or nihilum,
now, nunc number, numerus,
-1,
m.
more, plus, pluris (313); or a commost, plilrimus,

gree.
-a,
Adverb, maxime
-um; superl. deplurimum

;
obey, pareo,
of, sign
2,
with dat.
( 153)
of gen.; de, with
abl.; out of,
mother, mater, matris,/ mountain, mons, mentis, m. move, moves, 2
e or ex, with abl.
often, saepe
on
(of place), in, with abl.; (of time)
moved, commotus,
-a,
-um
abl.
without prep.
of, propter,
much
(by),
multo
on account
abl.
/ with ace; or
multitude, multitude, -inis,/
my, meus,
-a,
-um
See
self
myself, me,
reflexive.
of cause undique once (upon a time), olim
on
all sides,
one
one, unus,
-a,
339
(
rest
prefer, malo, malle, malui,
.
. .
-um
( io8)
497)
one
another, alius
alius
prepare for, paro,

protection, fides,
i,
with
ace.
(110) only [adv.), s51um; tantum
press hard, premo, 3

fidei,
opportune, opportunus,
opposite, adversus,
oracle, 5raculum,
-i,
-a,
-um
province, provincia, -ae,y.

public, piiblicus,
-a,
-a,
-um
-um
-ae, /.;
Publius, Pi5blius, Publl, m.
orator, orator, -oris, m.

order, impero,
i
;
punishment, poena,
cium, suppli'ci, n.
n.
-1,
suppli-
iubeo, 2
ornament, 5rnamentum,
other, alius,
-a,
purpose, for the purpose of,
ut, qui,
-ud ( 109)
or quo, with subjv.; ad, with ger-
others (the), reliqul, -orum, m. plur.
und or gerundive;
the genitive of
ought, debeo, 2
our, noster, -tra, -trum
causa, following a geru7id or gerun-
dive
object.
ourselves, n5s, as reflexive

self
See
pursue, Jnsequor, 3
overcome, supers,
own
(his, her, its, their),
vinco, 3 suus,
-a,
-um
c[ueen, reglna, -ae,/
quickly, celeriter
quite, expressed by the comp. degree
part, pars, partis,/.
peace, pax, pacis,_/!
R
rampart, vallum, -1, n. rear, novissimum agmen
2,
m. Perseus, Perseus, -1, m.

people, populus,
-T,
persuade,
persuadeo,
with
dat.
reason, causa, -ae,/.

receive, accipio, 3
;
(153) pitch camp, castra pono

place {noun), locus,
-1,
excipio, 3
recent, recens, -entis
m.
i
recently, nuper
place, arrange, conloco,
redoubt, castellum,
refuse, recuso,
1
-i,
n.
place, put, pon5, 3 place in command, praeficio, 3, with

ace.
remain, maneo, 2
and dat.
426)
remaining, reliquus,
reply, responded, 2
-a,
-um
plan
(a),
consilium, consi'll, n.
2,
please, placeo,
with dat. (154)

-a,
report {noun), fama,

-5ris,
-ae,
/;
riimor,
pleasing, gratus,
-um
m.
plow,
aro,
report {verb), adfero; defero; refero

(498) republic, res publica
require, postulo,
i
Pompeii, Pompeii, -orum, m. plur.

possible (as), expressed by
superl.
quam and
powerful
(be), valeo, 2
i
resist, resisto, 3, with dat. ( 154)
praise, laudo,
rest (the), reliqul, -orum, m. plur.
340
restrain
stand
she, ea; haec; ista;
ilia
restrain, contine5, 2
(115); ornot
retainer, cliens, -entis, m.

retreat,
expressed
pedem
refero; terga verto
ship, navis,
-is,y; ( 243. i)
return, redeo, 4; reverter, 3
short, brevis, -e
revolution, res novae
shout, clamor,
-oris,
i
m.
Rhine, Rhenus,
right, dexter,
-!,
m.
-trum
;
show, demonstro,
Sicily, Sicilia, -ae,
fluvius, fluvl,
-tra,
river, fiumen,-inis, n.
m.
sick, aeger, -gra,
-grum
road, via, -ae,y.
side, latus, -eris, n.
Roman, Romanus, -a, -um Rome, Roma, -ae,/!

row, ordo,
-inis,
siege, obsidiS, -onis,/. since, cum, with subjv. (396); theabl,

fl^^.
m.
rumor,
-oris,
(381)
i
rule, rego, 3
sing, cano, 3; canto,

;
rumor, fama, -ae,/.

run, curro, 3
m.
sister, soror, -Bris,/".

sit,
sedeo, 2
size,
magnitude,
-inis,/".
-a,
skillful, peritus,
sacrifice,
-um
sacrum,
-1,
n.
slave, servus,
-1,
m.
safety, salus,
sail, navig5,
i
-utis,_/;
slavery, servitiis, -utis,/
slow, tardus,
-a,
sailor, nauta, -ae, m.
small, parvus,
-a,
-um -um
sake, for the sake of, causa, following
snatch, rapio, 3
so, ita; sic;
a gen.
tam
-a,
same, idem, eadem, idem

save, servo,
i
( 287)
so great, tantus,
so that, ut
;
-um non
m.
savages, barbari, -orum, m. phir.

say, dico, 3 school, ludus,
so that not, ut
-itis,
soldier, miles,
-1,
in.\
schola, -ae,y.
some, often not expressed ; quis (qui), qua (quae), quid (qued); aliqui, aliqua, aliqued
scout, explo rater,

sea, mare,
-is,
-oris,
m.
n.
-a,
second, secundus,
see, video, z
-um
some some
one, quis; aliquis ( 487) . others, alii alii (

. . . .
.
no)
seek, peto, 3 seem, videor,

seize, occupo,
self, ipse, -a,
something, quid; aliquid son, filius, fili, m.

2,
i
;
487)
passive of vide5
rapid, 3
( 286); sui (
soon,
mex
-1,
space, spatium, spati, n.

281)
-um
spear, pllum,
spirited,
n.
acris,
send, mitto, 3 set fire to, incendS, 3

set out, proficiscor, 3
acer,
acre;
alacer,
alacris, alacre
spring, fons, fontis, m.

spur, calcar,
-aris, n.
sev^n, septem
Sextus, Sextus,
-1,
m.
stand,
sto,
; ;
state
state, civitas, -atis,/.
341
tree
that, in order that, in purpose clauses,

ut; afterverbs
-as,,/.
station, conloco,
offearing, ne ( 349,
steadiness, constantia,
stone, lapis,
-idis,
i
366, 372)
m.
that not,
lest, in
purpose
clauses,
ne
storm, oppugns,
after verbs of fearing, ut ( 349,
story, fabula, -ae,/.

street, via,
366, 372)
-ae,/
the, not expressed

VaxTiX,
-a,
strength, vis, (vis),/.

strong, fortis, -e ; validus,
gen. plur. of
\s\
reflexive, suus,
-um
sturdy, validus,
such,
talis, -e
-a,
-um
-um (116) their own, suus,

-a,
-a,
-um (116)
deinde,
then, at that time, turn then,

turn
suddenly, subits
suffer
in
the
next place,
punishment, supplicium do
-a,
sufBciently, satis
suitable, idoneus,
there, as expletive, not expressed
-um
there, in that place, ibi
summer,
aestas, -atis,/.
therefore, itaque
sun, sol, solis, m.

supplies, commeatus, -us, m.
they,
ii
hi
isti
illi
;
or not expressed
i
;
think, arbitror,
third, tertius,
existimo,
puto,
surrender, trado, 3 suspect, suspicor, i

swift, celer, -eris, -ere
;
-a,
-um
is,
this, hie, haec, hoc;
ea, id
(
velox, -5cis
though, cum, with subjv.

thousand, mille
(
396)
sword, gladius, gladi, m.
479)
three, tres, tria ( 479) through, per, with ace.

take, capture, capio, 3
thy, tuus,
-fui,
-a,
-um
-oris, n.
take part in, intersum, -esse,

-futurus,
time, tempus,
to, sign
with dat.
426)
of
dat. ; ad, in,
with
ace.
ex-
take possession of, occup5,

tall, altus, -a,
pressing purpose, ut, qui, with subjv.

ad, with
-um
gerund or gerundive
ace.
task, opus, operis, . teach, doceo, 2
to each other, inter, with

reflexive
of a
pron.
teacher, magister,
-tri,
m.
to-day, hodie
tooth, dens, dentis, m.
tear (noun), lacrima, -zs,f.

tell, dico,
narro,
top
of,
summus,
-a,
-um
n.
-I,
ten, decern
terrified, perterritus, -a,
tower,
turris, -is,/ ( 243. 2)

-1,
-um
town, oppidum,
terrify, perterreo, 2
townsman, oppidanus,
m.
than,
quam
verbs of saying and the
trace, vestigium, vestl'gi, n.
that
{conj. after
trader, mercator, -oris, m.

train, exerceo, 2
tree, arbor, -oris,/
like),
not expressed
is;
that (pron.),
iste; ille
342
tribe
wonderful
tribe, gens, gentis,/
weapons, arma, -orum, n.plur.;

-5rum, n. plur.
tela,
troops, copiae, -sxvxa, f. plur.

true, verus,
-a,
-um
tempto,
i
trumpet, tuba, -ae,/.

try, Conor,
i
;
wear, gero, 3 weary, defessus,
-a,
-um
what, quis
(
(qui),
quae, quid (quod)
twelve, duodecim
483}
(
two, duo, duae, duo
479)
when,ubi; cum
396) often expressed

;
by a participle
under, sub, with
ace.
or
abl.
undertake, suscipi5, 3
where, ubi which, qui, quae, quod ( 482); which of two, uter, utra, utrum ( 108)
while, expressed by a participle
unharmed, incolumis,
unless, nisi
-e
whither, quo
-e
unlike, dissimilis,
who (/.), qui, quae

quis ( 483)
482); (interrog.)
unwilling
(
(be)
nolo, nolle, n51ul,
497)
up
to, sub, tuith ace.
totus, -a, -um ( 108) whose, cuius; quorum, quarum, quo-
whole,
US, n5s, aec.plur. of ego
rum, gen. ofqal, quae, quod,

(/quis, quid, interrog.
rel.;
or
why,
\exY , superl. degree; maxime; -um (285) victor, victor, -oris, m.
victory, victoria, -ae,/
village, vicus,
-1,
cur
ipse,
-a,
wicked, malus, -a, -um wide, latus, -a, -um width, latitiido, -inis,/
wild beast,
willing
(
fera,
-ae,/
m.
(be), volo, velle, volul,
violently,
vehementer
497)
(a victory), reporto,
1
voice, vox, v5cis,yi
win
W
wage, ger5, 3 wagon, carrus,
wall,
-i,
wind, ventus, -i, m. wine, vinum, -1, n. wing, cornu, -iis, n.

winter, hiems, -emis,/
mums,
-1,
m. m.
wisdom, consilium,
;
consi'li, n.
want, inopia, -ae,/! war, bellum, -1, n. watch, vigilia, -ae,/.

water, aqua, -ae,/
wish, cupio, 3 volo, velle, volui, ( 497)) wish not, nol5, nolle, nolul,
(497)
with, cum, with

alone
abl.;
sometimes
abl.
wave, fluctus, -us, m. way, iter, itineris, . ( 468) via, -ae,/ way, manner, modus, -T, m. we, nos, plur. of ego or not expressed wefe, infirmus, -a, -um
; ;
withdraw,
se recipere
abl.
;
without, sine, with
woman, femina, -ae,/

wonderful, mirus,
-a,
mulier, -eris,/
-um
word
word, verbum, -i, . work, labor, -oris, m.
worst, pessimus,
opus,
-eris, .
343
your
Y
;
year, annus,
yes, certe
;
-i,
;
worse, peior, peius, comp. of malus -a, -um, superl. of malus
ita
m. vero
or more usually
repeat the verb ( 210)
yonder
(that), ille, -a, -ud

(
wound wound
(noun), vulnus,
[verb), vulnero,
-eris, n.
i
you, sing. tvi;plur. vos

expressed
480)
or not
wreath, cor5na, -ae,/.

wretched, miser,
-era,
your, sing, tuus,
-a,
-um plur.
;
vester,
-erum
-tra,
-trum
( 98. *)
wrong,
iniiiria, -ae,/.
INDEX
The numbers
in all cases refer to sections.
a-declension of nouns, 57, 461 a-verbs, conjugation of, 488

ablative case, 48, 50
formation, regular, 320, 321
irreg-
323 agent, expressed by the

ab, 181
ular, 322,
abl.
with
S or
absolute, 381 after a comparative, 309 of accompaniment, 104

of agent, 181
agreement
of adjectives, 65, 215.
of appositives, 81 of predicate nouns, 76 of relative pronouns, 224

of verbs, 28
aliquis,
of cause, 102 of description, 444, 445 of manner, 105

of of
means
or instrument, 103
487
measure of difference, 317 of place from which, 179

of place where, 265
of separation, 180 of specification, 398 of time, 27 5
accent,
alius, 108,
no, 470
alphabet, 1-3
alter, 108,
no
;
accent of, antepenult, 9. 3 apposition, 80, 81

article,
not used in Latin,
22.
14-16 accompaniment,
abl. of,
104
base, 58
cardinal numerals, 327-329,
case, 32. 2
accusative case, 33 as subject of the infinitive, 214

object, 37
478
of duration
and
extent, 336
of place to which, 263, 266

predicate, 392 with prepositions, 340
adjectives, 54, 55
causal clauses with cum, 395, 396 cause, expressed by the abl., 102
characteristic, subjv. of, 389,
390
compsirative, declension of, 303
comparison
abl. of,
agreement, 65 comparison, regular, 301 by adverbs, 302; irregular, 307, 311, 312,315 declension of comparatives, 303 of first and second declensions, 83,
;
309 degrees of, 300

of adjectives, 300-315;
.
irregular,
311-315. 473. 475 of adverbs, regular, 320, 476

ular,-323, 477
irreg-
93.
469
of third declension, 250-257, 471 with the dative, 143

adverbs, 319
positive wanting, 315 six adjectives in -lis, 307
comparison, 320, 323
complementary infinitive, 215 compound verbs, with the dative, 425, 426
344
INDEX
concessive
345
370372 conjugation
clauses with cum, 395,
fearing, subjv. after verbs of,
396
conjugation stems, 184 conjugations, the four regular, 126.
fero,
of,
498
272, 273, 467
fifth or e-declension,
488-491
consonants, 2
copula, 21
irregular,
494-500
fnia,
filius,
declension of, 67 declension of, 87-89

defined, 173
of,
finite verb,
fio,
cum, conjunction, 395 cum, preposition, 209

dative case, 43 of indirect object, 44, 45 of purpose, or end for which, 437 with adjectives, 143
conjugation
first conjugation,
500 488
first or a-declension, 57,
461
fourth conjugation, 491 fourth or u-declension, 259, 260, 466 from, how expressed, 178-181
with
verbs, 426 with special verbs, 1 53

dea, declension of, 67
compound
future participle, formation of, 374. c future perfect, formation of, active,
passive, 202 187. 3 future tense, formation of, 137, 156
;
declension, 23,
32
degree of difference, expressed

abl.,
by the
gender
in English
in the
317
and
in Latin, 6b
demonstrative adjectives and pronouns,
in the first declension, 61
112-115, 290-292, 481 deponent verbs, 338, 339, 493

descriptive ablative
second declension, 72
247
in the third declension,
and
genitive,
441-
in the fourth declension, 260 in the fifth declension, 272
445
descriptive
relative clause,
with the
subjv., 389,
difference,
390
of,
general observations on declension, 74 genitive case
deus, declension of, 468
measure diphthongs, 6
direct statements,
316, 317
English equivalents of, 33 of description, 443, 445 of nouns in -ius and -ium, 87
partitive, 331 possessive, 38, 409 gerund, a verbal noun, 402, 403 gerundive, a verbal adjective,
414 334
distributive numerals, 327. 3, domi, locative, 267
domus, declension of, 468 duo, declension of, 479

duration of time, expressed
404
with
ad
to express purpose, 407
by the
hie,
ace, 336
e-declension of nouns, 272, 273, 467 e-verbs, conjugation of, 489
S-verbs, conjugation of, 490
ego, declension of, 280,
enclitics,
eo,
declension and use

to read Latin, 17
of, 290,
291
how
i,
consonant, 3
i-stems of nouns, 231, 241-244

i-verbs, conjugation of, 491
480
16
of,
idem, declension
iens,
ille,
of, 287, of,
481
of,
499 extent of space, expressed by the aec, 336
conjugation
472 declension and use

481
declension
290-293,
346
INDEX
means, abl. of, 103 measure of difference, abl. of,. 3 16, 317 mille, declension of, 479 construction
;
imperative, formation of i6i, 175; irregular, 161. 2 in commands, i6i
imperfect indicative, formation

of, 133. 134, 165.
I
and use
imperfect subjunctive, 354 indefinite pronouns and adjectives, 296,

297, 484-487
with, 331. li, ^ moods, defined, 121
independent clauses, 219

indirect object, 44, indirect questions,
45 430-432 indirect statements, 414-419

infinitive
as object, 213 as subject, 216
complementary, 215
definition of, 173
210 with negative clauses of purpose, 350. II with verbs of fearing, 370 nine irregular adjectives, 108-110 nolo, conjugation of, 497 nominative case, 35, 36 nonne, in questions, 210 nos, declension of, 280, 480
-ne, enclitic, in questions,
ne, conj., that not,
lest,
does not express purpose, 352 formation of, 126, 174, 205, 206
in indirect statements,
nouns, 19. 2 first declension, 57, 461 second decIension,7 1-74, 87-92,462
third declension, 230247, 463-465 fourth declension, 259, 260, 466 fifth declension, 272, 273, 467
415-419 used as in English, 213-216

inflection, defined,
23
instrument, abl.
of, 100. b,
103
num, in questions, 210
intensive pronoun, ipse, declension
and
use
of,
285, 286, 481
number, 24 numerals, 327-334, 478, 479

o-declension of nouns, 7174, 87-92,
interrogative pronouns and adjectives,
225-227, 483
intransitive verbs, defined, 20. a
;
with
the dative, 153 io-verbs of the third conj., 492 ipse, declension and use of, 285, 481 irregular adjectives, 108
irregular comparison, of adjectives, 307,
object,
462 20
direct, 37
indirect, 44, 45
order of words, 68
ordinal numerals, 327.
2,
478
participial stem, 201. 2
of adverbs, 323 311, 312 irregular nouns, 67, 246, 468 irregular verbs, 494-500
;
participles, defined,
agreement
formation,
of
of,
203 204
;
declension and use of, 3-1 16 iste, declension and use of, 290, 292,
is,
of present,
;
perfect, 201
deponent
374. b of future, 374. verbs, 375
of
c,
iter,
481 declension
of,
468
Latin word order, 68

locative case, 267
tenses of, 376 translated by a clause, 377 partitive genitive, 330, 331 passive voice, defined, 163 formation of, 164, 202 penult, 9. 3 accent of, 1
; ;
magis and maxime, comparison by, 302 maid, conjugation of, 497 mainer, abl. of, 105
perfect indicative
formation, in the active, 185, 186; in the passive, 20Z
INDEX
meaning
of,
347
of,
190
pronunciation, 4-7
definite, 190
indefinite, 190
prosum, conjugation purpose

dative of, 436, 437
496
distinguished from the imperfect,
190
perfect infinitive, active, 195
;
passive,
205
perfect passive participle, 201
perfect stem, 185 perfect subjunctive, active, 361
sive,
;
expressed by the gerund or gerundive with ad, 407 not expressed by the infinitive,
352 subjunctive
of,
348-350, 365-367
pasquality, gen. or abl. of,
362
person, 122
personal endings, active, 122; passive,
441-445 quam, with a comparative, 308 quantity, 11-13

questions, direct, 2 1 o indirect, 430432
;
164
personal pronouns, 280, 480
place, where, whither, whence,
qui, declension
263-265;
names
rus,
of towns and donms and 266-268

indicative,
of, 220,221, 482 quidam, declension of, 485 quis, declension and use of, 225-227,
and use
pluperfect
active,
187. 2
passive, 202
pluperfect
483 quisquam, declension of, 486 quisque, declension of, 484

reflexive pronouns, 281
subjunctive,
active,
361
relative
passive, 363
pliis,
declension
of,
313
of,
clauses
of
characteristic
or
possessive pronouns, 97, 98
possum, conjugation
predicate, defined, 19
495
description, 389, 390 relative clauses of purpose, 348, relative pronouns, 220, 221
349
predicate adjective, defined, 55 predicate noun, 75, 76

prepositions, with the abl., 209
;
result clauses, 384-387
reviews, 502-528
with
riis,
constructions
of,
266
ipse, 285.
the ace, 340

present indicative, 128, 130, 147 present stem, 1 26. u present subjunctive, 344 primary tenses, 356
principal parts, 183
se,
distinguished from
second conjugation, 489 second or o-declension, 71-93, 462 sentences, simple, complex, compound,
219
separation, abl. of, 180
pronouns
classification of, 278
separative ablative, 178-181
defined, 19.
2.
demonstrative, 481
indefinite, 297,
484-487
sequence of tenses, 356-358 space, extent of, expressed by the ace, 336
specification, abl. of,
intensive, 285, 286, 481 interrogative, 483
398
;
personal, 480 possessive, 97, 98 reflexive, 281

relative, 220, 221
stems, of nouns, 230; of verbs, 184 of the infinisubject, defined, 19. 2
214 subjunctive, formation

tive, 213,
of the present, 344
348
of the imperfect, 354 of the perfect, 361, 362 of the pluperfect, 361. c, 363 subjunctive constructions
INDEX
i-stems, 241-244, 465 irregular nouns, 246
time, abl. of, 275 time, ace. of, 336
characteristic or description, 389,
towns, rules for

tres,
names of,
a
266, 267, 268
390
indirect questions, 430-432
transitive verb, 20.
purpose, 349, 366, 372

result, 385, 386 time, cause, or concession, with
declension of, 479 declension of, 280, 480 tuus, compared with vester, 98. b
tu,
mm,
u-declension of nouns, 259, 260, 466
ultima, 9.
395' 396 subjunctive ideas, 346 subjunctive tenses, 342, 343 subordinate clauses, 219
verbs
declension of, 281, 480 sum, conjugation of, 494 suus, use of, 98. c, 116
sui,
agreement
of, 28 conjugation of, 126, 488-491 deponent, 338, 339, 493
syllables, 8
of, 13
division of, 9
of,
quantity
irregular,
494-500
of, 122,
personal endings
501
164
syntax, rules
principal parts of, 183 vester, compared with tuus, 98. b

vis,
temporal clauses with cum, 395, 396 tense, defined, 120 tense signs
imperfect, 133 future, 137, 156 pluperfect active, 187. 2 future perfect active, 187. 3 tenses, primary and secondary, 356;
declension
of,
468
vocabularies
-
English-Latin, pp. 332-343 Latin-English, pp. 299331

special, pp.
283-298
vocative case, 56. a

of
nouns
in -us of the
second de.
clension, 73. i
sequence
of,
357, 358
of proper
filius, 88
voice, defined,
V0I6,
nouns
in
-ius
and of
third conjugation, 490, 492 third declension of nouns

classes, 231, 463
consonant stems, 232-238, 464

gender, 247
163 conjugation of, 497 vos, declension of, 280, 480

vowels, sounds of,
5,
quantity of, 12

Latin For Beginners

Transféré par

Informations du document

Description originale:

Titre original

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

Latin For Beginners

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

clih

books are subject

CORNELL UNIVERSITY LIBRARY

3 1924 079 747 485

Cornell University Library

Cornell University Library.

There are no known copyright

the United States on the use of the text.

LATIN FOR BEGINNERS

THE MICHIGAN STATE NORMAL COLLEGE

GINN AND COMPANY

NEW YORK CHICAGO LONDON

COPYRIGHT, 1909, 1911, BY BENJAMIN L. d'OOGE ENTERED AT STATIONERS' HALL

GINN AND COMPANY PROPRIETORS BOSTON U.S.A.

the course preparatory to Caesar at the

tematic, thorough, clear,

the purpose of this series

pages are devoted to a brief discussion of the Latin

consisting of seventy-nine lessons,

divided into three parts.

devoted to pronunciation, quantity, accent, and kindred

Part II carries the work through the

devoted to the study of forms and vocabulary, together with some

necessary for the

and reading matter. The

have been made unusually simple,

meet the wants of

Part III contains nineteen lessons, and

concerned primarily with

the study of syntax and of subjunctive and irregular verb forms.

these lessons constitute a review of

presented in the book.

abundant easy reading matter

proper concentration of effort upon syntax and

no new vocabularies are introduced, but the vocabularies

in Part II are reviewed.

hoped that the following features

are presented in their natural sequence, and are given,

body of the book as well as

other directions being reduced to a

of the subjunctive are studied in correlation with the

List " as a basis.

There are about

the special vocabularies, and these are

Concrete nouns have been preferred to abstract, root words to

even when the

were of more frequent

are added in each vocabulary. the special

lessons and placed by themselves.

general vocabulary contains

The syntax has been

limited to those essentials

gations, such as those of Dr.

Special attention has been given to the constructions

of participles, the gerund

and gerundive, and the

Constructions having a logical connection are not sepa-

rated but are treated together.

Exercises for translation occur throughout, those for translation

tion into English.

In Part III a few of the commoner idioms in

to last a consistent effort